Exhibition: ‘The 80s: Photographing Britain’ at Tate Britain, London

Exhibition dates: 21st November, 2024 – 5th May, 2025

Curators: Yasufumi Nakamori, former Senior Curator of International Art (Photography) Tate Modern, Helen Little, Curator, British Art, Tate Britain and Jasmine Chohan, Assistant Curator, Contemporary British Art, Tate Britain with additional curatorial support from Bilal Akkouche, Assistant Curator, International Art, Tate Modern; Sade Sarumi, Curatorial Assistant, Contemporary British Art, Tate Britain and Bethany Husband, Exhibitions Assistant, Tate Britain

List of artists: Keith Arnatt; Zarina Bhimji; Derek Bishton; Sutapa Biswas; Tessa Boffin; Marc Boothe; Victor Burgin; Vanley Burke; Pogus Caesar; Thomas Joshua Cooper; John Davies; Poulomi Desai; Al-An deSouza; Willie Doherty; Jason Evans; Rotimi Fani-Kayode; Anna Fox; Simon Foxton; Armet Francis; Peter Fraser; Melanie Friend; Paul Graham; Ken Grant; Joy Gregory; Sunil Gupta; John Harris; Lyle Ashton Harris; David Hoffman; Brian Homer; Colin Jones; Mumtaz Karimjee; Roshini Kempadoo; Peter Kennard; Chris Killip; Karen Knorr; Sirkka-Liisa Konttinen; Grace Lau; Dave Lewis; Markéta Luskačová; David Mansell; Jenny Matthews; Don McCullin; Roy Mehta; Peter Mitchell; Dennis Morris; Maggie Murray; Tish Murtha; Joanne O’Brien; Zak Ové; Martin Parr; Ingrid Pollard; Brenda Prince; Samena Rana; John Reardon; Paul Reas; Olivier Richon; Suzanne Roden; Franklyn Rodgers; Paul Seawright; Syd Shelton; Jem Southam; Jo Spence; John Sturrock; Maud Sulter; Homer Sykes; Mitra Tabrizian; Wolfgang Tillmans; Paul Trevor; Maxine Walker; Albert Watson; Tom Wood; Ajamu X.

 

Jason Evans (Welsh, b. 1968) and Simon Foxton (British, b. 1961) 'Untitled' 1991 From the series 'Strictly' from the exhibition 'The 80s: Photographing Britain' at Tate Britain, London, Nov 2024 - May 2025

 

Jason Evans (Welsh, b. 1968) and Simon Foxton (British, b. 1961)
Untitled
1991
From the series Strictly
Tate
© Jason Evans

 

 

A humungous posting that, much like the exhibition itself, cannot do justice to the photographs and issues of an entire decade – the flow on effects of which are still being felt today.

From distant Australia and having not seen the exhibition myself, I cannot do justice – now there is an apposite word for the decade – to the flow of the exhibition, the many included or neglected artists involved or not, the bodies of work displayed or their commentary on the many disparate, competing and complex political, economic and social cataclysms (def: a sudden violent political or social upheaval) of the decade: including but not limited to, race, gender, identity, representation, activism, neoliberalism, Thatcher, The Miners’ Strike, Clause 28, HIV/AIDS, feminism, racism, class, patriarchy, money, greed, hedonism, humanism, subcultures, unemployment, strikes, poverty, luxury, consumer culture, war (Falklands) and riots, for example the Brixton riots of 1981.

I lived those years in the UK before emigrating to Australia in 1986. What I remember is the terrible weather, the cold and the damp, the vile Thatcher, and the poor quality of living. I lived in Stockwell (or Saint Ockwell as we used to call it) near Brixton in the early 80s before moving to Shepherd’s Bush were all the Mods gathered on their scooters on the roundabout as part of the mod revival.

I worked at a fish and chip restaurant called Geales just off Notting Hill Gate working double shifts, 10.30 – 3pm, 5.30 – 12, five days a week. The restaurant served fish and chips with French champagne and wines. The mostly gay floor staff were paid a pittance but we earnt our money off the tips we received from the celebrities that inhabited the place, people such as Bill Connolly, John Cleese, Divine and Kenny Everett. They loved us gay boys.

We worked hard and partied harder, often going out from Friday night to Sunday night to the clubs with a rest day on Monday. We were young. We ran from place to place living at a hundred miles an hour, not realising the ruts in London are very deep and you were spending as much as you made just to pay the rent, to eat at dive cafe (I lived on Mars bars, fish and chips, braised heart, mashed potatoes and bullet peas to name a few and I was as thin as a rake), and to go out partying, to have fun, visiting the alternative clubs in Kings Cross, Vauxhall, Brixton and the East End.

And then there was the spectre of HIV/AIDS raising its ugly head. I had my first HIV test in 1983. I had my blood taken and I went back 2 weeks later for the result. I sat outside the doctor’s room and if they called you in and said you had it, you were dead. To look death in the face at 25. The was no treatment. I survived but many of my friends, both here and in Australia, didn’t. We partied harder.


There are so many perspectives on the 80s that it is an impossible task for one exhibition to cover all of the issues. Reviews have noted that the exhibition is “a meandering look at pomp, protest” (Guardian); “exhaustive and exhausting… [the exhibition] makes for a dogged viewing experience that confuses as much as it enlightens” (Guardian); “a sense of fatigue and depletion as it went on and on … it could have been more engaging, more pleasurable” (1000 Words); and “the critical reception of the show has been rather lukewarm” (The Brooklyn Rail).

Most writer’s observe that the exhibition illuminates the way photography shifts “from monochrome to colour, from photojournalism to a more detached style of documentary” featuring “constructed, studio-based and appropriationist work.” The exhibition distils “the curatorial thrust of this sprawling exhibition, which, as its subtitle suggests, is more about photography’s often conceptually based responses to the 1980s than the turbulent nature of the decade itself.”1

Further, Bartolomeo Sala observes that the meandering view of the 1980s is consistent with the curatorial approach to the exhibition, “that is, to present eighties Britain not as a ossified relic but rather a container of multitudes, a country animated by competing, clashing energies and defying coherent description in a way that feels very reminiscent of today. A neoliberal hellhole, a nightmare of petit bourgeois conformity and cheapness, and at the same time an increasingly tolerant, multicultural, and open society, which finds its motor and pride in diversity and the endless project of self-fashioning.”2

Forty plus years on we are still paying the price for Thatcher’s neoliberal hellhole, with the loss of community, and the lack of compassion and empathy for others. I often think it was a more vibrant, more alive time in the 1980s despite all of its inherent problems. While we may have become a more tolerant, multicultural society, fascism and the right, disenfranchisement and loss of rights lurk ever closer to the surface. While we have pride we also have arrogance and self-aggrandisement, self-entitlement. While then we seemingly had freedom and love we now have surveillance and control. In some ways then I disagree with today being a more “open” society.

What social documentary and conceptual photography pictured so strongly and conscientiously in 1980s Britain was the vibrant madness of the age. The passions and the prejudices. Half your luck that you go and see this exhibition in London, that you have a chance to breathe in these photographs, for in Australia the chance of seeing such an exhibition of photographs from the 1980s by a state or national gallery would be zero.

I wouldn’t complain too much!

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

1/ Sean O’Hagan. “The 80s: Photographing Britain review – in your face and to the barricades,” on The Guardian website, Sun 24 Nov 2024 [Online] Cited 02/05/2025

2/ Bartolomeo Sala. “The 80s: Photographing Britain,” on The Brooklyn Rail website March 2025 [Online] Cited 03/04/2025


Many thankx to Tate Britain for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'The 80s: Photographing Britain' at Tate Britain, London showing at left, the work of Jason Evans and Simon Foxton from the series 'Strictly' 1991; and at centre left top, Wolfgang Tillmans' 'Love (Hands in Air)' 1989

 

Installation view of the exhibition The 80s: Photographing Britain at Tate Britain, London showing at left, the work of Jason Evans and Simon Foxton from the series Strictly 1991 (below); and at centre left top, Wolfgang Tillmans’ Love (Hands in Air) 1989 (below)
Courtesy of Tate Britain

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'The 80s: Photographing Britain' at Tate Britain, London showing at rear, photographs from Maud Sulter's series 'Zabat' 1989

 

Installation view of the exhibition The 80s: Photographing Britain at Tate Britain, London showing at rear, photographs from Maud Sulter’s series Zabat 1989
Courtesy of Tate Britain

 

Maud Sulter produced the Zabat series for Rochdale Art Gallery in 1989, the 150th anniversary of the invention of photography. It was a direct response to the lack of a black presence at other celebratory events and exhibitions. Here we see the conventions of Victorian portrait photography under the command of a black woman photographer. The backdrop, props and pose are all retained but the image is transformed with African clothes, non-European objects and, most importantly, by the resolute black woman at its centre.

The title ‘Zabat’ also signifies Maud Sulter’s call for a repositioning of black women in the history of photography: the word describes an ancient ritual dance performed by women on occasions of power.

Text from the V&A website

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'The 80s: Photographing Britain' at Tate Britain, London showing at left the work of Paul Graham

 

Installation view of the exhibition The 80s: Photographing Britain at Tate Britain, London showing at left the work of Paul Graham
Courtesy of Tate Britain

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'The 80s: Photographing Britain' at Tate Britain, London

 

Installation view of the exhibition The 80s: Photographing Britain at Tate Britain, London
Courtesy of Tate Britain

 

Wolfgang Tillmans (German, b. 1968) 'Love (Hands in Air)' 1989

 

Wolfgang Tillmans (German, b. 1968)
Love (Hands in Air)
1989

 

 

“Depending on where you stood in terms of race, gender, or class, the 1980s would seem a time of unprecedented economic expansion, an era defined by the triumph of consumerism and a particularly brass form of hedonism, or else an era of widening disparities, rising unemployment, and generalized economic crisis; a time defined by the booming of the housing market or the return of homelessness; a time of general disaffection and disillusionment toward the prospects of organized politics or an era defined by political activism and struggle, often hyperlocal in nature, as well as successive waves of discontent that at different points rocked the nation. …

In general, the critical reception of the show has been rather lukewarm. Many broadsheet commentators have lamented the meandering nature of the exhibition, while one critic noted the programmatic downplaying of the decade’s heavy-hitters. (Don McCullin and Chris Killip get a handful of photographs each, while virtuoso of political photomontage Peter Kennard is relegated to display cases.) Such assessments feel a little unfair and condescending to the excellent artists who do get a good showing, and in any case this curatorial approach is consistent with the intention of the exhibition – that is, to present eighties Britain not as a ossified relic but rather a container of multitudes, a country animated by competing, clashing energies and defying coherent description in a way that feels very reminiscent of today. A neoliberal hellhole, a nightmare of petit bourgeois conformity and cheapness, and at the same time an increasingly tolerant, multicultural, and open society, which finds its motor and pride in diversity and the endless project of self-fashioning.”


Bartolomeo Sala. “The 80s: Photographing Britain,” on The Brooklyn Rail website March 2025 [Online] Cited 03/04/2025

 

 

Derek Bishton, Brian Homer and John Reardon. 'Ting A Ling, Handsworth Self Portraits project' 1979 from the exhibition 'The 80s: Photographing Britain' at Tate Britain, London, Nov 2024 - May 2025

 

Derek Bishton, Brian Homer and John Reardon
Ting A Ling, Handsworth Self Portraits project
1979
© Derek Bishton, Brian Homer & John Reardon

 

Syd Shelton (British, b. 1947) 'Skinheads, Petticoat Lane, East London' 1979, printed 2012

 

Syd Shelton (British, b. 1947)
Skinheads, Petticoat Lane, East London
1979, printed 2012
Gelatin silver print on paper
417 x 281 mm
Tate
Gift Eric and Louise Franck London Collection 2016

 

Skinheads, known for their shaved heads and heavy boots, emerged as a working-class subculture in the 1960s. Initially non-political, some became associated with extreme nationalism. Others took an anti-racist position aligned with two-tone, a musical movement blending Jamaican ska and British punk. One of Syd Shelton’s photographs shows two members of Skins Against the Nazis proudly displaying a Rock Against Racism badge. The other was taken after an argument about racism. ‘I saw the guy at the front clenching his fists’, notes Shelton, ‘so I took the shot, said thanks and legged it as fast as I could.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Syd Shelton (British, b. 1947) 'Anti-racist Skinheads, Hackney, London' 1979, printed 2012

 

Syd Shelton (British, b. 1947)
Anti-racist Skinheads, Hackney, London
1979, printed 2012
Gelatin silver print on paper
417 x 282 mm
Tate
Gift Eric and Louise Franck London Collection 2016

 

In 1977, 500 National Front (NF) members attempted to march through Lewisham, an area in southeast London with a significant Black population. Thousands ignored a police blockade to hold a peaceful counter-demonstration that led to the NF abandoning their march. Protestors clashed with police and were met by riot shields, baton charges and mounted officers. The events became known as the Battle of Lewisham. Shelton’s photographs contrast the chaos of the streets with the resolve of the protestors. ‘Politics was one of the reasons that I became a photographer’, notes Shelton, ‘the idea of the objective photographer is nonsense.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Syd Shelton (British, b. 1947) 'Darcus Howe addressing the anti-racist demonstrators, Lewisham, 13 August 1977' Dated 1977, printed 2020 from the exhibition 'The 80s: Photographing Britain' at Tate Britain, London, Nov 2024 - May 2025

 

Syd Shelton (British, b. 1947)
Darcus Howe addressing the anti-racist demonstrators, Lewisham, 13 August 1977
Dated 1977, printed 2020
Tate
Presented by the artist 2021
© Syd Shelton

 

Explore one of the UK’s most critical decades, the 1980s. This exhibition traces the work of a diverse community of photographers, collectives and publications – creating radical responses to the turbulent Thatcher years. Set against the backdrop of race uprisings, the miner strikes, section 28, the AIDS pandemic and gentrification – be inspired by stories of protest and change.

At the time, photography was used as a tool for social change, political activism, and artistic and photographic experiments. See powerful images that gave voice and visibility to underrepresented groups in society. This includes work depicting the Black arts movement, queer experience, South Asian diaspora and the representation of women in photography.

This exhibition examines how photography collectives and publications highlighted these often-unseen stories, featured in innovative photography journals such as Ten.8 and Cameraworks. It will also look at the development of Autograph ABP, Half Moon Photography Workshop, and Hackney Flashers.

Visitors will go behind the lens to trace the remarkable transformation of photography in Britain and its impact on art and the world.

Text from the Tate Britain website

 

 

The 80s: Photographing Britain

David Preshaah and Helen Little curator of The 80s: Photographing Britain at Tate Britian discuss the show running 21st November, 2024 – 5th May, 2025. See powerful images that gave voice and visibility to underrepresented groups in society. This includes work depicting the Black arts movement, queer experience, South Asian diaspora and the representation of women in photography

 

Paul Trevor (British, b. 1947) 'Outside police station, Bethnal Green Road, London E2, 17 July 1978. Sit down protest' 1978

 

Paul Trevor (British, b. 1947)
Outside police station, Bethnal Green Road, London E2, 17 July 1978. Sit down protest
1978

Paul Trevor © 2023

 

On 4 May 1978, Altab Ali, a 24-year-old Bangladeshi textile worker, was murdered in a racially motivated attack. During police interviews, the three teenagers responsible casually described the regularity of their racist violence. The Bangladeshi community in east London mobilised in response. 7,000 people marched from Bethnal Green’s Brick Lane to Downing Street, following a vehicle carrying Ali’s coffin. Protestors rallied in Hyde Park chanting, ‘Who killed Altab Ali? Racism, racism!’

Paul Trevor was a member of Half Moon Photography Workshop and helped produce Camerawork magazine. He contributed to an issue on the 1978 Battle of Lewisham in southeast London. While photographing the violent clashes between police and anti-fascist protestors, Trevor recalls, ‘A woman – appealing for help – shouted at me in desperation “What are you taking pictures for?” Good question, impossible to answer in that melee.’ The special issue of Camerawork, ‘What are you taking pictures for?’ was devoted to that question.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Don McCullin (British, b. 1935) 'Jean, Whitechapel, London' Late 1970s

 

Don McCullin (British, b. 1935)
Jean, Whitechapel, London
Late 1970s
Gelatin silver print
Tate
Gift Eric and Louise Franck London Collection 2011

 

Photojournalist and war photographer Don McCullin spent nearly twenty years photographing people living on the streets of Aldgate and Whitechapel in east London. He documented people living at the edge of the city’s wealthy financial centre. In the late 1970s, unprofitable psychiatric institutions in the area had begun to close, leaving many residents homeless. These photographs of Jean show how closely McCullin worked with the people he photographed. Of his British social documentary work, McCullin notes: ‘Many people send me letters in England saying “I want to be a war photographer”, and I say, go out into the community you live in. There’s wars going on out there, you don’t have to go halfway around the world.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

 

This autumn, Tate Britain will present The 80s: Photographing Britain, a landmark survey which will consider the decade as a pivotal moment for the medium of photography. Bringing together nearly 350 images and archive materials from the period, the exhibition will explore how photographers used the camera to respond to the seismic social, political, and economic shifts around them. Through their lenses, the show will consider how the medium became a tool for social representation, cultural celebration and artistic expression throughout this significant and highly creative period for photography.

This exhibition will be the largest to survey photography’s development in the UK in the 1980s to date. Featuring over 70 lens-based artists and collectives, it will spotlight a generation who engaged with new ideas of photographic practice, from well-known names to those whose work is increasingly being recognised, including Maud Sulter, Mumtaz Karimjee and Mitra Tabrizian. It will feature images taken across the UK, from John Davies’ post-industrial Welsh landscape to Tish Murtha’s portraits of youth unemployment in Newcastle. Important developments will be explored, from technical advancements in colour photography to the impact of cultural theory by scholars like Stuart Hall and Victor Burgin, and influential publications like Ten.8 and Camerawork in which new debates about photography emerged.

The 80s will introduce Thatcher’s Britain through documentary photography illustrating some of the tumultuous political events of the decade. History will be brought to life with powerful images of the miners’ strikes by John Harris and Brenda Prince; anti-racism demonstrations by Syd Shelton and Paul Trevor; images of Greenham Common by Format Photographers and projects responding to the conflict in Northern Ireland by Willie Doherty and Paul Seawright. Photography recording a changing Britain and its widening disparities will also be presented through Anna Fox’s images of corporate excess, Paul Graham’s observations of social security offices, and Martin Parr’s absurdist depictions of Middle England, displayed alongside Markéta Luskačová and Don McCullin’s portraits of London’s disappearing East End and Chris Killip’s transient ‘sea-coalers’ in Northumberland.

A series of thematic displays will explore how photography became a compelling tool for representation. For Roy Mehta and Vanley Burke, who portray their multicultural communities, photography offers a voice to the people around them, whilst John Reardon, Derek Bishton and Brian Homer’s Handsworth Self Portrait Project 1979, gives a community a joyous space to express themselves. Many Black and South Asian photographers use portraiture to overcome marginalisation against a backdrop of discrimination. The exhibition will spotlight lens-based artists including Roshini Kempadoo, Sutapa Biswas and Al-An deSouza who experiment with images to think about diasporic identities, and the likes of Joy Gregory and Maxine Walker who employ self-portraiture to celebrate ideas of Black beauty and femininity.

Against the backdrop of Section 28 and the AIDS epidemic, photographers also employ the camera to assert the presence and visibility of the LGBTQ+ community. Tessa Boffin subversively reimagines literary characters as lesbians, whilst Sunil Gupta’s ‘Pretended’ Family Relationships 1988, juxtaposes portraits of queer couples with the legislative wording of Section 28. For some, their work reclaims sex-positivity during a period of fear. The exhibition will spotlight photographers Ajamu X, Lyle Ashton Harris and Rotimi Fani-Kayode who each centre Black queer experiences and contest stereotypes through powerful nude studies and intimate portraits. It will also reveal how photographers from outside the queer community including Grace Lau were invited to portray them. Known for documenting fetishist sub-cultures, Lau’s series Him and Her at Home 1986 and Series Interiors 1986, tenderly records this underground community defiantly continuing to exist.

The exhibition will close with a series of works that celebrate countercultural movements throughout the 80s, such as Ingrid Pollard and Franklyn Rodgers’s energetic documentation of underground performances and club culture. The show will spotlight the emergence of i-D magazine and its impact on a new generation of photographers like Wolfgang Tillmans and Jason Evans, who with stylist Simon Foxton pioneer a cutting-edge style of fashion photography inspired by this alternative and exciting wave of youth culture, reflective of a new vision of Britain at the dawn of the 1990s.

Press release from Tate Britain

 

Markéta Luskačová (Czech, b. 1944) 'Man singing on Brick Lane, London' 1982

 

Markéta Luskačová (Czech, b. 1944)
Man singing on Brick Lane, London
1982
Gelatin silver print
Tate
© Markéta Luskačová

 

Markéta Luskačová’s London Street Musicians series includes photographs taken between 1975 and 1990. They document the lives of street musicians performing at London markets. Her photographs reveal the humanity and resilience of these often-solitary musicians. ‘The street musicians themselves were often quite lonely men, yet their music lessened the loneliness of the street, the people in it and my own loneliness’, she recalls. For Luskačová, photography is ‘a tool for trying to understand life … to remember the people and things that I photograph. I want them to be remembered.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Chris Killip (Manx, 1946-2020) ''Critch' and Sean' 1982

 

Chris Killip (Manx, 1946-2020)
‘Critch’ and Sean
1982
Tate
© Chris Killip

 

Chris Killip first visited the seacoaling community at Lynemouth Beach in Northumberland in 1976. ‘The beach beneath me was full of activity with horses and carts backed into the sea’, Killip recalls. ‘Men were standing in the sea next to the carts, using small wire nets attached to poles to fish out the coal from the water beneath them. The place confounded time.’ In 1982, Killip started photographing the community, living alongside them from 1983 to 1984. ‘I wasn’t getting close enough, so I bought a caravan and moved into the place and that made a very big difference.’

Killip used a large format plate camera to capture his subjects. ‘It’s not a casual thing’, he notes. ‘I think it works to your advantage. They know this is going to live after this moment. It’s not ephemeral.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Jo Spence (British, 1934-1992) and Terry Dennett (British, 1938-2018)
'Remodelling Photo History: Revisualization' 1981-1982

 

Jo Spence (British, 1934-1992) and Terry Dennett (British, 1938-2018)
Remodelling Photo History: Revisualization
1981-1982
Tate
Presented by Tate Patrons 2014
© The Jo Spence Memorial Archive

 

These images are from Remodelling Photo History, a collaboration between Jo Spence and Terry Dennett. The work was originally published as a sequence of 13 photographs in which Spence and Dennett both act as photographer and photographic subject. The series was devised as a critique of standard histories of photography and particularly the depiction of women in art. It employs a practice Spence called ‘photo-theatre’. Each photograph emphasises its staging and construction in order to challenge and ‘make strange’ the assumed ‘naturalism’ of photography. Spence commented ‘it is obvious that a vast amount of work still needs to be done on the so-called history of photography, and on the practices, institutions and apparatuses of photography itself, and the function they have had in constructing and encouraging particular ways of viewing and telling about the world.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Joy Gregory (British, b. 1969) 'Magenta Dress with Pink Tulips' 1984

 

Joy Gregory (British, b. 1969)
Magenta Dress with Pink Tulips
1984
Courtesy of the artist
© Joy Gregory. All rights reserved, DACS

 

Joy Gregory’s early interest in colour photography began as student at Manchester Polytechnic. The university was known for its emphasis on the technical and chemical aspects of photography. Gregory’s education taught her the craft of commercial photography but she set out to use these skills like a painter. Her early experiments informed an ongoing interest in stillness, space and light. This series of colour transparencies presents models and still lifes in a painted studio interior. By using multiple exposures and layering images, Gregory suggests a spectral presence in the works. Her focus on the painterly qualities of colour and light here are typical of her practice. She employs languages of beauty and seduction in small textured prints that invite close inspection.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

John Harris (British, b. 1958) 'Mounted Policeman attacking Lesley Boulton at the Battle of Orgreave'
1984, printed 2024

 

John Harris (British, b. 1958)
Mounted Policeman attacking Lesley Boulton at the Battle of Orgreave
1984, printed 2024

 

John Harris’s photographs from the 1984 Battle of Orgreave challenged government portrayals of miners as aggressors. In 1984, the National Union of Miners identified Orgreave coking plant in South Yorkshire as a key site for picketing. From May to June, strikers attempting to disrupt deliveries were met by growing police presence. Tensions came to a head on 22 June when an estimated 6,000 officers clashed with pickets. One of Harris’s images captures Lesley Boulton cowering beneath the truncheon of a mounted officer. It became an emblem of the strike, appearing on badges, banners and posters.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Paul Graham (British, b. 1956) 'Union Jack Flag in Tree, Country Tyrone' 1985

 

Paul Graham (British, b. 1956)
Union Jack Flag in Tree, Country Tyrone
1985
C-print on paper
Tate
Presented by Tate Members 2007
© Paul Graham

 

From 1984 to 1986, Paul Graham documented Northern Irish locations featured in news reports of the Troubles. During his first visit, Graham was stopped by a British military patrol suspicious of his camera. As they left, he took a shot with his camera hanging from his neck. The photograph became a ‘gateway’ for Graham’s Troubled Land series. He felt his other images of rioting, murals and destruction, ‘weakly echoed what I saw in the newspapers. This one image did not’. ‘There were people walking to shops and driving cars – simply going about their day, but then there was a soldier in full camouflage, running across the roundabout.’ For Graham, the image ‘reintegrated the conflict into the landscape … it was a conflict photograph masquerading as a landscape photograph.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Pogus Caesar (British born St. Kitts, b. 1953) 'Handsworth Riots: Birmingham, United Kingdom September' 1985, printed 2020

 

Pogus Caesar (British born St. Kitts, b. 1953)
Handsworth Riots: Birmingham, United Kingdom
September 1985, printed 2020
Gelatin silver print
Martin Parr Foundation Collection

 

These photographs capture two days of uprisings in Handsworth, Birmingham, following the arrest of a Black man over a parking violation and a police raid on a pub on the Lozells Road. The photographer, Handsworth resident Pogus Caesar, notes: ‘Where possible it was vital to document.’ He explains: ‘The media has a way of portraying these type of events, I needed to document my truth.’ Caesar’s insider perspective allowed him to capture a range of images, such as artist John Akomfrah reading a sensationalist newspaper account of the two days of violence between the police and local communities.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Melanie Friend (British, b. 1957)
'Greenham Common, 14 December 1985' 1985, reprinted 2023

 

Melanie Friend (British, b. 1957)
Greenham Common, 14 December 1985
1985, reprinted 2023
© Melanie Friend, Format Photographers Archive, Bishopsgate Institute

 

 

Exhibition guide

The 80s: Photographing Britain explores a critical decade for photography in the UK. It highlights the work of artists who were radically reconsidering the possibilities of the medium and its role in society.

The exhibition traces developments in photographic art from 1976 to 1993. It follows artists working against a backdrop of high unemployment, industrial action and civil rights activism. Many were part of local photographic communities that developed around key photography schools and collectives. Yet, through innovative publications and independent galleries, they reached national and international audiences.

The artists included in the exhibition expanded photographic practice in Britain. They often collaborated, shared ideas and debated theory. Some were inspired by the activism of the period’s protest movements, using their cameras to provide new ways of looking at society. Others embraced technical developments to push the boundaries of fine art photography. Their work highlights the medium’s range, from landscapes to self-portraiture, and social documentary to conceptual photography.

The 80s: Photographing Britain invites us to reflect on photography’s political and artistic potential. It acknowledges that the diversity of contemporary photographic practice is indebted to the groundbreaking photographers of the 1980s.

Room 1

Documenting the decade

This room documents a period of significant social and political upheaval in the UK. It features protests, uprisings and acts of violence photographed through an activist lens. These photographers challenged dominant narratives and amplified marginalised voices. Some photographed their own communities, giving them access an outsider might not be granted. Others, free from the violence and oppression their subjects faced, turned to photography as an act of solidarity.

The exhibition begins in 1976, the year Jayaben Desai walked out of Grunwick Film Processing Laboratories in London, starting a two-year strike for the right to union representation. The Grunwick dispute typifies the events explored in this room. It was led by an activist whose intersecting identities were the root of her cause. When thousands took to the streets in solidarity it revealed the power of collective action. But it is also an example of failed industrial action, hardline policing and racist media coverage.

In 1979, following months of industrial disputes during the so-called ‘Winter of Discontent’, James Callaghan’s Labour government lost the general election. When Conservative prime minister Margaret Thatcher took office, she promised to reverse the country’s ‘decline’. The answer, she argued, was free markets, traditional values and British nationalism. Her political philosophy became known as Thatcherism. It helped UK financial markets thrive but led to growing class division and inequalities.

Within this context, socially engaged photographers joined the fight for change. They documented protests and the hardline police tactics designed to silence them. Their images reveal a range of documentary practices and photography’s ability to uncover events that might otherwise remain hidden.

Anti-racist movements

The 1948 British Nationality Act allowed everyone born in Britain or its Empire to become a ‘Citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies’. The act encouraged people from Britain’s current and former colonies to move to the UK to address labour shortages, help facilitate post-war reconstruction and build the welfare state. Yet, on arrival, citizens of colour faced hostility and racial discrimination. It marked the beginning of decades of racist rhetoric, rioting and civil rights activism.

In 1968, Conservative MP Enoch Powell delivered his ‘Rivers of Blood’ speech in Birmingham, criticising immigration and emboldening the far-right. That same year, writer Obi Egbuna founded the British Black Panthers to defend Black communities against racism and discrimination. By the mid-1970s, the far-right, anti-immigration National Front was England’s fourth largest political party. They capitalised on the perception that white workers were losing jobs to immigrants rather than government failures to address unemployment levels. Their far-right ideology was opposed by anti-fascist and anti-racist campaign groups whose members vastly outnumbered the National Front. Throughout the 1980s, high-profile uprisings in Bristol, Leeds, London, Manchester, Liverpool and Birmingham revealed the strength of anti-racist feeling across the country.

The Miners’ Strike

Following the First World War, there were 1 million miners in the UK. By the beginning of the 1980s, there were 200,000. In March 1984, the National Coal Board announced plans to close 20 collieries, putting 20,000 jobs at risk. The National Union of Mineworkers, led by Arthur Scargill, responded with a series of year-long strikes. Observed across England, Scotland and Wales, the strikes were a national issue.

Determined to disable labour movements across the UK, Margaret Thatcher took steps to break the miners’ union and limit their power. The government stockpiled coal, mobilised police forces, brought legal challenges, and made media statements heavily criticising the union and striking workers.

Journalists challenged the government’s portrayal of miners as aggressors and agitators. Photographers helped evidence instances of excessive and often unprovoked violence by law enforcement. But the government’s plans to take down miners, one of the strongest unionised workforces in the country, had worked. On 3 March 1985, after 362 days, the National Union of Mineworkers accepted defeat. Union members voted to end the strike. The strike put industrial issues and workers’ rights on the national agenda and had a profound impact on the politics of the period.

Brenda Prince was a member of Format Photographers Agency. Started by Maggie Murray and Val Wilmer in 1983, Format was set up as an agency for women. Prince joined in 1984. ‘We were all documentary photographers’, Prince notes. ‘We would work on our own stories and my miners’ strike images came out of that.’ ‘The miners’ strike gave me the opportunity to document working class people who were really struggling to keep their jobs and keep their communities alive’, Prince explains. She spent eighteen months in Nottinghamshire’s mining communities. Her works highlight the vital role women played in sustaining the strike.

(For more information on the miners’ strike please see the posting on the exhibition ONE YEAR! Photographs from the Miners Strike 1984-85 at Four Corners, London, Sept – October, 2024)

Greenham Common

On 5 September 1981, a group of women marched from Cardiff to the Royal Air Force base at Greenham Common in Berkshire. The site was common land, loaned to the US Air Force by the British Government during the Second World War and never returned. The group called themselves Women for Life on Earth. They were challenging the decision to house 96 nuclear missiles at the site. On arrival, they delivered a letter to the base commander stating: ‘We fear for the future of all our children and for the future of the living world which is the basis of all life.’ When their request for a debate was ignored, they set up camp. Others joined and the site became a women-only space.

Over the next 19 years, Greenham Common Women’s Peace Camp became a site of protest and home to thousands of women. Some stayed for months, others for years, and many visited multiple times. Greenham women saw their anti-nuclear position as a feminist one. They used their identities as mothers and carers to fight for the protection of future generations and inspired protest movements across the world.

In 1987, Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev and US President Ronald Reagan signed a treaty which paved the way for the removal of cruise missiles from Greenham. Gorbachev has since paid tribute to the role ‘Greenham women and peace movements’ played in this historic agreement. By 1992, all missiles sited at Greenham had been removed and the US Air Force had left the base. The Peace Camp remained until 2000 as a protest against nuclear weapons.

Format Photographers Agency (1983-2003), featuring Maggie Murray, Melanie Friend, Brenda Prince and Jenny Matthews, played a crucial role in documenting social movements. Their photographs of the Greenham Common Women’s Peace Camp capture this landmark protest against nuclear missiles. They record the activism, daily life and personal stories of the women involved, highlighting their strength and creativity. They also reveal contrast between the women’s camp and their non-violent resistance and the militarised environment they were protesting.

The Gay Rights Movement

In 1967, the Sexual Offences Act partially decriminalised sexual acts between two men. It was the result of decades of campaigning but the act did nothing to address the discrimination LGBTQ+ communities faced. In 1970, the first meeting of the Gay Liberation Front took place. They wrote a manifesto outlining how gay people were oppressed and mapped out a route to liberation through activism and consciousness-raising. In the 1980s, the Gay Rights movement continued to grow. Queer communities came together in opposition to homophobia fuelled by Conservative ‘family values’ campaigns and fear of the HIV/ AIDS epidemic.

The first cases of Gay-Related Immune Deficiency (GRID) in the UK were identified in 1981. In 1982, GRID was renamed Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) and Britain saw its first deaths from the disease. By 1987, AIDS was a worldwide epidemic, with around 1,000 recorded cases in the UK. The public focus was largely on gay men, who were being infected in much greater numbers, fuelling anti-gay rhetoric in politics and the press.

In 1988, the government passed Section (formerly Clause) 28 of the Local Government Act. The legislation stated local authorities ‘shall not intentionally promote homosexuality’ or ‘promote the teaching in any maintained school of the acceptability of homosexuality as a pretended family relationship’. Section 28 forced many LGBT groups to disband and saw literature depicting gay life removed from schools and libraries. But it also galvanised the Gay Rights movement. People took to the streets in a series of marches and protests, and set up organisations to lobby for change.

Poll Tax

The community charge, commonly known as the ‘poll tax’, was introduced by Margaret Thatcher’s Conservative government in 1989 in Scotland, and 1990 in England and Wales. This flat-rate tax on every adult replaced previous taxation based on property value. The tax was accused of benefitting the rich and unfairly targeting the poor.

The national anti-poll tax movement began on the streets of Glasgow and led to a series of anti-poll tax actions across the UK. Many demonstrations saw clashes between police and protestors, and resulted in rioting. The fallout from the tax triggered leadership challenges against the prime minister and, in 1990, Thatcher resigned. In 1991, following vehement national opposition, John Major’s Conservative government announced the poll tax would be replaced by council tax.

The Troubles

The Troubles was a 30-year conflict in Northern Ireland between Protestant Ulster loyalists, who believe Northern Ireland should remain part of the United Kingdom, and Catholic Irish republicans, who believe in an independent united Ireland. The roots of the conflict date back to the twelfth century, when English settlers displaced Irish landholders and colonised areas of Ireland. In the seventeenth century, in an attempt strengthen British rule over the Catholic population, Britain moved protestants from Scotland and England to the north of Ireland. This caused sectarian divisions that continue to this day.

During the 1920 Irish War of Independence against British rule, a treaty was signed dividing the island into two self-governing areas. The majority Catholic counties, primarily in the south, formed the Irish Free State. The six majority Protestant counties in the north became a region of the United Kingdom. Catholics living in Northern Ireland faced discrimination and police harassment and, in the late 1960s, they organised civil rights marches challenging their treatment. Activists were met by counter-demonstrators and violent suppression by the almost exclusively Protestant police force. Riots ensued and the Troubles began. In 1969, the British Army was deployed to restore order in the region, but instead violence escalated. Paramilitary organisations on both sides took up arms and employed guerrilla tactics. More than 3,500 people had been killed by the time the Good Friday Agreement was signed in 1998, ending 30 years of violence.

Room 2

The cost of living

These photographs spotlight UK class dynamics in the 1980s. Images of social security waiting rooms and people living on the streets, sit alongside office workers, Conservative Party functions and gallery private views.

Margaret Thatcher believed, ‘whatever your background, you have a chance to climb to the top’. She presented social mobility as the reward for those who worked hard enough. The government encouraged people to become part of the property-owning middle classes. The 1980 Housing Act gave 5 million council house tenants the right to buy at discounted prices. But Thatcherism also advocated for limited government controls, privatisation of industry, low taxes and free markets. Conservative economic philosophy made the wealthiest in society richer. While young urban professional ‘yuppies’ in financial centres thrived, the gap between classes increased.

In the 1970s, a global economic recession and increased mechanisation had led to deindustrialisation. By the 1980s, working-class communities centred around heavy industries were greatly affected. Specialised machines replaced workers and manufacturing moved to countries where wages were lower. The government introduced legislation to limit the influence of trade unions and allow employers to sack striking workers. Thousands were left unemployed. The foundations of working-class identity were being eroded while the prospect of middle-class affluence remained out of reach for many.

The photographers in this room produced work that highlights these class dynamics. Some revealed the human stories behind the policies and statistics, others helped cement stereotypes.

Room 3

Landscape

The photographs in this room highlight different political and social narratives embedded in the landscape of the British Isles. They reveal the impact of human endeavour on the land and the effect of the land and its borders on people.

While these photographs depict a particular part of the world, they also explore how landscapes are constructed in our imaginations. As artist Jem Southam notes, ‘When we look at a photograph of a landscape, we’re looking as much at a projection of the cultural, social, historical, literary connections we have with that place, as we are with an actual physical landscape.’ Southam describes his work as ‘a description of a culture, and of a place, but also an investigation of how we carry imagery in our minds’.

Some of the featured photographers drew on the history of British landscape painting to produce nostalgic images of sublime natural vistas. Others parodied or subverted the romantic notion of a green and pleasant land, revealing British landscapes as sites of decay, conflict, deindustrialisation and racism. Several artists produced photographs that immerse us in their chosen scenes, treating industrial ruins with the same careful attention as natural phenomena. Those working with large format cameras and slow exposure times gave their chosen scenes a painterly quality. Others utilised photography’s ability to record the everyday. They embraced a medium some didn’t consider high art to capture landscapes many didn’t consider worthy of documenting.

Room 4

Image and text

Conceptual art prioritises the idea (or concept) behind an artwork. The photographs in this room focus on photography’s ability to carry ideas. They challenge the notion of the photograph as a window on the world and use text to complicate the medium’s relationship with reality.

Artist and academic, Victor Burgin wrote that our most common encounters with photographs – in advertisements, newspapers and magazines – are all mediated by text. Informed by semiotics, the study of signs and symbols, Burgin highlighted our reliance on existing systems of codes and social meanings to ‘read’ photographs. By making work that combines image and text he was ‘turning away from concerns inherited from “art” and towards everyday life and its languages, which are invariably composed of image/text relations’. Burgin used image and text to ‘dismantle existing communication codes’ and ‘generate new pictures of the world.’

Burgin’s art and ideas influenced the photographers in this room, several of whom he taught. They used text borrowed from literature, film, parliamentary speeches and journalism to expose hidden meanings, heighten emotion and confuse. The resulting artworks expanded contemporary photographic practice while offering new ways of viewing the world.

Room 5

Remodelling history

The personal and intimate photographs of Jo Spence and Maud Sulter remodel the history of representation. Their artworks and writings challenge photography’s sexist and colonial past, and its relationship to class politics. Rather than using the camera to stereotype, categorise, objectify or commodify, they used it to reclaim agency.

For both artists, their collaborative approach to image-making was key to the politics of their practice. Sulter and Spence worked closely with other artists and their subjects. Through collaboration, they discovered new ways of seeing and being seen.

For Spence, this meant ‘putting myself in the picture’. She recognised the power of having control over her representation and, together with artist Rosy Martin, developed photo-therapy. Spence noted: ‘I began to use the camera to explore links that I had never approached before, links between myself, my identity, the body, history and memory’. Known for her unflinching gaze and use of satire, Spence challenged social expectations. She questioned common visual representations of beauty, health and womanhood, as well as women’s place in society.

Sulter’s photography explores absence and presence. She was interested in the ways that ‘Black women’s experience and Black women’s contribution to culture is so often erased and marginalised’. Whether rephotographing personal family photographs or producing portraits, Sulter ‘put Black women back in the centre of the frame – both literally within the photographic image, but also within the cultural institutions where our work operates’. Sulter saw her practice as a contribution to ‘archival permanence’. As she noted: ‘Survival is visibility.’

Room 6

Reflections on the Black experience

This room examines the influence of Reflections of the Black Experience, which opened at Brixton Art Gallery in south London in 1986. The exhibition was organised by the Greater London Council’s Race Equality Unit. It invited artists ‘from a diversity of cultural/political backgrounds’ to collectively ‘challenge the existing and inadequate visual histories of the black experience’. In the 1980s, the term ‘political blackness’ was used as an organising tool to encourage people of colour to come together in the fight against racism. Reviews noted the range of practices on display and that the exhibition set ‘a new agenda where black people can begin to trace a history of representation of ourselves by ourselves’. Yet they also warned: ‘If seen as definitive representations / reflections in photographic imagery the exhibition becomes very limited.’

D-MAX: A Photographic Exhibition was a response to this possible containment of Black photographic practice. Three of the photographers featured had exhibited work in Reflections of the Black Experience. The exhibition opened at Watershed in Bristol in 1987 and toured to the Photographers’ Gallery in London and Chapter Arts Centre in Cardiff. It attempted to free Black photographers from the burden of representation and the restrictions of documentary practice.

Both exhibitions played an important role in the development of the Association of Black Photographers, now Autograph ABP. Established in 1988, its mission was to advocate for the inclusion of historically marginalised photographic practices. Working from a small office in Brixton, the agency delivered an ambitious programme of exhibitions, publications and events. Autograph ABP developed alternative models of producing and sharing photography without defining Black photographic practice or the Black experience.

Although the focus of Reflections of the Black Experience was on young photographers, the exhibition also included a tribute to Armet Francis, who was already well-established. Francis’s photographs focus on the areas of Notting Hill and Brent in west London, documenting the lives of people in the African and Caribbean diasporas. His images capture elements of everyday life, like school and church, as well as shining a light on Black community activism. Francis provided a crucial early articulation of Black identity and political presence in British photography.

Room 7

Self-portraiture

Whether putting themselves in the frame or handing the shutter release to their subjects, the photographers in this room understood the importance of people of colour having control over their image.

In the nineteenth century, photography was a valuable tool for colonial powers. Ethnographic images of Indigenous Peoples and landscapes were distributed through postcards and magazines. They ‘othered’ subjects and created racist stereotypes that legitimised the mission of empire. The photographs on display here challenge this colonial gaze. They present nuanced, multi-dimensional representations of Black and Asian British selfhood.

These artists used different photographic and post-production techniques to complicate the idea of representation and identity. The diversity of their images enhances our understanding of what it means to capture the ‘self’. By adding text, highlighting objects and layering images through projection and photomontage, they remind us that identity isn’t a fixed entity.

Three of the photographers shown here took part in Autoportraits, Autograph ABP’s first exhibition, held at Camerawork in east London in 1990. The exhibition took self-portraiture as its theme. Cultural theorist, Stuart Hall, wrote an essay for the catalogue. In ‘Black Narcissus’, he defended the use of ‘self-images’ by contemporary Black photographers. Far from ‘a narcissistic retreat to the safe zone of an already constituted “self”‘, Hall notes that self-portraiture presents a ‘strategy … of putting the self-image, as it were, for the first time, “in the frame”, on the line, up for grabs. This is a significant move in the politics and strategies of black representation.’

Room 8

Community

The photographs in this room are contributions to a people’s history. They focus on communities whose stories were often absent from the visual arts of the period. To tell these stories with integrity, photographers attempted to document communities from within. Some formed collectives, brought together by shared interests and common goals. They encouraged photographers to move to live alongside their subjects and to build relationships with local people to better represent them. Others documented their own lives and those of their local communities. Their images challenged prevailing narratives and aimed to bring about social change.

Here, photographs of everyday life are presented through a different lens. By the 1970s, most people expected to be photographed in colour, using roll film in point-and-shoot cameras. By producing black-and-white prints, these photographers appear to reference fine art and documentary practice. They invite us to view their subjects as part of the history of photography.

These photographers recorded different social pressures: inadequate housing, disproportionate unemployment, aggressive policing and stereotypical framing in the media. They also highlighted the joy, pride and humour within these communities. By working with their subjects and photographing their own experiences, they produced works that provide insight, build connections and encourage empathy.

Room 9

Colour

These photographers challenged the expectation that ‘art’ photography had to be black and white. At a time when the market for colour photography was still young, they subverted and appropriated colour’s associations with the commercial worlds of fashion and snapshot photography. They used burgeoning colour technologies to create a new visual language that became emblematic of the period. Their images offered new ways of seeing British life and culture.

Britain’s first exhibition of photography taken on colour film was Peter Mitchell’s 1979 show at Impressions Gallery in York. By this time, colour had almost entirely replaced black-and-white film in amateur photography. But many professional photographers were looking for greater nuance than the saturated results of commercially available film stock.

Across the decade, small technical leaps allowed for greater creativity in colour image-making. Kodachrome, the first commercially available colour negative film, was the most commonly used of the period. It provided rich and naturalistic colours, remarkable contrast and extraordinary sharpness. New papers such as Cibachrome II allowed artists to produce high-quality colour prints with greater permanence. Around 1984, Fuji introduced a new colour negative film offering even punchier, brighter saturation. Used with new cameras such as the Plaubel Makina 67 and daytime flash, photographers could produce detailed images in vivid colour.

Photographers exploited these technical advances. They used the camera like a painter, highlighted the garish excesses of consumer society and invented new forms of documentary. By December 1985, Creative Camera journal had announced ‘from today, black and white is dead’.

Room 10

Black Bodyscapes

The photographs of Rotimi Fani-KayodeAjamu X and Lyle Ashton Harris explore masculinity, sexuality and Blackness. Their staged portraits highlight the artists’ technical skills while challenging essentialist ideas of identity.

Fani-Kayode was described by Ajamu X as ‘the most visible, out, Black, queer photographer’ of the 1980s. His photographs interrogate a perceived tension between his heritage, spirituality and gay identity. Fani-Kayode commented: ‘On three counts I am an outsider: in terms of sexuality; in terms of geographical and cultural dislocation; and in the sense of not having become the sort of respectably married professional my parents might have hoped for.’ For Fani-Kayode the position of ‘outsider’ produced ‘a sense of freedom’ that he felt opened up ‘areas of creative enquiry which might otherwise have remained forbidden’.

Ajamu X’s desire to document ‘the whole of Black queer Britain’ has been dubbed ‘Pleasure Activism’. ‘There is a reluctance to talk about sex and pleasure’, he notes. ‘To me, the act of pleasure has to … be part of the conversation around making work.’ For Ajamu X, the materiality of his photography is as important as his subject. ‘I still get excited by the magic alchemy of being in the darkroom’, he reflects. ‘Process is key to my practice – in some cases, much more than the photographic image itself.’

Harris, a US photographer, was included in Autograph ABP’s first exhibition, 1990’s Autoportraits. He describes his photographs as a celebration of ‘Black beauty and sensuality’. Harris notes: ‘I think it’s important to understand that my work is not so much about trying to unpack identity as it is about relationally exploring my positionality to what has gone before and to what is unfolding in our present day lives, as a way to imagine a future to come.’

Room 11

Celebrating subculture

By the end of the decade, previous distinctions between commercial and art photography had begun to break down. Launched in 1980, popular magazines like The Face and i-D brought together fashion, art and advertising. They employed cutting-edge photographers to capture the youth movements that set trends and defined contemporary culture.

Many of the photographs in this final room of the exhibition document subcultures. They feature young people resisting dominant values and beliefs, and challenging the policies and rhetoric that informed them. Section 28 of the Local Government Act was one such policy. Passed in 1988, it prohibited local authorities from ‘promoting homosexuality’. Schools and libraries banned literature, plays and films referencing same-sex relationships and arts organisations faced censorship. Yet, in the face of discrimination, gay and lesbian communities mobilised. The government had put queer culture in the spotlight and, with great courage, many gay and lesbian photographers produced work that changed public discourse.

These artists embraced a range of photographic practices. They combined street photography with saturated colour to challenge stereotypes. They produced highly staged portraits exploring social justice issues, and they captured underground club scenes using the principles of community photography.

The photographs in this room offered a new vision of the UK. One that is both politically engaged and celebratory. They highlight the importance of self-expression, give agency to the photographic subject and make overlooked perspectives visible. Across style, format and subject, these artists asserted photography’s role in society: to document, interrogate and celebrate.

Text from the Tate Britain exhibition guide

 

Martin Parr (British, 1952-2025) 'New Brighton, England, 1983-85' From the series 'The Last Resort'

 

Martin Parr (British, 1952-2025)
New Brighton, England, 1983-85
From the series The Last Resort
1983-1985
C-type print
© Martin Parr / Magnum Photos

 

Martin Parr took his first colour photographs as a student at Manchester Polytechnic in 1971 and has worked exclusively in colour since 1982. These photographs are from his series The Last Resort. They document the Merseyside seaside resort of New Brighton at a time of economic decline. The series features Parr’s characteristic use of daytime flash and saturated colour to produce satirical images exploring leisure and consumption. Parr was ‘interested in showing how British society is decaying; how this once great society is falling apart.’ Of the series’ reception, Parr notes, ‘People thought it was exploitation, you know – middle-class guy photographing a working-class community, that sort of stuff. The thing is, it was shown first in Liverpool and no one batted an eyelid … middle-class people [in London] don’t know what the north of England’s like.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Paul Reas (British, b. 1955) 'Hand of Pork, Caerphilly, South Wales' 1985-1988

 

Paul Reas (British, b. 1955)
Hand of Pork, Caerphilly, South Wales
1985-1988
C-print on paper
© Paul Reas/Martin Parr Foundation

 

“Deregulation of the banking system meant credit was easy to come by and consumer spending rose fast. Shopping malls were the new cathedrals of consumption and retail parks with supermarkets and furniture stores the parish churches. Shopping became leisure”

~ Paul Reas

 

Inspired by the use of colour in advertising, Paul Reas dedicated his first series of colour photographs to the post- industrial consumer boom in the UK in the 1980s. These works, taken with a medium-format camera and a large flashgun, present everyday scenes at US-style retail parks, supermarkets and the new housing estates fast becoming a feature of British towns and villages. Reas’s images consider the impact of these ‘new cathedrals of consumption’. Reas has described how Margaret Thatcher’s belief in a free-market economy and individualism moved British society from a ‘we’ to a ‘me’ mentality. As he explains: ‘Although I was photographing people, I never really think about my photographs as being totally about people. They’re about the systems that we’re all subjected to.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Paul Reas (British, b. 1955) 'Army Wallpaper, B&Q Store, Newport South Wales' c. 1987

 

Paul Reas (British, b. 1955)
Army Wallpaper, B&Q Store, Newport South Wales
c. 1987
C-print on paper
© Paul Reas/Martin Parr Foundation

 

Anna Fox (British, b. 1961) 'Independent Video Production Company' 1988 from the series 'Work Stations'

 

Anna Fox (British, b. 1961)
Independent Video Production Company
1988
From the series Work Stations
The Hyman Collection
Courtesy of the Centre for British Photography
© Anna Fox

 

“Thatcher was a powermonger and her favourite phrase, ‘there is no such thing as society, just individuals’ saw the end of a culture of community support and a rise in the pursuit of wealth for individuals – primarily white men. Compared to now, things in some ways were more straightforward, and as artists we knew what we were making work about – there was a positive sense that we could change things; we criticised society with hope fueling us…

I made two key bodies of work in this period, including Work Stations – a study of London office life with found texts, creating satirical commentary on a very conservative Britain. I was interested in how consumerism was sweeping the floor with us and how money ruled. There were hardly any documentary images made of office life, it wasn’t considered a valid subject and this interested me. All documentary images change as time passes – design and style become more fascinating as they age – and I am so pleased these images have stayed in people’s imagination. They are a significant record of a particular time and they bring up a lot of memories of what it was like to live and work in it.”

Zoe Whitfield. “The story of 80s Britain, as seen by 7 notable photographers,” on the Dazed website, November 22, 2024 [Online] Cited 03/04/2025

 

Anna Fox (British, b. 1961) 'Salesperson, Cafe, the City' 1988

 

Anna Fox (British, b. 1961)
Salesperson, Cafe, the City
1988
From the series Work Stations
Inkjet print on paper
The Hyman Collection
Courtesy of the Centre for British Photography
© Anna Fox

 

In her Work Stations series, Anna Fox captures London office life in the late 1980s. ‘I was attracted to it because it’s such an ordinary subject and hardly anyone had ever photographed office life’, she says. The photographs combine colour, on-camera flash and snapshot style compositions to create hard shadows and emphasise the immediacy of each scene. The unusual framing and off-kilter camera angles give them a spontaneous and humorous feel. Fox repurposed text from business articles and magazines to loosely pair with each image in the series. They reveal the intense competition, stress and absurdities of corporate culture in Thatcher-era Britain.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Anna Fox (British, b. 1961) 'Friendly Fire, target (Margaret Thatcher) / Margaret Thatcher Target' 1989

 

Anna Fox (British, b. 1961)
Friendly Fire, target (Margaret Thatcher) / Margaret Thatcher Target
1989
Inkjet print on paper
The Hyman Collection
Courtesy of the Centre for British Photography
© Anna Fox

 

While working on her 1987-1988 series Work Stations exploring office life, Anna Fox came across the phenomenon of paintballing. Learning that corporate sales teams often took part in outdoor paintball games to encourage team spirit and competitiveness, she wanted to capture these ‘weekend wargames’ in action. In her series Friendly Fire, Fox plays the role of war photographer just as the participants play at being soldiers. This image depicts a paint-splattered cardboard cutout of Margaret Thatcher used for target practice. Taken in the aftermath of the Falklands War, Fox’s work explores the connections and contrasts between these sites of simulated conflict and the experiences of military personnel.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Grace Lau (British-Chinese, b. 1939)
'Interiors series' 1986

 

Grace Lau (British-Chinese, b. 1939)
Interiors series
1986
Colour transparency
Lent by the artist
© Grace Lau 1986

 

Grace Lau employs colour to explore fetish subcultures from a feminist perspective. This series was produced following an invitation to document a London cross-dressing community. Lau’s portraits are often set in private, domestic spaces where fantasies and alternative lifestyles could be acted out more openly. As the artist explains: ‘When I started making portraits of cross-dressers, many projected their alter-identities with such joyous style that I felt black-and-white could not do justice to their vibrant characters. Colour seemed to express their proud desire to project subliminal identities and these images with their saturated, bright colours, reflect my subjects’ multi-layered personalities; their bright red lipstick, glamorous dresses and jewellery blazing into life in colour transparency film.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Brenda Prince (British, b. 1950)
'Anti-Clause 28 demo in Whitehall, London' 9 June 1988

 

Brenda Prince (British, b. 1950)
Anti-Clause 28 demo in Whitehall, London
9 June 1988
Format Photographers Archive, Bishopsgate Institute
© Brenda Price

 

 

Did the 80s really last from 1976-94? This exhibition thinks it did – resulting in a show replete with gems, but in need of a tight edit…

The exhibition starts out along thematic lines. The opening room is dedicated to protest, from the Grunwick strike led by British/South Asian workers in Brent, through clashes between pickets and the police at the Orgreave coking plant, and marches opposing the homophobic Section 28 legislation. In a gallery dedicated to money and the growing divide between haves and have-nots, Paul Graham’s grimly atmospheric pictures of DHSS waiting rooms face off against Martin Parr’s snarky snaps of garden parties and gallery openings. In the next section, the lens is turned on the landscape, and the transformations wrought both by industry and its removal. …

The closing section Celebrating Subcultures bypasses those usually associated with the 1980s (punks, goths, rude boys, new age travellers) but includes an entire wall of 1990s photographs by Wolfgang Tillmans, most of which were shot in Germany and Greece…

The art world of the 1980s speaks strongly to our own, in particular, the shared interest in identity and representation. In short supply here is the punky irreverence of an era in which taking the piss was practically a national hobby.

Hettie Judah. “The 80s: Photographing Britain review – a meandering look at pomp, protest – and pork,” on The Guardian website Wed 20 Nov 2024 [Online] Cited 02/05/2025

 

For all that, I left this show feeling slightly beleaguered by the overload of images and attendant theory. The foregrounding of emerging visual strategies, from activist reportage to nascent conceptualism to identity-driven self-portraiture, is brave but often bewildering rather than enlightening. The final room, Celebrating Subculture, is a case in point, being a cursory nod to a decade that saw the emergence of the style-conscious youth culture that echoes through fashion, music and indeed everyday life until this day.

If your image of the 80s is predicated on memories of The Face magazine, or the blossoming of extravagant tribal subcultures such as goths and New Romantics in clubs such as the Batcave and Blitz, you may be as baffled as I was not to encounter a single image by the likes of Juergen Teller, Nigel Shafran or Derek Ridgers. Instead, there are four street portraits of stylish young men by Jason Evans and a recreation of Wolfgang Tillmans’s first photo installation, which mainly comprises images first published in i-D magazine. A portrait of the 80s, then, but one that at times seems determinedly out of focus.

Sean O’Hagan. “The 80s: Photographing Britain review – in your face and to the barricades,” on The Guardian website, Sun 24 Nov 2024 [Online] Cited 02/05/2025

 

Roy Mehta (British, b. 1968) From the series 'Revival, London' 1989-1993

 

Roy Mehta (British, b. 1968)
From the series Revival, London
1989-1993
C-print on paper
Courtesy of the artist and LA

 

Roy Mehta’s Revival, London, series focusses on Caribbean and Irish communities in Brent northwest London, where he lived in the 1980s. Much of Mehta’s practice engages with the complexity of identity and belonging.

Mehta invites us ‘to share in the atmosphere of the subject’s internal world by illustrating the gentle essence of our shared humanity through images of empathy, faith and tenderness’. He notes: ‘I wanted the work to depict compassion and solidarity, along with reflections of the everyday. I felt these were absent from some mainstream representations of diasporic identities at that time in the 1980s.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

David Hoffman (British) 'Nidge & Laurence Kissing, taken at a poll tax protest in London' 1990

 

David Hoffman (British)
Nidge & Laurence Kissing, taken at a poll tax protest in London
1990
© David Hoffman

 

Ajamu X (British, b. 1963) 'Body Builder in Bra' 1990

 

Ajamu X (British, b. 1963)
Body Builder in Bra
1990
Gelatin silver print on paper
Tate
Presented by Tate Members 2020

 

When asked about the photoshoot for this image, Ajamu said: ‘we went to the local market here in Brixton, bought a bra and played around with it. This was one of the first shots.’ This spontaneity is contrasted with the carefully framed close-up of the sitter’s back. Bodybuilding has long been an area of interest for Ajamu. Although it represents ‘an archetypal image of the male body’, he describes how his practice is ‘a consistent attempt to subvert, re-think, play with these limited modes of representations around particular bodies in a multi-dimensional way.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Jason Evans (Welsh, b. 1968) and Simon Foxton (British, b. 1961) 'Untitled' 1991 From the series 'Strictly'

 

Jason Evans (Welsh, b. 1968) and Simon Foxton (British, b. 1961)
Untitled
1991
From the series Strictly
Tate
© Jason Evans

 

“This work was made in collaboration with Simon Foxton. It takes the head-to-toe ‘straight up’ documentary approach to street style as a point of departure, however they’re entirely constructed. We saw fashion photography as a political space where we could create something that pushed back at the media stereotypes of young Black men. This is a Trojan horse exercise, intended to disrupt the white supremacist media project. For many, it may be hard to imagine how racist the UK felt then, which, especially with hindsight, makes today’s politics all the harder to witness.”

Zoe Whitfield. “The story of 80s Britain, as seen by 7 notable photographers,” on the Dazed website, November 22, 2024 [Online] Cited 03/04/2025

 

Al-An deSouza (Kenyan, b. 1958) 'Junglee, Indian Aphorisms series'
1992/2024

 

Al-An deSouza (Kenyan, b. 1958)
Junglee, Indian Aphorisms series
1992/2024
Courtesy Al-An deSouza and Talwar Gallery, New York and New Delhi

 

In Indian Aphorisms, Al-An deSouza combines self-portraits with introspective reflections. Through the series, the artist attempts to reclaim and redefine their identity. Each work portrays the tension between public perception and private reality, illustrating the ways in which personal identity is continually negotiated and reshaped. DeSouza’s photographs reveal their struggle to separate reality from yearning and imagining. ‘I don’t know which of my memories are my own remembrance, which are tales whispered to me secretly as I lay in my bed, or which are ghostly after images, effigies petrified between the tissue leaves of photo albums’, the artist explains.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

'The 80s: Photographing Britain' book cover

 

Related publications

The 80s: Photographing Britain

Edited by Yasufumi Nakamori, Helen Little and Jasmine Chohan

Featuring contributions by Bilal Akkouche, Geoffrey Batchen, Derek Bishton, Jasmine Chohan, Taous Dahmani, Helen Little, Yasufumi Nakamori, Mark Sealy, Noni Stacey

Published November 2024, hardback £40

Available on the Amazon website

 

 

Tate Britain
Millbank, London
SW1P 4RG

Open daily 10.00 – 18.00

Tate Britain website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955’ at Albertina Modern, Vienna

Exhibition dates: 24th January – 21st April, 2025

Curators: Dr. Anna Hanreich and Dr. Astrid Mahler

 

Auguste and Louis Lumière (French, 1862-1954) (French, 1864-1948) 'Bangles' 1893-1900 from the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna, January - April, 2025

 

Auguste and Louis Lumière (French, 1862-1954) (French, 1864-1948)
Bangles
1893-1900
ALL Chroma
8.4 x 17.8cm
The ALBERTINA Museum, Vienna – Permanent loan by Höhere Graphische Bundes-Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt

 

 

What a wonderful exhibition.

It’s so exciting to see the history and development of colour photography pre the ubiquitous, American artists William Eggleston and Stephen Shore, much as I like both artists.

I would have liked to have seen some early autochromes from Albert Kahn and The Archives of the Planet; some photographs by Bernard F. Eilers whom I greatly admire; and some early colour photographs by Paul Outerbridge Jr.

In my eyes, that would have made the exhibition even better!

Dr Marcus Bunyan


Many thankx to the Albertina Modern for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Gracious thankx also to Karin Svadlenak-Gomez for allowing me to use her wonderful photographs of the exhibition in the posting, noted below each image. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna
Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna
Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna
Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna
Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna
Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna

 

Installation view of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing in the bottom image, Léon Vidal’s photograph Oriental Onyx Saucier, 16th century, from Le Tresor artistique de la France, c. 1876-1878 (below)

 

Léon Vidal (French, 1833-1906)
'Oriental Onyx Sardonyx Cup (16th century)' 1876 from the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna, January - April, 2025

 

Léon Vidal (French, 1833-1906)
Oriental Onyx Sardonyx Cup (16th century)
1876
Photomechanical proof (photochromy using the Léon Vidal process) mounted on cardboard
H. 20.8 ; L. 26.2 cm.
Don Fondation Kodak-Pathé, 1983

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing at left, Heinrich Kühn's 'Twilight' 1896 (below); and at right, Heinrich Bachmann's 'Winter Landscape' 1903

 

Installation view of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing at left, Heinrich Kühn’s Twilight 1896 (below); and at right, Heinrich Bachmann’s Winter Landscape 1903

 

Heinrich Kühn (Austrian-German, 1866-1944) 'Twilight' 1896

 

Heinrich Kühn (Austrian-German, 1866-1944)
Twilight
1896
Two-tone gum print
Photo: Karin Svadlenak-Gomez

 

The Pictorialist Aesthetic: Photography as Art

One of my personal highlights from True Colours was the section dedicated to pictorialist photography. Emerging in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, pictorialism sought to elevate photography to the level of fine art, favouring soft focus, painterly compositions, and atmospheric effects. In fact the Albertina modern had a whole exhibition on Pictorialism in 2023, which was a great joy to me.

Heinrich Kühn’s Twilight (1896, above), produced through the autochrome process, was a standout for me, its subtle gradations of light and shadow creating an almost dreamlike serenity. Kühn was also one of the pioneers of the autochrome process, the first commercially successful colour photography method introduced by the Lumière brothers in 1907. Autochromes used a fine layer of dyed potato starch grains to filter light, creating rich and softly textured images. Kühn masterfully employed this process to enhance the painterly, impressionistic quality of his photographs, further bridging the gap between photography and fine art. Seeing these images up close, I was reminded of how photographers of the past fought for their medium to be recognised as more than mere documentation – it was, and remains, an art form in its own right.

Karin Svadlenak-Gomez. “Photography in Full Spectrum,” on the ViennaCultgram website 13th March 2025 [Online] Cited 25/03/2024

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna

 

Installation view of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna
Photo: Karin Svadlenak-Gomez

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing Anonymous. 'Laboratory Still Life' 1906

 

Installation view of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing Anonymous. Laboratory Still Life 1906

 

Anonymous photographer.
'Laboratory Still Life Around' 1906 from the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna, January - April, 2025

 

Anonymous photographer
Laboratory Still Life
Around 1906
14.2 x 11.2 cm
Pinatype
The Albertina Museum, Vienna – Permanent Loan by Höhere Graphische Bundes-Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt
© Photo: The Albertina Museum, Vienna

 

Ad. Braun et Cie. (Jean Adolphe Braun (French, 1812-1877))
'Sample board of various pigment papers from Ad. Braun et Cie.' around 1910

 

Ad. Braun et Cie. (Jean Adolphe Braun (French, 1812-1877))
Sample board of various pigment papers from Ad. Braun et Cie.
Around 1910
38.2 x 32.5cm
Pigment prints
The Albertina Museum, Vienna – Permanent loan by Höhere Graphische Bundes- Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt
© Photo: The Albertina Museum, Vienna

 

Ad. Braun et Cie. (Jean Adolphe Braun (French, 1812-1877))
'Sample board of various pigment papers from Ad. Braun et Cie.' around 1910 (detail)
Ad. Braun et Cie. (Jean Adolphe Braun (French, 1812-1877))
'Sample board of various pigment papers from Ad. Braun et Cie.' around 1910 (detail)

 

Ad. Braun et Cie. (Jean Adolphe Braun (French, 1812-1877))
Sample board of various pigment papers from Ad. Braun et Cie. (details)
Around 1910
38.2 x 32.5cm
Pigment prints
The Albertina Museum, Vienna – Permanent loan by Höhere Graphische Bundes- Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt
© Photo: The Albertina Museum, Vienna

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing two photographs by Atelier D'Ora with at right, 'Maria Delvard as Tambour' 1913

 

Installation view of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing two photographs by Atelier D’Ora with at right, Maria Delvard as Tambour 1913

 

The aesthetics of fine art photography had their greatest impact on studio photograph. In the early twentieth century, such progressive studios as Atelier d’Ora (later called Atelier d’Ora Benda) adopted the reformed portrait style and its elaborate techniques. The bromoil and broccoli transfer processes finally offered an alternative to gum prints, so that works in colour could be produced in a much less complicated and inexpensive way.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing Kurt Husnik's three photographs 'Untitled' 1950s

 

Installation view of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing Kurt Husnik’s three photographs Untitled 1950s

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna

 

Installation view of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing Kurt Husnik’s Untitled 1950s

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing at left, Hans Madensky's 'Fashion Portrait - Student of the Vienna-Hetzendorf School of Fashion' 1952 (below)

 

Installation view of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing at left, Hans Madensky’s Fashion Portrait – Student of the Vienna-Hetzendorf School of Fashion 1952 (below)

 

Hans Madensky (Austrian, 1902-1978) 'Fashion Portrait - Student of the Vienna-Hetzendorf School of Fashion' 1952

 

Hans Madensky (Austrian, 1902-1978)
Fashion portrait – Student from the Vienna Hetzendorf Fashion School
1952
27 x 22.8cm
Kodak Dye Transfer Print
The Albertina Museum, Vienna – Permanent Loan by Höhere Graphische Bundes-Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt
© Photo: The Albertina Museum, Vienna

 

 

How did colour get into photography?

The exhibition True Colors – Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 answers this question with outstanding works from the Albertina Museum’s photo collection.

The desire for colour in photography has dominated the world of photography from the very beginning. True Colors traces the development of colour photography, from the first experimental techniques in the 19th century to generally applicable analog colour photography.

Even in the early days of photography, daguerreotypes and salt paper prints were colored by hand to create colorful images. Monochrome pigment papers, which enjoyed great popularity until the 1890s, also contributed to the broad chromatic diversity of 19th century photographs.

The first successful color process, which was reserved for an exclusive circle, was introduced in 1891. The brilliant images in the so-called interference colour process are based on the physical principle of standing waves, which also allows us to see coloured reflections in soap bubbles. The unique pieces from the Albertina Museum’s Collection represent a unique focal point.

The autochrome process, which was introduced in 1907, brought about a major change in image culture. It was also practicable for amateurs and helped its inventors, the Lumière brothers, to achieve great commercial success. However, it was mainly used as a glass slide for projection. At the same time, around 1900, fine art printing processes were developed that used color pigments to produce multicolored image solutions. They fulfilled the artistic aspirations of the Pictorialists and were commonplace in large photo studios until the 1930s. For a long time, the challenge was to obtain colored prints on paper. This was also achieved at the beginning of the 20th century with the use of various three-color processes, which were assembled in several steps.

Kodak finally achieved the breakthrough to easy-to-use and therefore mass-market colour photography in 1936 with the first 35mm colour slide films. These products revolutionised the use of colour photography in the following decades, which form the conclusion of this Albertina Museum exhibition.

True Colors provides an insight into the rich holdings of the Albertina Museum’s photography collection, the historical part of which is based on the collection of the Höhere Graphische Bundes- Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt (GLV). The exhibition demonstrates the great public interest, the constant development and the various fields of application of historical photography in colour. True Colors also explores the impact of popular colour processes on the visual culture of the early 20th century.

The exhibition is on view from 24 January until 21 April 2025 at the Albertina Modern

 

Wilhelm Horn (Czech, 1809-1891)
'Portrait of a Young Officer' 1849

 

Wilhelm Horn (Czech, 1809-1891)
Portrait of a Young Officer
1849
11 x 8.3cm
Daguerreotype, coloured
The Albertina Museum, Vienna – Permanent loan by Höhere Graphische Bundes- Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt
© Photo: The Albertina Museum, Vienna

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern

 

Installation view of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern
Photo: Karin Svadlenak-Gomez

 

Richard Neuhauss (German, 1855-1915) 'Parrot' 1899

 

Richard Neuhauss (German, 1855-1915)
Parrot
1899
8.3 x 6.4cm
Colour photography
The Albertina Museum, Vienna – Permanent Loan by Höhere Graphische Bundes-Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt
© Photo: The Albertina Museum, Vienna

 

Photochrom Print Collection (photographer) 'The Falls of the Rhine, by Bengal Light, Schaffhausen, Switzerland' between 1890 and 1900

 

Photochrom Print Collection (photographer)
The Falls of the Rhine, by Bengal Light, Schaffhausen, Switzerland
Between 1890 and 1900
Print no. “16491”.; Forms part of: Views of Switzerland in the Photochrom print collection.; Title from the Detroit Publishing Co., Catalogue J-foreign section, Detroit, Mich.: Detroit Publishing Company, 1905.
Photomechanical print, photochrom, colour

 

Arthur von Hübl (Austrian, 1853-1932) 'Exotic Butterflies' 1908-1914

 

Arthur von Hübl (Austrian, 1853-1932)
Exotic Butterflies
1908-1914
6.3 x 6.9cm
Autochrome
The Albertina Museum, Vienna – Permanent Loan by Höhere Bundes-Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt
© Photo: The Albertina Museum, Vienna

 

Heinrich Kühn (Austrian-German, 1866-1944) 'The Parasol' 1912

 

Heinrich Kühn (Austrian-German, 1866-1944)
The Parasol
1912
18 x 13cm
Autochrome
The Albertina Museum, Vienna
© Photo: The Albertina Museum, Vienna

 

Philippe Pottier (French, 1905-1991)
'Evening Gown by Madame Grès' 1950/1954

 

Philippe Pottier (French, 1905-1991)
Evening Gown by Madame Grès
1950/1954
22.2 x 16.5cm
Kodak Dye Transfer Print
The Albertina Museum, Vienna – Permanent Loan by Höhere Graphische Bundes-Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt
© Photo: The Albertina Museum, Vienna

 

 

Exhibition Texts

Introduction

True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955

Today, colour photography is omnipresent, but the knowledge about its complex genesis is not very familiar. This exhibition highlights the multifaceted developments that were initiated starting in the mid-nineteenth century to bring colour into photography. Thanks to the extensive photographic collection of the Imperial-Royal Institution of Graphic Education and Research, the Albertina possesses unique holdings of important examples from this exciting chapter of photographic history.

As early as the middle of the nineteenth century, individual scientists managed to create unique photographs in color, which, however, were not intended for everyday use. Therefore, it was common from the early days to employ colouration or toned photographic papers. In 1891, Gabriel Lippmann achieved a crucial success in direct color photography by formulating the interferential colour process, which produced brilliantly vivid images. The Lumière brothers finally accomplished the first revolution in color photography: in 1907, they brought industrially manufactured autochromes to market. It was now for the first time that photographers and amateurs could access a practicable process for the production of colour glass slides. Thanks to more elaborate three-colour processes and Pictorialist fine art printing, which were developed around the same time, it was also possible to produce photographs in colour on paper.

The desire for colour in photography, which had been evident since it had existed, continued to prevail in the twentieth century. A decisive breakthrough was achieved by the Kodak Company in the mid-1930s, when it produced the first 35 mm photographic color slide film. Starting out from the USA, more practical materials for analog color photography, which had been developed gradually, also established themselves in Europe after World War II. It was now impossible to stop the triumph of modern colour photography.

All objects on display here come from the holdings of the Albertina or are on permanent loan from the collection of the Höhere Graphische Bundes-Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt [Higher Federal Institution of Graphic Education and Research].

Chromatic Diversity

Before it was possible to produce color photographs, photographers made use of a number of methods to bring color into their images. Even in the early days, daguerreotypes and salted paper prints were coloured by hand. While daguerreotypes were usually colored only partially, salted paper prints were sometimes heavily painted over. The so-called pigment papers, which enjoyed great popularity from the 1850s onward, enabled monochrome prints in various colours. Industrial manufacturers offered a wide range of nuances that could be variably used depending on the motif. Another way of lending prints uniform colour effects were toning baths. It was thus variable methods that were employed to produce photographs displaying a rich chromatic diversity.

A vital contribution to photography in colour was the introduction of the so called orthochromatic negative plates. In 1873, Hermann Wilhelm Vogel discovered the sensitisation of the photographic emulsion, so that the plates truthfully rendered the brightness values of blue, orange, yellow, and green. Earlier, the grey values of the blue areas had appeared overly bright, while the other colours had often seemed too dark. With the development of so-called panchromatic negative material it became possible from 1902 on to accurately record the entire visible spectral range according to tonal values. This progress was crucial for colour photography, as an incorrect recording of the tonal values during a shot could result in a distorted colour impression in the final product.

A Solitaire – the Interferential Colour Process

The interferential colour process, with which Gabriel Lippmann went public in Paris in 1891, is considered a first milestone in direct color photography. The method ensured permanently stable, brilliantly vivid colour images. It is based on the interference of light waves caused during exposure by the reflections of incident light rays off a reflective layer of mercury behind the negative. In the photographic emulsion, the finest layers are created alongside the standing waves, in which accumulations of silver are deposited. The spacing between the
layers corresponds to the wavelength of the recorded colour, so that when the image is viewed at the correct angle, the individual parts reflect their original colour. Standing waves are the phenomenon that also causes the colour effects on soap bubbles.

The process, which had its pitfalls, was enthusiastically received by specialists. The Lumière brothers, who as producers of photographic plates were highly interested in colour photography, collaborated with Lippmann to improve emulsions. The Berlin-based scientist Richard Neuhauss also dealt intensively with this method, based on the research conducted by the Viennese photochemist Eduard Valenta. Due to its chromatic purity, the spectrum offered itself as an ideal motif for images. Neuhauss’s plates fascinate us not only because of their luminous colours, but mainly for their wide range of motifs, which was facilitated by the reduction of exposure times.

Photomechanical Color Printing Processes

Since the development of chromolithography in 1837, color reproductions had been increasingly used for luxury volumes. In combination with photography, the printing plates could either be exposed directly, or the photographic images were transferred to the plates by means of transfer printing. This and related procedures led to an increase of elaborately produced publications of scholarly character. For the work Le Trésor artistique de la France, which contained high-quality colour reproductions of art objects held by the Louvre, the French photographer Léon Vidal developed a complex process referred to as photochromie. Photographic prints constituted the base layer onto which he printed several tinted lithographic plates. Through the additional use of metallic colours or papers and a layer of varnish, Vidal achieved three-dimensional effects.

Another important step was the introduction of the collotype process, which, from 1868 onward, allowed printing black-and-white photographs in halftones. Institutions like the Imperial-Royal Austrian Trade Museum in Vienna published such luxurious scholarly publications as the illustrated volume Orientalische Teppiche [Oriental Rugs], which appeared in 1892. For this work, black-and-white collotypes and the chromolithographic plates were partly each executed across the entire surface and partly combined with each other in order to document the knotting technique and the colouration of the objects equally accurately. A colour sample based on the original rug was first painted on the collotype and then transferred by lithography. Up to thirteen individually tinted printing plates were employed in the process. Both publications stand out for the effort to imitate the object character in the coloured reproduction.

Commercial Successes – the Autochrome and Other Color Screen Processes

In 1893, in search of a viable color process, the industrialists Auguste and Louis Lumière developed the ALL Chroma, a transparency made up of three coloured layers. Since its production and use involved a high input of costs and time, the method did not prevail, despite the vivid colors it produced. Following further research, the Lumière brothers eventually achieved a breakthrough with the autochrome in 1907, which was to revolutionise colour photography for the first time. The autochrome is also a positive transparency, yet based on the principle of additive color synthesis. A glass plate functioning as carrier material is covered with a photosensitive layer on one side. A mixture of red, green, and blue starch granules is applied on top of it, forming an irregular pattern. The image is created after exposure and negative and positive development, as the granules fuse together to form coloured areas when viewed in transmitted light. Its vibrant colors and uncomplicated handling earned the inventors of this method great commercial success. The autochrome was no longer exclusively accessible to specialists. The process was not only employed for scientific images, but also and mainly in amateur photography.

In addition to the autochrome, there were numerous products relying on the principle of additive color synthesis, such as the Joly process, which had already been developed in England ten years earlier and which was based on a grid of vertical lines. By 1910, further colour screen processes had made it onto the market, such as Omnicolore or the Agfacolor plate. But the autochrome remained the most widely used colour process until the early 1930s because of its unsurpassed chromatic brilliance.

Colour by “Indirect” Means – Three-Colour Processes

Three-colour photographic printing methods on paper are based on the principle of subtractive colour mixing. The processes, their implementation differing in detail, followed a multistep procedure. At first, three subsequent black-and-white shots were taken behind red, green, and blue filters. The so called colour separation negatives were then inverted into positives. From the three positives, three matrices – in the complementary colours cyan,
magenta, and yellow – were then produced. The colour image was finally composed of these three colours.

For the pinatype, three matrices were transferred onto a sheet of prepared paper. What mattered for an accomplished picture was not only proper colour adjustment, but also an absolutely precise alignment of the images. The still life of various laboratory utensils demonstrates the individual steps leading to a colourful picture. The so-called interpositives provide the basis for the coloured matrices, which, printed one upon the other, provide the final version of the picture. Apart from still lifes, photographers also employed this technique, which was developed to market maturity by Ernst König in 1905, for portraits. In these photographs, they showcased their creative skills in handling colour.

Pictorialist Endeavors – Fine Art Printing Processes

Artistic photography around 1900 was propagated by wealthy amateurs who wished to elevate photography to the level of fine art. Their ambition was to be able to manipulate the photographic print by hand, as the mechanical aspect of photography was criticised as being inartistic. The gum bichromate print, a so-called fine art printing process, allowed them to control the work as much as possible. A mixture of pigments, gum arabic, and photosensitive salts was applied to coarse paper and then exposed. After washing out the unexposed areas, the image became visible. For multicolor works, this process could be repeated as often as desired, each time using a different pigment. This advancement of the gum bichromate printing technique toward multicolour printing was first implemented by members of the Camera Club in Vienna, an association of amateur photographers. The possibility of creating such colourful images that could be used as decorative works of art on the wall and sometimes reach large dimensions, was particularly enthusiastically received in German-speaking countries.

Paths to Modern Colour Photography

The consequential breakthrough to mass-market color photography was achieved in the mid-1930s, when the companies Eastman Kodak (USA) and, shortly thereafter, Agfa (Germany) put so-called modern multilayer films with dye couplers on the market. By 1936, the first 35mm colour slide films and, by 1942, the first colour films and corresponding photographic papers for the negative-positive process were available, the latter of which revolutionised colour photography a second time. Yet the outbreak of World War II initially delayed the spread of these innovations in Europe. But from the 1950s onward, the triumph of modern analog colour photography could not longer be stopped.

However, contemporary high-quality copying and printing processes were still extremely expensive and complicated. The Duxochrome and dye-transfer processes, for example, were valued not only for the brilliance and stability of their colours, but also because they could be manipulated during the production process. But due to the high cost of production, they were mainly used for commercial purposes. Product and fashion photography accommodated the needs of advertising and the press. In Vienna, the photographers Arthur Benda and Hans Madensky were very successful in these fields.

Text from the Albertina Museum

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern
Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna
Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna

 

Installation views of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern
Photos: Karin Svadlenak-Gomez

 

Ernst König (German, 1869-1924) 'Still-life with flowers' 1905

 

Ernst König (German, 1869-1924)
Still-life with flowers
1905
Pinatype
Photo: Karin Svadlenak-Gomez

 

Atelier D'Ora (est. 1907) 'Mrs. Oergan' 1924

 

Atelier D’Ora (est. 1907)
Mrs. Oergan
1924
Bromoil transfer print
Photo: Karin Svadlenak-Gomez

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing Kodak Company. 'Photo Magazines for Amateurs' 1957-1959

 

Installation view of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna showing Kodak Company. Photo Magazines for Amateurs 1957-1959

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna
Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna
Installation view of the exhibition 'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern, Vienna

 

Installation views of the exhibition True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna
Photos: Karin Svadlenak-Gomez

 

'True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955' at Albertina Modern poster

 

True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern poster

 

 

The Albertina Museum
Albertinaplatz 1
1010 Vienna
Phone: +43 (0)1 534 83 0

Daily 10am – 6pm
Except Wednesday and Friday 10am – 9pm

The Albertina Museum website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Saul Leiter – An Unfinished World’ at Foam, Amsterdam

Exhibition dates: 24th January – 23rd April, 2025

Curator: Anne Morin of diChroma Photography in collaboration with Les Rencontres d’Arles and diChroma Photography

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Jean Pearson' c. 1948 from the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam, Jan - April 2025

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Jean Pearson
c. 1948
From the series In My Room
Gelatin silver print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

 

Words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words, words.

So many words, so much verbiage about the work of American artist Saul Leiter (1923-2013).

I’d rather not add to that noise.

It is well to reinforce the meaning of an image with text but it is not necessary.

Just be aware …. of the beauty of the image and your feelings towards it.

Lucidly, appreciate the integrity of the image.

Nothing more but certainly nothing less.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

PS. It’s wonderful to see the earlier black and white work, breadcrumb trail of the colour work to come.


Many thankx to Foam for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

“Photographs are often treated as important moments, but really they are fragments and souvenirs of an unfinished world.”


Saul Leiter

 

“I may be old-fashioned. But I believe there is such a thing as a search for beauty – a delight in the nice things in the world. And I don’t think one should have to apologise for it.”


Saul Leiter, In No Great Hurry, 2013

 

“His photos feel – as Akiko Atake puts it – like “quiet stolen glimpses”; moments plucked from the everyday and preserved in the eye of Leiter’s camera.”


Sophie Mulgrew. “Feb 9 Book Review: Forever Saul Leiter,” on the Musee Magazine website Nd [Online] Cited 18/03/2025

 

“I’ve always felt a closeness to Japan in Leiter’s work; the photographs in the snow; the women under their umbrellas; the improbable perspectives and revolutionary compositions reminiscent of Japanese woodblocks, ukiyo-e; the presence of the seasons and the verticality of the compositions evoking Japanese scroll paintings, kakajiku; the beauty he found in cracks and broken surfaces, in the unfinished, the worn out, the imperfect – the endurance of the elements and the effects of time. There is a “mono no aware”* beauty to his photographs, in the color work especially – an acute awareness of the beauty of the transient, of the ephemeral, which might explain, in part, their magical and poetic essence.”


Paul Vermare. “Saul Leiter, the New York Nabi,” on the Blind Magazine website, July 3, 2023 [Online] Cited 08/04/2025

 

“Leiter was destined to become a rabbi like his father, but moved to New York to be a painter, then choosing photography – which appalled his father. Beginning in 1948, Leiter using an Argus C3 camera, then a Leica and a Rolleiflex

In the 2012 documentary, In No Great Hurry, Saul Leiter said: “There are the things that are out in the open, and there are the things that are hidden, and life has more to do, the real world has more to do with what is hidden.” These tender and graceful depictions of “the things that are hidden” – images that Leiter rarely showed – retain their essential mystery, defying interpretation.”


Anonymous. “Saul Leiter’s nude friends and lovers – in pictures,” on The Guardian website 15th August 2018 [Online] Cited 18/03/2025

 

 

* mono no aware = a Japanese concept that describes a poignant awareness of the transient nature of existence, a sensitivity to the beauty of things that are fleeting, and a gentle sadness at their passing


Leiter’s love of beauty, Bonnard, Japan, Buddhism, Ukiyo-e prints, Japanese scroll paintings, “ma” (space), kyūdō, haiku.

“The unorthodox and seemingly disproportionate compositions… the emphasis on shapes; the presence of calligraphy; unusual viewpoints and perspectives, everyday subject matter; the ubiquity of women; and a fondness for the ordinary and the ephemeral”

Paul Vermare. “Saul Leiter, the New York Nabi,” on the Blind Magazine website, July 3, 2023 [Online] Cited 08/04/2025

 

~ Leiter’s complex and impressionistic photographs are as much about evoking an atmosphere as nailing the decisive moment.

~ Leiter was a keen observer as life unfolded before him, somehow finding a way to reliably pluck a sublime split-second out of a mundane moment. ‘I like to take things that are very common and to find something in them,’ he once said.

~ Photographs are often considered important moments, but according to Leiter they are tiny fragments of an unfinished world. Such is his own world: little fragments of images juxtaposed and conjoined, amassing and forming vast, ever-expanding fields.

~ He photographed that which obstructs, hides, encloses, and thus reveals new depths of reality.

~ Everything is a matter of balance, exactitude and humility in the works of this man, who nonetheless accorded great importance to imperfection.

Anonymous. “‘There’s nothing quite like them’: Saul Leiter’s photos and paintings – in pictures,” on The Guardian website Wed 9 Aug 2023 [Online] Cited 08/04/2025

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Exacta' 1948

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Exacta
1948
Gelatin silver print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

He photographed that which obstructs, hides, encloses, and thus reveals new depths of reality.

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Selfportrait' 1950s from the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam, Jan - April 2025

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Selfportrait
1950s
Gelatin silver print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Ana' 1950s

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Ana
1950s
Gelatin silver print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Sidewalk' 1954

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Sidewalk
1954
Gelatin silver print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Hats' c. 1948 from the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam, Jan - April 2025

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Hats
c. 1948
Gelatin silver print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam

 

Installation view of the exhibition Saul Leiter – An Unfinished World at Foam, Amsterdam

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Untitled' Nd

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Untitled
Nd
Gelatin silver print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

 

Foam is proud to present a major retrospective exhibition of the celebrated American artist Saul Leiter (1923-2013). Leiter is seen as one of the most important photographers of the 1950’s in the United States and a pioneer of colour photography. This exhibition brings together over 200 works, consisting of photography, both black-and-white and colour, as well as his abstract paintings. His eclectic oeuvre reveals a practice using shadow, light, and reflections to craft layered compositions.

About the artist

Saul Leiter (1923-2013) began painting and photographing in his teenage years, gaining an early recognition for his paintings. After moving to New York in 1946, he turned to photography as a profession while continuing to paint. His abstract forms and groundbreaking compositions possess a painterly quality that distinguishes them from the works of other photographers of that era. His work significantly contributed to the emergence of what is now known as the New York School of photography.

In 1957, he began working for major publications like Esquire and Harper’s Bazaar, balancing his commercial success with his personal passion for street photography in his Manhattan neighbourhood. Leiter’s groundbreaking work in colour photography gained widespread acclaim with the release of his first book, Early Colour (2006). By the time of his death in 2013, Leiter had achieved international recognition, with his work featured in numerous museum exhibitions and publications worldwide.

Text from the Foam website

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam
Installation view of the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam
Installation view of the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam

 

Installation views of the exhibition Saul Leiter – An Unfinished World at Foam, Amsterdam

 

Saul Leiter remained dedicated to painting throughout his career, producing many gouaches (opaque watercolours), which were essential to his artistic expression. While most of his works are abstract, with large areas of colour, some feature playful lines that suggest landscapes or figures. His expressive use of colour is distinctive, often favouring muted tones like soft violets, mauves, and faded ochres or yellows. Although Leiter is best known for his photography, his paintings reflect a similarly poetic and intimate vision of the world.⁠

Text from the Foam Facebook page

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam

 

Installation view of the exhibition Saul Leiter – An Unfinished World at Foam, Amsterdam showing Leiter’s photograph The Pull (c. 1960, below)

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Pull' c. 1960

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Pull
c. 1960
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Leiter was a keen observer as life unfolded before him, somehow finding a way to reliably pluck a sublime split-second out of a mundane moment. ‘I like to take things that are very common and to find something in them,’ he once said.

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam

 

Installation view of the exhibition Saul Leiter – An Unfinished World at Foam, Amsterdam showing Leiter’s photograph

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Harlem' 1960 from the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam, Jan - April 2025

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Harlem
1960
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

 

Foam is proud to present a major retrospective exhibition of the celebrated American artist Saul Leiter (1923-2013). Leiter is seen as one of the most important photographers of the 1950’s in the United States, and a pioneer of colour photography. This exhibition brings together over 200 works, consisting of photography, both black-and-white and colour, as well as his abstract paintings. His eclectic oeuvre reveals a practice using shadow, light, and reflections to craft layered compositions.

For nearly sixty years, Leiter photographed daily, capturing everyday moments of New York City life. With various techniques and mediums, and the use of telephoto lenses, Leiter would enhance the painterly quality of his images and transform seemingly mundane street scenes into visual poetry. New York, a symbol of modernity in the 1950s, became the backdrop for Leiter’s aesthetic discoveries.

By shooting in the rain and snow, and using windows and other reflective surfaces, he created abstract images. A red umbrella, a green traffic light, or the yellow flash of a passing taxi add an unexpected play of colour to his photographs. In the 1940s and 1950s, Leiter was virtually the only non-commercial photographer to work in colour. The use of aged or damaged film allowed him to include surprising compositions with shifts in light and colour. Once lost to obscurity, his work was rediscovered in the mid 2010s for its ground-breaking role in the emergence of colour photography.

By shooting in the rain and snow, and using windows and other reflective surfaces, he created abstract images. A red umbrella, a green traffic light, or the yellow flash of a passing taxi add an unexpected play of colour to his photographs. In the 1940s and 1950s, Leiter was virtually the only non-commercial photographer to work in colour. The use of aged or damaged film allowed him to include surprising compositions with shifts in light and colour. Once lost to obscurity, his work was rediscovered in the mid 2010s for its ground-breaking role in the emergence of colour photography.

Leiter was a self-taught photographer whose strong sense of curiosity made him a lifelong student. He maintained his experimental and spontaneous approach throughout his career, which is evident in both his street photography and fashion work.

Upon his death in 2013, Leiter left behind a remarkable collection of approximately 15,000 black-and-white prints, at least 40,000 colour slides, a similar number of black-and-white negatives and over 4000 paintings, only a handful of which have been seen publicly. The exhibition An Unfinished World offers visitors the chance to admire the endless poetry of Saul Leiter’s artistic practice through his paintings, photography and unique view on the world around him.

Press release from Foam

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Footprints' c. 1950 from the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam, Jan - April 2025

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Footprints
c. 1950
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Untitled' Nd from the exhibition 'Saul Leiter - An Unfinished World' at Foam, Amsterdam, Jan - April 2025

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Untitled
Nd
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Untitled' Nd

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Untitled
Nd
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Untitled' Nd

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Untitled
Nd
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Untitled' Nd

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Untitled
Nd
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Everything is a matter of balance, exactitude and humility in the works of this man, who nonetheless accorded great importance to imperfection.

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Untitled' Nd

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Untitled
Nd
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

 

“This ambidextrous painter and photographer recognised no limits. If, in the silence of his studio, his movement inscribed on paper imperceptible little rhythmic abbreviations, like an everyday exercise, his gaze penetrated the tumult of the city, challenging what draws the eye and scrutinising what is not seen.”

“If only we give them just a little more attention, these voices also tell us that the images are fragments containing enigmas, and that they journey through time and endure, intact, despite the darkness that may prevail in the world.”


Anne Morin

 

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Taxi' 1957

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Taxi
1957
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Leiter’s complex and impressionistic photographs are as much about evoking an atmosphere as nailing the decisive moment.

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Untitled' Nd

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Untitled
Nd
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Red Curtain' 1956

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Red Curtain
1956
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

 

“For nearly sixty years, Leiter photographed daily, capturing everyday moments of New York City life. With various techniques and mediums, and the use of telephoto lenses, Leiter would enhance the painterly quality of his images and transform seemingly mundane street scenes into visual poetry. New York, a symbol of modernity in the 1950s, became the backdrop for Leiter’s aesthetic discoveries. By shooting in the rain and snow, and using windows and other reflective surfaces, he created abstract images. A red umbrella, a green traffic light, or the yellow flash of a passing taxi add an unexpected play of color to his photographs. In the 1940s and 1950s, Leiter was virtually the only non-commercial photographer to work in color. The use of aged or damaged film allowed him to include surprising compositions with shifts in light and color.”

Dimitris Lempesis. “PHOTO: Saul Leiter – An Unfinished World,” on the Dream Idea Machine website Nd [Online] Cited 15/03/2025

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Lanesville' 1958

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Lanesville
1958
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Cap' c. 1960

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Cap
c. 1960
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

 

Foam
Keizersgracht 609
1017 DS Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Phone: + 31 20 5516500

Opening hours:
Monday – Wednesday 10am – 6pm
Thursday – Friday 10am – 9pm
Sat – Sun 10am – 6pm

Foam website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘The ’70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography’ at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

Exhibition dates: 6th October, 2024 – 6th April, 2025

 Curator: Andrea Nelson, associate curator in the department of photographs, National Gallery of Art

 

Martha Rosler (American, b. 1943) 'Cleaning the Drapes', from the series, 'House Beautiful: Bringing the War Home' 1967-1972 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Martha Rosler (American, b. 1943)
Cleaning the Drapes
1967-1972, printed 2007
From the series House Beautiful: Bringing the War Home
Inkjet print
Image: 44.2 x 60.4cm (17 3/8 x 23 3/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of the Collectors Committee and Pepita Milmore Memorial Fund

 

Martha Rosler originally distributed photocopies from this series, House Beautiful: Bringing the War Home, as flyers at anti – Vietnam War demonstrations. She made the original photomontages by combining gritty news photographs of fighting in Vietnam with homerelated advertisements culled from glossy women’s magazines. Here Rosler paired a woman cleaning patterned drapes with two tired soldiers smoking amid rocks and sandbags. The woman’s vacuum wand points to and echoes the soldiers’ rifles. The jolting collision of war imagery and affluent domestic space gives visual form to the description of the conflict as “the living room war” – so called because it appeared on television news nightly.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

 

“Ce n’est pas une pipe mais de la photographie, sous toutes ses formes variables et multivalentes”

 

René Magritte’s 1929 painting Ceci n’est pas une pipe is also known as La Trahison des images … The Treachery of Images.

Treachery – the betrayal of trust – is an apposite word in relation to photography of the 1970s. Finally, once and for all, documentary photography in America broke free of the West Coast fine art photography tradition of mainly white male artists and the “aura” of the fine art print (Walter Benjamin). Photography betrayed the trust placed in the authenticity of the image and its link to the “truth” of reality represented in the photograph to become a medium of variability, in concept, execution and outcome. Photography became whatever you wanted it to be.

Documentary photography and its link to the reality of the referent – its assumed representation of a truth that existed in reality – began to be subsumed into the whole of photography, just part of a conceptual, art, performative, staged, street, cameraless, documentary, fashion, photojournalist, activist, amoebic (from the Greek ἀμοιβή amoibe, meaning “change”), and viral (Paul Virilio) medium.

Photography had always been a medium of communication but now became multi-perspectival – whether that be imaginings of the mind relayed through photographs, conceptual ideas about the world and how we interact with it created and staged through photographs, or new colour photography that challenged the orthodoxy of fine art black and white West Coast American photography.

As Anne-Marie Willis observes on the On This Date In Photography website, “any curator who would challenge the orthodox Beaumont Newhall-style photo history limited to images that are distinctively photographic, aesthetic, and “Straight” … would open a Pandora’s box full of photographs pervasive across so many fields, of such limitless subject matters, and crossing so many disciplines that their histories in photography would be obscured.”1

This is the alleged treachery of multi-perspectival photography, the betraying of photographic histories that stretched back to the beginnings of the medium… but it had to be done for photography to fully open itself up to the imaginings of the human and the media flows of the world. “It was a time when photography challenged the art photography norm: photography should not, could not be restricted to what was considered ‘art’.”2

Thus, it is a great joy to see photographs from this stimulating exhibition, photographs that challenge the established “norm” of what photography should be. But what is surprising to me when looking at the complete list of photographs in this exhibition is the important artists who changed the face of photography in the 1970s who are not represented at all or only have one or two images on show:

Gordon Parks 0
Garry Winogrand 1
Lee Friedlander 2
Diane Arbus 1
Robert Mapplethorpe 0
Robert Heinecken 0
Richard Avedon 0
Andy Warhol 1 Polaroid
Cindy Sherman 0
Barbara Kruger 0
Nan Goldin 1
Stephen Shore 1

Diane Arbus, who was instrumental in changing portrait photography at the time, only has one photograph in the exhibition; Barbara Kruger and Robert Heinecken, both “para-photographers” whose work stood “beside” or “beyond” traditional ideas associated with photography have none; Stephen Shore who, along with William Eggleston, was responsible for making colour photography acceptable in art photography has only one photograph.

But most surprisingly of all, Cindy Sherman whose Untitled Film Stills were made predominantly between 1977-1980 and who casts herself as clichés or feminine types, becoming both the artist and subject in the work … is not there at all. Her loss, her evisceration, and the absence of “arguably one of the most significant bodies of work made in the twentieth century and thoroughly canonized by art historians, curators, and critics,”3 is unfathomable.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

1/ Anne-Marie Willis quoted in Dr James McArdle. “DECEMBER 14: CONTEXT,” on the On This Date In Photography website 15/12/2019 [Online] Cited 26/02/2025

2/ Ibid.,

3/ Exhibition Catalogue, New York, Museum of Modern Art, Cindy Sherman, 2012, p. 18 quoted in the “Untitled Film Stills” page on the Wikipedia website


Many thankx to the National Gallery of Art for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

Martha Rosler (American, b. 1943)
'Roadside Ambush' 1967-1972 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Martha Rosler (American, b. 1943)
Roadside Ambush
1967-1972, printed 2007
Inkjet print
Image/sheet: 50.8 x 61cm (20 x 24 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of the Artist and Mitchell-Innes and Nash

 

Rosler originally distributed photocopies of House Beautiful: Bringing the War Home at anti–Vietnam War demonstrations. “I saw House Beautiful not as art,” she later reflected. “I wanted it to be agitational.” The artist created the original photomontages, from which these collages are derived, by combining news photographs of scorched battlefields in Vietnam with glossy advertisements for US homes, layering images of soldiers within cut-out silhouettes of men from polo-shirt advertisements; and splicing pictures of soldiers’ burials with those of military marches. By tying the destruction abroad to untroubled affluence at home, Rosler gave visual form to the description of the conflict as “the living-room war” – so called because it was the first war to be televised.

MoMA gallery label from 2024

 

 

The exhibition The ’70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography examines how new approaches to documentary photography that emerged during the 1970s reflected a radical shift in American life – and in the medium itself.

The 1970s was a decade of uncertainty in the US – soaring inflation, energy crises, the Watergate scandal, and protests about pressing social issues – and the profound upheaval that rocked the country formed the backdrop for a revolution in documentary photography. Now on view at @ngadc, The ’70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography explores this compelling and contested moment of reinvention when the genre’s association with objectivity and truthfulness came into question. Featuring works from over eighty artists, the exhibition delves into how the camera was used to examine life in the US from a diverse range of perspectives, and in doing so, transformed the practice of documentary photography.

 

 

The ’70s Lens: A Conversation with Anthony Hernandez

Artist Anthony Hernandez discusses 50 years of work with curator Andrea Nelson on October 24, 2024. The conversation celebrates the exhibition The ’70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography (October 2024 – April 2025).

Anthony Hernandez (b. 1947, Los Angeles, California) has crafted a richly varied oeuvre, ranging from a distinctive style of black-and-white street photography to colour photographs of abstracted details of his surroundings. Much of Hernandez’s work focuses on his native Los Angeles, revealing a unique insight into the people and landscape of the much-pictured city. Hernandez is a recipient of a Guggenheim Fellowship (2018), the Rome Prize (1999) and has been named a United States Artists Fellow (2009).

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939) 'Memphis' 1969-1970 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939)
Memphis
1969-1970, printed 1980
Dye imbibition print
Image: 30.2 x 44.2cm (11 7/8 x 17 3/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Corcoran Collection
Gift of Mr. Morris R. Garfinkle
© Eggleston Artistic Trust

 

Eggleston is celebrated for his use of colour photography, which he began experimenting with in the late 1960s. Eggleston’s 1976 exhibition Colour Photographs, held at the Museum of Modern Art, New York, is considered a pivotal moment in the development of colour photography as a contemporary art form and widely credited with increasing recognition of the medium.

Since first picking up a camera in 1957, Eggleston has photographed his family, friends and the people that he encountered in his everyday life, particularly in his native Memphis. Eggleston is said to find the beauty in the everyday and his work has inspired many present day photographers, artists and filmmakers, including Martin Parr, Sofia Coppola, David Lynch and Juergen Teller.

Text from the National Gallery of Victoria website

 

Anthony Friedkin (American, b. 1949) 'Young Man, Troupers Hall, Hollywood' 1969 From the series 'The Gay Essay'

 

Anthony Friedkin (American, b. 1949)
Young Man, Troupers Hall, Hollywood
1969
From the series The Gay Essay
Gelatin silver print
National Portrait Gallery
Gift of Mary and Dan Solomon

 

In 1969, Anthony Friedkin was only 19 years old when he set out to document the queer communities of San Francisco and Los Angeles. The resulting project, The Gay Essay, is an expressive and nuanced portrait. Friedkin charts various facets of the culture, from street life and protests to parades and drag performances.

Friedkin’s photographs record the beginnings of the gay liberation movement in California. With a respectful intimacy he pictures individuals living true to themselves while defying prevailing social norms.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Mel Bochner (American, 1940-2025) 'Misunderstandings (A Theory of Photography)' 1970 (detail)
Mel Bochner (American, 1940-2025) 'Misunderstandings (A Theory of Photography)' 1970 (detail)

 

Mel Bochner (American, 1940-2025)
Misunderstandings (A Theory of Photography) (details)
1970
10 offset lithographs on notecards and envelope
Sheet (each): 12.7 x 20.32cm (5 x 8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Gift of Mary and Dan Solomon

 

When Mel Bochner started documenting his works of sculpture with a camera, he realised that his practice had “become about photography without [my] wanting it to.” He studied the history of the medium and found conflicting ideas about what photography is or should be. By illustrating these “misunderstandings” with quotes from notable figures and sources, Bochner underscored the gap between a photograph itself and what it purports to represent. He even fabricated three of the quotations, further playing on photography’s tenuous relationship to truth. The photograph of the artist’s hand and forearm is also a misunderstanding: it is much smaller than the actual body part it depicts. It also appears to be a negative of a Polaroid photograph, but Polaroids exist only as positive prints.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Mel Bochner was a key figure in the Conceptual Art movement of the 1960s and 70s. Bochner was part of a group of artists who challenged the traditional notion of art as a physical object to be admired for its aesthetic qualities and instead sought to explore the ideas and concepts behind the object, often using language and text as their medium.

Bochner’s early works were influenced by his interest in mathematics and logic, which he applied to create intricate geometric patterns. As his practice evolved, he incorporated language and words into his artwork, exploring the relationship between language, thought, and perception.

Text from the My Art Broker website

 

Anthony Barboza (American, b. 1944) 'New York City' 1970s from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Anthony Barboza (American, b. 1944)
New York City
1970s
Gelatin silver print
Image/sheet: 23.7 × 16.1cm (9 5/16 × 6 1/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Pepita Milmore Memorial Fund

 

Anthony Barboza’s photography has been integral in shaping the image of Black America. A founding member of the Kamoinge Workshop, a group of Black photographers formed in New York in 1963, Barboza went on to establish a thriving commercial and personal practice focused largely on Black subjects. His affirmative representations of African Americans in daily life – like this photograph of two ultra-stylish men standing in front of a hotel coffee shop in midtown Manhattan – contributed to an empowering narrative for the Black community in the face of inequality and adversity. Describing his approach to making pictures on the street, Barboza commented, “”The photograph finds you, you don’t find the photograph.”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Anthony Barboza (American, b. 1944) 'New York City' 1970s from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Anthony Barboza (American, b. 1944)
New York City
1970s
Gelatin silver print
Image: 23.7 × 15.9cm (9 5/16 × 6 1/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Pepita Milmore Memorial Fund

 

Lee Friedlander (United States, b. 1934) 'Hillcrest, New York' 1970 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Lee Friedlander (American, b. 1934)
Hillcrest, New York
1970
Gelatin silver print
Image: 20.3 x 30.5cm (8 x 12 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Patrons’ Permanent Fund

 

The fracturing of the image plane, where multiple, diverse realities are represented within one photograph, deconstructing the reality of fine art photography. ~ Marcus

 

Lee Friedlander’s layered compositions wittily observe connections between American life and commerce. In this dizzying photograph, Friedlander captures himself, at center, in a sideview mirror while at a filling station. In the reflection behind him we see a strip mall with the stores’ signs reversed. Near and far vie for attention and parts of the composition are blocked from our view.

The photograph with a World War I memorial similarly features vertical elements that break up the composition into separate frames. At left, the memorial’s soldier with rifle – who appears to be on guard – goes completely unnoticed as pedestrians make their way along a street full of storefronts.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Kenneth Josephson (American, b. 1932) 'Wyoming' 1971 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Kenneth Josephson (American, b. 1932)
Wyoming
1971
From the History of Photography series
Gelatin silver print
Image: 22.8 x 14.1cm (9 x 5 9/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Patrons’ Permanent Fund

 

Kenneth Josephson’s conceptual photography experiments with playful illusion to explore and question his medium. Josephson was a graduate among the first generation of photography candidates from the Illinois Institute of Design. A student of such masters as Aaron Siskind, Harry Callahan, and Minor White, Josephson went on to teach for 35 years at the Art Institute of Chicago, where he routinely taught the “Introduction to Photography” course as it inspired him to continue experimentation.

“This photograph of a photograph held in space causes the viewer to question assumptions about truthful representation according to size and scale; it also draws attention to the principle that photographic reality is constructed through an artist’s ideas and choices. The subject of the photograph is photography itself, and the ways that life is documented, manipulated, trivialised, and celebrated with photographs.”

Text from the Madison Museum of Contemporary Art website

 

Lewis Baltz (American, 1945-2014) 'Tract House #4' 1971 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Lewis Baltz (American, 1945-2014)
Tract House #4
1971
From the portfolio The Tract Houses
Gelatin silver print
Image/sheet: 14.5 × 22.5cm (5 11/16 × 8 7/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Corcoran Collection (Gift of the artist)

 

Lewis Baltz’s The Tract Houses captures the austere geometry of the shoddily built homes that sprang up in California’s suburban landscape beginning in the mid-1940s. Straight-edge architectural details, positioned strictly parallel to the picture plane, recall the reductive forms of minimalist art. Entire, recently constructed houses appear forlorn. None of the pictures include shadows, clouds, or people. Baltz’s series is a powerful critique of the transformation of the American landscape into an unending terrain of anonymous architecture. At the same time, the exquisitely rendered tones and textured surfaces emphasise the subtle beauty to be found in this bleak environment.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

With his iconic, minimalist photographs of suburban landscape, Lewis Baltz was at the forefront of a revolutionary shift in the medium of photography. Baltzs work exemplifies the ways in which photography started to loose the bonds of its isolation within its own segregated history and aesthetics and began to take its place among other media. In the late 1960s and early 1970s Baltz became fascinated by the stark, man-made landscape rolling over Californias then still-agrarian terrain. His earliest portfolio, The Tract Houses (1971), and his preliminary forays into a minimal aesthetic, The Prototype Works (1967-1976), illuminate his drive to capture the reality of a sprawling Western ecology gone wild.

Text from the Google Books website

 

Diane Arbus (American, 1923-1971) 'A young man and his girlfriend with hot dogs in the park' 1971

 

Diane Arbus (American, 1923-1971)
A young man and his girlfriend with hot dogs in the park
1971
Gelatin silver print
Image: 37.7 x 36.5cm (14 13/16 x 14 3/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Corcoran Collection
Gift of Stephen G. Stein

 

Diane Arbus prowled New York’s public spaces looking for humor and strangeness in the everyday. Here a young couple walks in Central Park, wearing similar clothes, hairstyles, and dejected expressions. Arbus’s carefully composed but disorienting photograph – the subjects are in crisp focus while the background is blurred – compels us to look anew at the familiar. Is this couple unhappy in love or expressing the uncertainty of the times? Arbus made this photograph the year she died. Her influence on documentary photography would continue through the decade.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Eleanor Antin (American, b. 1935), Philip Steinmetz (American, 1944-2013) (photographer). '100 Boots' 1971-1973 (detail)
Eleanor Antin (American, b. 1935), Philip Steinmetz (American, 1944-2013) (photographer). '100 Boots' 1971-1973 (detail)

 

Eleanor Antin (American, b. 1935)
Philip Steinmetz (American, 1944-2013) (photographer)
100 Boots (details)
1971-1973
51 halftone prints (postcards)
image/sheet (each): 11.5 x 17.75cm (4 1/2 x 7 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Pepita Milmore Memorial Fund

 

In this epic visual narrative, black rubber boots stand in for a fictional hero traveling from California to New York City. Eleanor Antin created temporary installations with the boots, had them photographed (by Philip Steinmetz), and made 51 postcards, copies of which she mailed to approximately 1,000 people and institutions involved in the arts. The journey starts at a Bank of America and ends at Central Park – after a visit to the Museum of Modern Art, where the boots and a set of postcards and photographs were later exhibited. Using the postal service, Antin bypassed the traditional gallery system, which had long overlooked women artists. While many of these scenes are humorous, the empty army boots also recall the Vietnam War and the soldiers who did not come home.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

100 Boots, 1971-1973

For her 51-piece instalment 100 Boots Eleonor Antin positioned one hundred ordinary black rubber boots on various locations all over Southern California and consequently in New York City. She took photos, printed them on postcards and assembled a mailing list of about a thousand names – mainly artists, writers, critics, galleries, universities and museums – who received the various postcards over a period of two and a half years between 1971 and 1973. The first card, 100 Boots Facing the Sea, was mailed on the Ides of March, 1971, unannounced and without further comment. A few weeks later it was followed by 100 Boots on the Way to Church and three weeks thereafter by the next one.

In a total of 51 photographs, Eleanor Antin documented the travels of the 100 Boots, her so called “hero” – from a beach close to San Diego to a church, to a bank, to the supermarket, trespassing, under the bridge, to a saloon and on their travels eastward. Finally, on May 15th, 1973 100 Boots arrived at the Museum of Modern Art in New York. By this time, 100 Boots had long become an epic visual narrative and a picaresque work of conceptual art.

Text from the exhibition open spaces | secret places: composite works from the collection at Museum Der Moderne Salzburg, October 2012 – March 2013

 

Henry Wessel (American, 1942-2018) 'Walapai, Arizona' 1971

 

Henry Wessel (American, 1942-2018)
Walapai, Arizona
1971
Gelatin silver print
Image: 26.51 x 39.85cm (10 7/16 x 15 11/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of Mary and Dan Solomon and Patrons’ Permanent Fund

 

In 1975 New Topographics: Photographs of a Man-Altered Landscape opens at the International Museum of Photography in Rochester, N.Y. It includes photographs by Robert Adams, Lewis Baltz, Bernd and Hilla Becher, Joe Deal, Frank Gohlke, Nicholas Nixon, John Schott, Stephen Shore, and Henry Wessel Jr.

“Henry Wessel began taking photographs while majoring in psychology at Pennsylvania State University in the mid-1960s. Travel throughout the United States in subsequent years led him to direct his gaze increasingly to details of human interaction with the natural and man-made environment. Wessel’s move to the West Coast in the early 1970s inspired him to incorporate light and climate into his work. His inclusion in the seminal exhibition New Topographics: Photographs of a Man-Altered Landscape, organised in 1975 by the George Eastman House in Rochester, New York, solidified his reputation as a keen observer of the American topography.”

Text from Pacific Standard Time at the Getty

 

John Simmons (American, b. 1950)
'Will on Chevy, Nashville, Tennessee'
1971, printed 2024

 

John Simmons (American, b. 1950)
Will on Chevy, Nashville, Tennessee
1971, printed 2024
Gelatin silver print
Image: 30.48 x 20.32cm (12 x 8 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund

 

A fashionably dressed older man crosses the street with his umbrella. A young woman turns to look at the camera while holding hands with a man in uniform. These were people John Simmons encountered while studying art at Fisk University in Nashville. Raised on Chicago’s South Side, Simmons had first published photographs as a teenager in the African American newspaper Chicago Defender. Refuting white-centered media’s failure to show positive imagery of the Black experience, Simmons has focused on people enjoying everyday life.

“I always feel like my subject and I were meant to share that moment together,” he has said. “So many of the pictures I take, it was like our paths were meant to cross.”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Simmons began his career at 15 as a photographer for the oldest African American-owned newspaper, The Chicago Daily Defender in 1965. Over his decades long career, he’s photographed icons of the Civil Rights Movement, turbulent protests and demonstrations, famed musicians and poignant intimate moments of everyday life. “I’m glad to see photographs I took back in my teens are still relevant today,” he says.

John Simmons quoted in Steve Simmons. “Photographer John Simmons, ‘Chronicler Of The Civil Rights Movement,’​ Featured In Three Exhibits,” on the Linkedin website August 4, 2021 [Online] Cited 11/09/2021.

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1972 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1972
Dye imbibition print
Image: 23.5 x 36cm (9 1/4 x 14 3/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Patrons’ Permanent Fund
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt frequently made photographs of children on the streets of New York City, exploring their relationships to the urban setting as they played, imagined, and discovered together. After decades of working in black and white, Levitt became an early advocate of color documentary photography. Color allowed her to tell a fuller story of everyday life. Here, the green of the boy’s T-shirt is echoed in the poster and frame behind him. “I thought my photographs would be closer to reality if I got the color of the streets,” she said. “Black and white is an abstraction.”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Bill Owens (American, b. 1938)
'Ronald Reagan' 1972 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Bill Owens (American, b. 1938)
Ronald Reagan
1972
From the series Suburbia
Gelatin silver print
Image: 16.4 x 21.6cm (6 7/16 x 8 1/2 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Patrons’ Permanent Fund

 

Over the course of a year, Bill Owens made photographs of the housing developments that had recently sprung up outside of Oakland and San Francisco. With an eye to humor, he captured the apparent conformity and materialism of the new suburbs. Here, a home is decorated for Christmas. At center, Nativity figures sit atop a television console showing an old film featuring Ronald Reagan, who had been a movie actor before becoming a politician. Owens also respected the liberation that many suburbanites felt, as well as their determination to build better lives. In his book Suburbia (1972), he included quotations from his subjects describing the opportunities and challenges they faced in their new environments.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Owens began his photographic career in the late 1960s as a staff photographer for a local newspaper in Livermore, California. During this period, he began his most noteworthy project, “Suburbia,” which would become a major body of work in American documentary photography.

“Suburbia” was published as a book in 1973, featuring Owens’ images and conversations with suburban dwellers. The project’s goal was to investigate the goals, aspirations, and inconsistencies of suburbia life, offering a critical yet sympathetic study of the American Dream.

Owens’ images depicted scenes of backyard barbecues, family gatherings, children at play, and the myriad rituals and social interactions that constituted suburban areas. He highlighted both the humor and the underlying intricacies of suburban life through his good observation and direct attitude.

What distinguished Owens’ work was his ability to see past the surface and capture the soul of his subjects. His images conveyed a sense of realism by portraying suburbanites in their natural settings and enabling their tales to flow through genuine moments captured in time.

Owens’ art struck a chord with a large audience because it highlighted a huge societal transition in America during the 1970s. Owens’ images challenged the idealized image of suburban life by exposing the hardships, wants, and inconsistencies inherent in the pursuit of the American Dream.

Anonymous. “Bill Owens,” on the Photo.com website Nd [Online] Cited 06/20/2025

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939) 'Sumner, Mississippi, Cassidy Bayou in the Background' c. 1972

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939)
Sumner, Mississippi, Cassidy Bayou in the Background
c. 1972, printed 1986
Dye imbibition print
Image: 27.94 x 43.18cm (11 x 17 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of Stephen G. Stein
© Eggleston Artistic Trust

 

 

See how documentary photography transformed during the 1970s.

The 1970s was a decade of uncertainty in the United States. Americans witnessed soaring inflation, energy crises, and the Watergate scandal, as well as protests about pressing issues such as the Vietnam War, women’s rights, gay liberation, and the environment. The country’s profound upheaval formed the backdrop for a revolution in documentary photography. Activism and a growing awareness and acceptance of diversity opened the field to underrepresented voices. At the same time, artistic experimentation fueled the reimagining of what documentary photographs could look like.

Featuring some 100 works by more than 80 artists, The ’70s Lens examines how photographers reinvented documentary practice during this radical shift in American life. Mikki Ferrill and Frank Espada used the camera to create complex portraits of their communities. Tseng Kwong Chi and Susan Hiller demonstrated photography’s role in the development of performance and conceptual art. With pictures of suburban sprawl, artists like Lewis Baltz and Joe Deal challenged popular ideas of nature as pristine. And Michael Jang and Joanne Leonard made interior views that examine the social landscape of domestic spaces.

The questions these artists explored – about photography’s ethics, truth, and power – continue to be considered today.

Text from the National Gallery of Art

 

Lee Friedlander (American, b. 1934)
'Doughboy. Stamford, Connecticut' 1973

 

Lee Friedlander (American, b. 1934)
Doughboy. Stamford, Connecticut
1973
Gelatin silver print
Image: 17.8 x 27cm (7 x 10 5/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Robert B. Menschel Fund

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939) 'Used Tires' 1973

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939)
Used Tires
1973
Dye imbibition print
Image: 33 x 48.5cm (13 x 19 1/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Patrons’ Permanent Fund
© Eggleston Artistic Trust

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939) 'Greenwood, Mississippi' 1973

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939)
Greenwood, Mississippi
1973
Dye imbibition print
Image: 32.2 x 48.2cm (12 11/16 x 19 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Corcoran Collection
Gift of the Women’s Committee of the Corcoran Gallery of
Art
© Eggleston Artistic Trust

 

William Eggleston has said that he has “a democratic way of looking around,” where nothing is more important or less important. For him, everyday subjects are not boring but instead offer visual richness. Here, that richness has a pronounced edge. Eggleston directed his lens up to a red ceiling with a single bare lightbulb at center. We glimpse only the top of a doorframe and a fragment of an explicit poster. The saturated, bloodlike color that dominates the composition is shocking, even menacing. It also challenged Eggleston technically as he developed his skills with dye imbibition printing. Commonly known as dye transfer, the process was labor intensive but allowed for customisation and a wide range of colours and tones.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Mitchell Epstein (American, b. 1952)
'Massachusetts Turnpike' 1973, printed 2005 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Mitchell Epstein (American, b. 1952)
Massachusetts Turnpike
1973, printed 2005
From the series Recreation
Chromogenic print
Image: 32.1 x 48.2cm (12 5/8 x 19 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of Timothy and Suzanne Hyde in Honor of the 25th Anniversary of
Photography at the National Gallery of Art
© Black River Productions, Ltd.

 

Viewers of a certain age will recognize this setting as the parking lot of a Howard Johnson’s restaurant. HoJos, as they were nicknamed, were once ubiquitous along America’s highways. The cheery saturated colors belie the scene’s subject: a couple having a bad travel day. A man in suit and tie works under the hood of a beat-up Chevy Impala. His partner, wearing a pale pink skirt and top, arms crossed, appears frustrated. The cars zooming by seem to mock their immobility. Part of Mitch Epstein’s Recreation series, which documented Americans engaging in leisure activities, the photograph today evokes melancholy and nostalgia. Explaining his early turn to colour film, the artist said, “The world is in color, so why not photograph in color?”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

I started to work in colour, which was a radical, and some thought foolish, move in 1973. Colour photography was not yet a medium for serious photography – it was used almost exclusively for slick advertising and illustration. Within a month of shooting in colour, though, I wanted to do nothing else…

As I developed, I learned that a photograph is other than the thing itself photographed, and this freed me to think about how I could use photography to fictional effect, even while my pictures were drawn from the real world…

Photography remains a tool with which I form and sharpen my response to the world around me. Anything and everything is photographable in an infinite number of ways. That excites me.

Mitch Epstein in Lewis Blackwell. PhotoWisdom: Master Photographers on Their Art quoted quoted in “Mitch Epstein – Meet The Master Photographer,” on the Milkbooks website Nd [Online] Cited 06/02/2025

 

Robert Adams (American, b. 1937)
'Interstate 25, Denver, Colorado' 1973

 

Robert Adams (American, b. 1937)
Interstate 25, Denver, Colorado
1973
Gelatin silver print
Image: 15.2 x 19.3cm (6 x 7 5/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art
The Ahmanson Foundation and Gift of Robert and Kerstin Adams
© Robert Adams, Courtesy Fraenkel Gallery, San Francisco

 

Adams’ photographic vision is extra ordinary and I cannot fault his individual photographs. I become engrossed in them. I breathe their atmosphere. He has a resolution, both in terms of large format aesthetic, the aesthetic of beauty and of using materials, light and composition… that seems exactly right. He possesses that superlative skill of few great photographers, and by that I mean: sometimes he has true compassion** / parallel to a religious compassion, but not based on something higher / just perfect human. In some of his photographs (such as East from Flagstaff Mountain, Boulder County, Colorado 1975) he possesses real forgiveness, in others there is the perfection of cruel, the perfection of de/composition.

** achieved by Arbus, Atget and sometimes by Clift, Gowin.

And then, each image holds small clues vital to the overall conversation that is the accumulation of his work and it is in their collective accumulation of meaning that Adams’ photographs grow and build to shatter not just the American silence on environmental issues, but the deafening silence of the whole industrialised world. In their holistic nature, Adams’ body of work becomes punctum and because of this his work produces other “things”, things as great as anything the French literary theorist, essayist, philosopher, critic, and semiotician Roland Barthes wrote about. As in Barthes’ seminal work Camera Lucida, Adams’ work reminds us that the “photograph is evidence of ‘what has ceased to be’. Instead of making reality solid, it reminds us of the world’s ever changing nature.”1

Marcus Bunyan. “The quiet of the great beyond,” on the exhibition American Silence: The Photographs of Robert Adams at the National Gallery of Art, Washington, May – October 2022 on Art Blart: art and cultural memory archive website, September 25, 2022 [Online] Cited 06/02/2025

1/ Anonymous. “Roland Barthes,” on the Wikipedia website Nd [Online] Cited 23/09/2022

 

Michael Jang (American, b. 1951)
'Study Hall' 1973 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Michael Jang (American, b. 1951)
Study Hall
1973
Gelatin silver print
15.5 × 23.5cm (6 1/8 × 9 1/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Charina Endowment Fund

 

In Study Hall, Michael Jang’s extended family sits together on a couch reading comics and a television guide, a messy tray of Kraft Teez Dip and potato chips on the table in front of them. The covers of the decidedly not studious publications block their faces, becoming stand-ins for their portraits. In Aunts and Uncles (nearby), relatives are caught joking around while posing for an official family portrait in silly sunglasses.

Jang’s humorous photographs of his Chinese American family and the trappings of their suburban lives offer a refreshing take on the often staid genre of family portraiture. They also debunk the 1970s stereotype – think The Brady Bunch – that the “all-American” family could only be white.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

In his series The Jangs, Michael Jang photographed family at home. His humorous photographs of their suburban lives expanded the concept of the “all-American” family – the Chinese American Jangs didn’t look like The Brady Bunch.

In Study Hall, Jang’s cousins and aunt sit together on a couch reading comics and a television guide, a messy tray of potato chips and dip on the table in front of them. The covers of decidedly not studious publications block their faces, becoming stand-ins for their portraits.

Jang’s delightful series was almost entirely forgotten. The photographs, which he had first made while a student, sat in a box in the artist’s house for decades while he established a career as a commercial photographer.

In the 2000s, Jang reconsidered this series and shared it with museums, which began adding the photographs to their collections. His photographs took on a new light in the wake of a rise of anti-Asian hate during the COVID-19 pandemic. In 2021, Jang wheat pasted images from The Jangs on buildings in San Francisco’s Chinatown.

Text from the National Gallery of Art website

 

Susan Meiselas (American, b. 1948)
'Lena on the Bally Box, Essex Junction, Vermont' 1973

 

Susan Meiselas (American, b. 1948)
Lena on the Bally Box, Essex Junction, Vermont
1973
Gelatin silver print
Image: 22 x 32.5cm (8 11/16 x 12 13/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Anonymous Gift in honor of Sarah Greenough and Andrea Nelson

 

The final and most essential selection in this posting – Susan Meiselas’ 1972-1975 Carnival Strippers series – goes behind the “front” to document the lives of women who performed striptease for small-town carnivals in New England, Pennsylvania and South Carolina. “Meiselas’ frank description of these women brought a hidden world to public attention, and explored the complex role the carnival played in their lives: mobility, money and liberation, but also undeniable objectification and exploitation. Produced during the early years of the women’s movement, Carnival Strippers reflects the struggle for identity and self-esteem that characterised a complex era of change.” (Booktopia)

Intense, intimate and revealing, the series proves that we can think we know something (the phenomenal) and yet photography reveals how strange and different each world is – whether that be in trying to understand the mind of the artist and what they intended in a constructed photograph or, in this case, having an impression of someone else’s life, a life we can perceive (through the “presence” of the photograph) but never truly know (the noumenal).

Marcus Bunyan on the exhibition Known and Strange: Photographs from the Collection at the V&A Photography Centre on the Art Blart: art and cultural memory archive website, May 7, 2022 [Online] Cited 06/20/2025

 

Susan Meiselas (American, b. 1948)
'Tentful of Marks, Tunbridge, Vermont'
1974

 

Susan Meiselas (American, b. 1948)
Tentful of Marks, Tunbridge, Vermont
1974
Gelatin silver print
Image: 19.7 x 29.4cm (7 3/4 x 11 9/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Corcoran Collection
Museum Purchase, Photography Acquisition Fund

In Tentful of Marks, Susan Meiselas trains her camera from backstage on the legs and high heels of a carnival dancer. The all-male audience – the “marks” of the title – are in sharp focus, and they crowd around the small stage, lustfully gawking up at her. Meiselas spent three summers documenting women who performed striptease at small-town carnivals in New England, Pennsylvania, and South Carolina. In addition to making photographs, she recorded audiotapesof conversations with the dancers, giving them agency to describe their experience. Meiselas saw her project as a collaboration. Merging listening and looking, it expanded perspectives on a largely invisible and – from the dancers’ perspective – misunderstood world.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington showing at left, Milton Rogovin's photograph 'Jimmy Webster with His Father, Verne' (1973); and at right, 'Jimmy Webster' (1985)

 

Installation view of the exhibition The ’70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography at the National Gallery of Art, Washington showing at left, Milton Rogovin’s photograph Jimmy Webster with His Father, Verne (1973, below); and at right, Jimmy Webster (1985)

With thankx to the official Milton Rogovin Facebook page for allowing me to publish this image.

 

Milton Rogovin (American, 1909-2011) 'Jimmy Webster with His Father, Verne' 1973

 

Milton Rogovin (American, 1909-2011)
Jimmy Webster with His Father, Verne
1973
Gelatin silver print
Image: 17.4 x 15.5cm (6 7/8 x 6 1/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of Pierre Cremieux and Denise Jarvinen

With thankx to the official Milton Rogovin Facebook page for allowing me to publish this image.

 

Verne Webster, sitting on his front stoop, looks guardedly at the camera while sheltering his toddler son Jimmy in a protective embrace. This is an early work from Milton Rogovin’s 30-year series documenting Buffalo’s Lower West Side. The project focused on a six-block neighbourhood that was among Buffalo’s most diverse and most impoverished. Rogovin asked permission to photograph his subjects, let them choose their poses and settings, and gave them free prints. He returned every decade or so to photograph the same individuals. A nearby picture shows Jimmy 12 years later. Looking back at Rogovin’s photographs in 2003, Jimmy Webster said, “Whenever you look at his photographs, you just see people for who they are.”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

John Baldessari (American, 1931-2020) 'Throwing three balls in the air to get a straight line: (best of thirty-six attempts)' 1973

 

John Baldessari (American, 1931-2020)
Throwing three balls in the air to get a straight line: (best of thirty-six attempts)
1973
Colour offset photolithographs
National Gallery of Art Library
David K. E. Bruce Fund

 

West Coast conceptual art has a whimsical air. Artists such as John Baldessari and Ed Ruscha created scenarios that lampoon both the pretense of “high art” and the self-seriousness of conceptual art, particularly as the latter was developing in New York. Beneath the humor, however, their works spoke to more substantive issues like artistic failure and social mores. In 1973 Baldessari photographed his 36 attempts to throw three balls in the air to form a straight line. He never succeeded but included his 12 best attempts in a portfolio.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Henry Wessel (American, 1942-2018) 'Utah' 1974

 

Henry Wessel (American, 1942-2018)
Utah
1974
gelatin silver print
Image: 26.5 x 39.7cm (10 7/16 x 15 5/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Patrons’ Permanent Fund

 

Stephen Shore (American, b. 1947)
'Holden Street' July 13, 1974

 

Stephen Shore (American, b. 1947)
Holden Street
July 13, 1974
Chromogenic print
Image: 20.5 x 25.4cm (8 1/16 x 10 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Diana and Mallory Walker Fund

 

Stephen Shore’s photograph may appear casual, but it is carefully constructed. The vertical of the lamppost draws our attention to the shadowed foreground. Buildings and sidewalks on each side act as perspective lines that meet in the brighter background. Shore was exploring how three-dimensional space is rendered in two dimensions, particularly in a colour photograph. He was also examining where a once-powerful New England industrial town abruptly ended and the verdant countryside began. The lack of people, saturated colours, and clarity of detail – made possible by using a large-format 8 × 10 camera – give the picture an air of timelessness but also hyperreality.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Thomas Barrow (American, 1938-2024) 'Dart, Albuquerque' 1974 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Thomas Barrow (American, 1938-2024)
Dart
1974, printed 1994
From the series Cancellations
Gelatin silver print
23.9 × 34.6cm (9 7/16 × 13 5/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Randi and Bob Fisher Fund

 

In Dart, Thomas Barrow photographed a huge arrow that appears to have plunged from the threatening clouds above into a parking lot shared by Snappy Photos, a Goodwill drop-off bin, and a K-Mart. The work is part of his series Cancellations, documenting the suburban sprawl overtaking much of the United States. Barrow “cancelled” his images before printing by slashing the negatives with an icepick. (“Cancelling” refers to the practice of defacing a printing plate or negative to ensure no more official prints can he made from it.) This action calls attention to the photograph’s surface and its materiality, which in turn emphasise the choices Barrow made in its production.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Thomas F. Barrow is an artist working with photography more than he is a photographer… For Barrow, the ideas are what matter, not the material they are realized with.

Barrow’s Cancellations series is an early expression of this artistic philosophy. Created between 1973-1981, it began when Barrow moved from Rochester, New York to Albuquerque, New Mexico to teach at UNM. Like many photographers of this era (Lewis Baltz, Frank Gohlke, Robert Adams) Barrow was struck by the transformation underway with the (sub)urbanization of the Western landscape. However, he was inspired to do more than document with his camera; he wanted to challenge his viewers while subverting some fundamental truths of photography. Inspired by a cancelled Marcel Duchamp etching (a process where the etching plate is defaced to indicate that no more official prints may be made), he began defacing his negatives with an ice pick and hole punch, “cancelling” them before making the images.

Almost 40 years later, it’s still unclear whether Barrow is canceling the photograph or the scene in the picture. He is certainly calling attention to the matrix that produced the photograph, an unheard of practice at the time and still rare today. By defacing his negatives, he has created photographs that are as much about the physical image as they are about the subject in the photograph.

David Ondrik. “Cancellations by Thomas Barrow,” in Fraction Magazine Issue 49 on the Fraction Magazine website Nd [Online] Cited 07/02/2025

 

Blythe Bohnen (American, 1940-2022) 'Self-Portrait: Triangular Motion, Small' 1974 from the series 'Self-Portraits: Studies in Motion'

 

Blythe Bohnen (American, 1940-2022)
Self-Portrait: Triangular Motion, Small
1974
From the series Self-Portraits: Studies in Motion
Gelatin silver prints
National Gallery of Art
Gift of Herbert and Paula Molner

 

Most self-portraits offer some idea of the artist’s physical appearance and perhaps psychological state. The focus of Blythe Bohnen’s intentionally distorted self-portraits, however, is altogether different. Bohnen was interested in the physical element of artmaking – specifically, the role of her body’s movements or gestures in the creative process. Photographs usually capture an instant, but Bohnen instead used exposures of several seconds and the precise, predetermined gestures identified in her titles to distill the essence of motion. The portraits, blurry and disorienting, become more of a performance in time, condensed into a single image.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

John Pfahl (American, 1939-2020) 'Six Oranges, Buffalo, New York' 1975 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

John Pfahl (American, 1939-2020)
Six Oranges, Buffalo, New York
1975
Dye imbibition print
Image: 20.6 x 25.5cm (8 1/8 x 10 1/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Patrons’ Permanent Fund
© The John Pfahl Trust

 

For the works in his series Altered Landscape, John Pfahl playfully juxtaposed the organic and natural with the manipulated and constructed. In this picture, he placed six oranges on a path in the woods. Typically, if the fruits were all the same size they would appear to grow smaller the farther from the camera they were located. Here, however, the artist has reversed that expectation, with the smallest orange sitting nearest the camera and the largest in place at the top of the picture. Through his staging, Pfahl makes the viewer aware of how a camera, by recording three-dimensional space onto a two-dimensional surface, actually produces a distorted view.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

In 1981, Peter C. Bunnell observes in his Introduction to James Alinder’s book Altered Landscapes: The Photographs of John Pfahl, “Our momentary, fragmented and captured vision of disorder and emotion has been replaced by a cool rendering of purposefulness as if to accord another dimension of positivism to the moving force of contemporary human awareness. Pfahl’s work is an attack on the problems of space and, ultimately, existence from a rational point of view.”

Forty years later, these photographs seem not so much rational, or picturesque, as spiritual. The human construction touches the earth lightly, almost reverentially. As Pfahl notes, utmost care is taken not to alter the actual subject in a way he would consider harmful to his positivist respect for nature. In this delicate footprint, these photographs are very prescient of the dangers of our own Anthropocene – of climate change, of raging bushfires, drought, flood and bio-exinction. We are literally destroying this planet and its creatures. Bunnell states, “Pfahl’s imagery is a sure manifestation of the belief that society can produce an art suitable to its nature and, in this case, a specific kind of photographic presence that expresses current societal values.”

Unfortunately, it’s all too late. The lesson has not been learned.

Marcus Bunyan on the exhibition John Pfahl Altered Landscapes at Joseph Bellows Gallery, La Jolla, California, November – December 2019

 

Anthony Hernandez (American, b. 1947) 'Washington, DC #11' 1975 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Anthony Hernandez (American, b. 1947)
Washington, DC #11
1975
Gelatin silver print
Image: 18.1 × 27.31cm (7 1/8 × 10 3/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Corcoran Collection (Museum Purchase)

 

Anthony Hernandez cleverly uses the crook of a woman’s raised arm to frame a fruit seller on the street behind her. A Los Angeles – based photographer, Hernandez was invited to Washington, DC, in 1975 to participate in The Nation’s Capital in Photographs, a bicentennial documentary project organized by the Corcoran Gallery of Art. Ignoring the city’s monuments, Hernandez captured life in commercial downtown areas where the architecture and people on the street defined the landscape. This sparsely populated composition evokes urban alienation. Neither figure seems aware of the other, and both look small against the austere modern building and grate-covered sidewalk that fill the background.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Anthony Hernandez’s 1970s photographs of urban inhabitants are often focused on odd-looking people staring right at the camera. His subjects often appear surprised and slightly perturbed, as if caught unaware in private moments of thought or conversation.

Following two years of study at East Los Angeles College and two years of service in the United States Army as a medic in the Vietnam War, Hernandez took up photography in earnest around 1970. He walked the streets of his native Los Angeles, observing its inhabitants. In order to work quickly and intuitively, he would pre-focus the camera and then wait for subjects to come into the zone of focus – only briefly bringing the camera to his eye as he walked past them. He repeated this strategy in other cities, including London, Madrid, Saigon, and Washington, D.C.

Text from the J. Paul Getty Museum website

 

Joanne Leonard (American, b. 1940)
'Memo Center with Wall Plaque' c. 1975

 

Joanne Leonard (American, b. 1940)
Memo Center with Wall Plaque
c. 1975
Gelatin silver print
Image: 33.3 × 43.1cm (13 1/8 × 16 15/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of the Artist in honor of her daughter, Julia Marjorie Leonard

 

Dotted curtains, a flowered light switch plate, and a humorous wall plaque add a personal touch to this carefully framed picture of a so-called memo center – an area near a wall phone where notes could be jotted down that was popular in 1970s homes. A practitioner of what she called “intimate documentary,” feminist artist Joanne Leonard recorded familiar but often overlooked domestic spaces traditionally associated with women. She explained, “Through my work as an artist I’ve discovered that the realms of the personal and the public are rarely as separate as I once imagined.”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

In the 1970s Leonard began examining how domestic spaces are transformed through the presence of technology by photographing the interiors of her neighbours’ homes in West Oakland, California, later moving on to other locations. She captured personal objects in bedrooms and found repetition in the common appliances present in kitchen after kitchen. She also documented the proliferation of “memo centers” – areas where notes could be jotted down near the location of a telephone, which at this time was still tethered in place by a cord.

Museum of Modern Art (MoMA) Gallery label from 2022

 

Joanne Leonard (American, b. 1940)
'Lupe's Kitchen Window, San Leandro, California' c. 1975

 

Joanne Leonard (American, b. 1940)
Lupe’s Kitchen Window, San Leandro, California
c. 1975
Gelatin silver print
Image: 41.8 x 43.1cm (16 7/16 x 16 15/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of the Artist in honor of her daughter, Julia Marjorie Leonard

 

Peter Hujar (American, 1934-1987) 'Susan Sontag'
1975

 

Peter Hujar (American, 1934-1987)
Susan Sontag
1975
Gelatin silver print
Image: 37.15 x 37.15cm (14 5/8 x 14 5/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Stephen G. Stein Employee Benefit Trust

 

Robert Cumming (American, 1943-2021) '67-Degree Body Arc Off Circle Center' 1975, printed 2022

 

Robert Cumming (American, 1943-2021)
67-Degree Body Arc Off Circle Center
1975, printed 2022
Inkjet print
Image: 148.59 x 185.42cm (58 1/2 x 73 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of David Knaus

 

Sometimes Cumming used his own body as an eccentric subject, as in “67-degree body arc off circle center” from 1975. Shown in profile with his hips thrust forward, his torso arched back and his neck and head awkwardly aligned with the angle of his legs, he’s a mathematical or scientific demonstration whose geometry turns the graceful rationality of Leonardo da Vinci’s “Vitruvian Man” on its ear. The title’s geometric forms drawn around his body on the surface of the photograph might have been made with an oversized pen-nib, into which the hand on Cumming’s hip is discreetly hidden.

The artist’s photograph, like a drawing, is an artifice.

His work as a painter, sculptor and performance artist informed his distinctive, often witty approach to images made with a camera, which Cumming began to explore in 1969 and continued for more than a decade. Artists as diverse as Eve Sonneman, Jan Groover, Lew Thomas, Judy Fiskin and Lewis Baltz were blurring traditional boundaries in different but Conceptually cogent ways. Photography would never be the same.

Christopher Knight. “Robert Cumming, whose photographs transformed camera work, dies at 78,” on the Los Angeles Times website Dec. 21, 2021 [Online] Cited 07/02/2025

 

Francesca Woodman (American, 1958-1981) 'House #3' c. 1975-1976, printed 1997-2004

 

Francesca Woodman (American, 1958-1981)
House #3
c. 1975-1976, printed 1997-2004
Gelatin silver print
Image: 16.1 x 16.3cm (6 5/16 x 6 7/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of the Heather and Tony Podesta Collection

 

At the far end of a decrepit room, the phantom-like figure of the photographer appears to be merging with, or emerging from, the wall. In contrast to the sharply rendered interior, she is an ethereal blur whose face can barely be made out. Both the creator and subject of most of her work, Francesca Woodman staged dreamlike performances that explore self-portraiture, the female body, and architectural space. Although sometimes carefully planned, they more often represented her spontaneous, imaginative responses to an environment. Woodman made this photograph in an abandoned house in Providence when she was in her late teens.

 Wall text from the exhibition

 

 

The 1970s was a decade of uncertainty in the United States. Americans witnessed soaring inflation, energy crises, and the Watergate scandal, as well as protests about the Vietnam War, women’s rights, gay liberation, and the environment. The profound upheaval that rocked the country formed the backdrop for a revolution in documentary photography. Activism and growing support of multiculturalism opened the field to underrepresented voices, while artistic experimentation fuelled the reimagining of what documentary photographs could look like.

The ’70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography examines this compelling and contested moment of reinvention when documentary photography’s automatic association with objectivity and truthfulness came into question. The photographs on view record subjects, communities, and landscapes previously overlooked and expand the boundaries of the genre. During this turbulent decade, documentary practice became more deeply entwined with fine art, while conceptual and performance artists used the medium to preserve their ideas and record their actions. An openness to individual expression and a turn from black and white to color film further transformed a field previously celebrated for accurately representing the world and its social ills.

Drawn primarily from the National Gallery’s collection and featuring some 100 photographs by more than 80 artists, The ’70s Lens is on view from October 6, 2024, through April 6, 2025, in the West Building.

“The profound upheaval in American life during the 1970s inspired artists to question the objective nature of documentary photography,” said Kaywin Feldman, director of the National Gallery. “The extraordinary photographs on view in this exhibition explore their diverse and compelling responses, revealing relevant connections to today’s thinking about community and who gets to represent it, as well as broader concepts including photographic truth, equity, and environmental responsibility.”

The Exhibition

Organised thematically, The ’70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography examines how the many documentary approaches that emerged during the 1970s reflected a radical shift in American life – and in photography itself.

Seeing Community

Spurred by the civil rights movement and a growing recognition of the rich ethnic and cultural diversity within the United States, photographers – especially from the Black, Latinx, and LGBTQ+ communities – reclaimed documentary practice to represent the fullness of their lives. Responding to a history of misrepresentation by outsiders, Anthony Barboza, Frank Espada, Mikki Ferrill, Nan Goldin, Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe, John Simmons, among others, focused their cameras on close-knit neighborhoods, often their own, building trusting relationships with the people they photographed. These artists worked collaboratively with their subjects to challenge preconceived notions of their communities.

Experimental Forms

Influenced by the groundbreaking photographs made by Roy DeCarava and Robert Frank beginning in the 1950s, a new generation of documentary photographers used the camera to visualise the world and their place in it. By combining clear-eyed observation with individual expression, artists such as Jim Goldberg, Sophie Rivera, and Shawn Walker revealed the complexity of the human condition from a more personal perspective. Others, such as Diane Arbus, Lee Friedlander, Anthony Hernandez, and Garry Winogrand, focused their attention on the irony and ambivalence rooted in American culture of the time, depicting everyday life with a psychological frankness. Together their revitalization of portraiture and street photography merged documentary practice with fine-art photography.

Conceptual Documents

Documentary photography became central to the practice of many conceptual artists in the 1970s. For them, the idea behind a work was more important than the finished object. John Baldessari, Thomas Barrow, and Robert Cumming interrogated the conventions of photography’s widely assumed objectivity and truthfulness by highlighting the difference between photographic appearance and reality. Others, like Susan Hiller and Dennis Oppenheim, used the camera to record their creative process, often integrating photographs with texts to address larger social issues about gender and the environment.

Performance and the Camera

Documentary photography was also integral to performance-based art during the 1970s. Many artists used the medium to record their otherwise ephemeral actions – including those who made performances specifically for the camera. This photographic documentation became a new form of art inseparable from the overall conception of the performance. Senga Nengudi in collaboration with Maren Hassinger explored the elasticity of the body through choreographed actions. Ana Mendieta and Francesca Woodman examined their identities through interventions in the environment, while Tseng Kwong Chi, Marcia Resnick, and David Wojnarowicz staged journeys and constructed histories that pushed the boundaries between truth and fiction.

Life in Color

The art world’s embrace of color film in the 1970s transformed documentary photography. Commercial color processes had existed for more than 50 years, but serious documentary photography was strictly associated with black-and-white prints. Color photography’s status changed gradually over the decade, and especially in the wake of an exhibition of William Eggleston’s mundane but incisive photographs at the Museum of Modern Art in 1976. Pictures of everyday life made in color by William Christenberry, Mitch Epstein, Richard Misrach, and John Valadez held an immediacy that fascinated viewers and offered a new framework for reflecting on contemporary life.

Alternative Landscapes

The 1970s witnessed a radical shift in how landscapes were understood and photographed. Robert Adams, Lewis Baltz, and Joe Deal challenged popular ideas of nature as pristine and timeless with pictures of environmental destruction and suburban sprawl. From grain elevators to roadside motels, Frank Gohlke and John Schott focused on structures that form the built environment, revealing how humans have shaped their surroundings. The artists in this section documented with an austere eye, and at times subversive wit, a rampant consumer culture and the damage done in the name of progress.

Intimate Documentary

Many photographers in the 1970s turned their cameras on themselves and close family members to analyze the social landscape of domestic spaces. Often informed by second-wave feminism, they prioritized interiors and life at home as topics for artistic examination. Joanne Leonard has described her narrative-rich scenes of everyday life as “intimate documentary,” while Bill Owens observed the rise of suburbia as both a place and a mentality. Concerned that documentary photography was losing its activist force, Martha Rosler and Eleanor Antin engaged with politics – especially the home front during the Vietnam War – more directly.

Press release from the National Gallery of Art

 

Sunil Gupta (Canadian born India, b. 1953) 'Untitled #22' 1976, printed 2023 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Sunil Gupta (Canadian born India, b. 1953)
Untitled #22
1976, printed 2023
From the series Christopher Street
Gelatin silver print
Image: 61 x 91.5cm (24 x 36 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund
© Sunil Gupta

 

Sunil Gupta documented the emergence of a gay public space in New York’s Greenwich Village during the 1970s. The India-born Gupta had arrived from his adopted home in Montreal in 1976 to study business, but quickly decided instead to fine-tune his photographic skills. Energized by the overtly gay environment – a result, in part, of LGBTQ+ demonstrations in 1969 known as the Stonewall uprising – he started photographing people on the streets. Not impartial, Gupta was enthralled by those he encountered, including two stylishly dressed men who seem to acknowledge Gupta’s camera. In the Christopher Street series, Gupta recorded the then extraordinary act of being openly gay – a practice both political and deeply personal.

Still moved by this project, the artist has recently started making large-scale prints from his original negatives.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

This series was shot in New York in 1976 when I spent a year  studying photography with Lisette Model in the New School… I spent my weekends cruising with my camera, it was the heady days after Stonewall and before AIDS when we were young and busy creating a gay public space such as hadn’t really been seen before.

Text from the Sunil Gupta website

 

Ana Mendieta (Cuban-American, 1948-1985) 'Untitled' 1977-1978

 

Ana Mendieta (Cuban-American, 1948-1985)
Untitled
1977-1978
From the Silueta Series
Gelatin silver print
Image: 33.8 x 49.5cm (13 5/16 x 19 1/2 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of the Collectors Committee

 

In her Silueta Series, Cuban American artist Ana Mendieta used the outline of her body to carve and shape silhouettes into the land. Informed by her interest in Afro-Cuban ritual, her fusion of performance and earthworks explored spiritual connections between nature and the female body. Mendieta’s exile with her family from Communist Cuba to the United States in the 1960s left her with a deep sense of loss. She remarked, “I have no motherland; I feel a need to join with the earth.” Photography was crucial in documenting these ephemeral pieces, preserving them before they were lost to the elements. Hauntingly beautiful, the pictures enable Mendieta’s practice to be both transitory and enduring.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Larry Fink (American, 1941-2023) 'Studio 54' 1977

 

Larry Fink (American, 1941-2023)
Studio 54, New York City
May 1977
From the series Social Graces
Gelatin silver print
37.2 × 38cm (14 5/8 × 14 15/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of Tony Podesta Collection, Washington, DC

 

Lynne Cohen (American-Canadian, 1944-2014) 'Exhibition Hall' 1977

 

Lynne Cohen (American-Canadian, 1944-2014)
Exhibition Hall
1977
Gelatin silver print
Image (visible): 19 x 23.7cm (7 1/2 x 9 5/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Pepita Milmore Memorial Fund
© Estate of Lynne Cohen

 

In the photography of Lynne Cohen, you won’t see a single person. But you’ll find their traces everywhere. Her images feel haunted by people, as if the action has just ended or has yet to begin. Despite their absence, however, people are the true subject of the artist’s gaze. Former Gallery curator Ann Thomas explained in her essay for the 2001 National Gallery of Canada exhibition No Man’s Land: The Photography of Lynne Cohen: “While her photographs do not include human beings, they are on occasion more revealing about human behaviour than any group portrait.”

From her earliest photographs in 1971 to her final works before her death in 2014, Cohen made deadpan images of interior spaces, training her lens on the everyday peculiarities of living rooms, offices, banquet halls, social clubs, learning centres, salons, laboratories and shooting ranges. Her signature style used flat lighting, deep focus and symmetrical compositions to lend her works what she termed “a cool, dispassionate edge.” The works can be funny, sinister, maddening, familiar, bizarre and often surreal.

Although in later years Cohen would make prints large enough to envelope the viewer – introducing colour and shifting her choice of subject from domestic interiors and clubhouses to more restricted environments, such as military installations – her conceptual mission never wavered from the start. Her photography investigates how setting makes a simulation of experience, how reality is more engineered than we may care to recognize and how the spaces we design also design us in turn.

Chris Hampton. “Lynne Cohen: Art Surrounds Us,” on the National Gallery of Canada website November 22, 2024 [Online] Cite 07/02/2025

 

Joanne Leonard (American, b. 1940)
'Dining Area and Patterned Wallpaper, Blake Street, Berkeley, California' c. 1977

 

Joanne Leonard (American, b. 1940)
Dining Area and Patterned Wallpaper, Blake Street, Berkeley, California
c. 1977
Gelatin silver print
Image: 18 x 17.7cm (7 1/16 x 6 15/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of the Artist in honor of her daughter, Julia Marjorie Leonard

 

David Wojnarowicz (American, 1954-1992) 'Arthur Rimbaud in New York (Diner)' 1978-1979

 

David Wojnarowicz (American, 1954-1992)
Arthur Rimbaud in New York (Diner)
1978-1979
Gelatin silver print
Image: 17.15 x 24.13cm (6 3/4 x 9 1/2 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of Funds from Heather Muir Johnson

 

“Transition is always a relief. Destination means death to me. If I could figure out a way to remain forever in transition, in the disconnected and unfamiliar, I could remain in a state of perpetual freedom.”

~ David Wojnarowicz , Close to the Knives: A Memoir of Disintegration

 

David Wojnarowicz made a series of pictures featuring friends donning a homemade mask of the 19th-century French poet Arthur Rimbaud. Staged at sites around New York that were significant to the photographer, the surrogate self-portraits explore parallels between Wojnarowicz and Rimbaud – both gay artists who rebelled against the social mores of their times. The historical figure with its unchanging expression appears alone or apart from others, a man eerily out of time. The series also documents many of the then vibrant spaces of gay life shortly before the AIDS epidemic ravaged the city’s gay community. Wojnarowicz died from AIDS-related complications at the age of 37.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Sophie Rivera (American, 1938-2021) 'Untitled' 1978

 

Sophie Rivera (American, 1938-2021)
Untitled
1978
Gelatin silver print
Image/sheet: 25.4 x 25.4cm (10 x 10 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Estate of Martin Hurwitz

 

Bathed in light against a dark background, each sitter in Sophie Rivera’s portrait series of fellow New Yorkers of Puerto Rican descent, known as Nuyoricans, addresses the viewer directly. To find her subjects, Rivera asked passersby in her Harlem neighborhood if theywere Puerto Rican. If so, she invited them to her home to have their pictures taken. The mutual trust between artist and subject is reflected in the sitters’ grace and dignity.

Rivera, who defined herself as “an artist, Latino, and feminist,” sought to make Nuyoricans part of the distinguished history of American portrait photography. As she noted, “I have attempted to integrate my cultural heritage into an artistic continuum.”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Rivera’s monumental portraits of Puerto Ricans in New York (or Nuyoricans) counteract the stereotypes that have circulated in the mass media. The artist found her subjects by asking passersby outside her building if they were Puerto Ricans. If they said yes, she invited them to her studio and photographed them against a dark background. Rivera’s subjects remain anonymous but never powerless. Her direct photographs allow the unassuming individuality of everyday people to speak for itself.

Our America: The Latino Presence in American Art, 2013

 

John M. Valadez (American, b. 1951) 'Two Guys' c. 1978, printed 2016

 

John M. Valadez (American, b. 1951)
Two Guys
c. 1978, printed 2016
From the East Los Angeles Urban Portrait Portfolio
Inkjet print
Sheet and image: 16 × 24 in. (40.6 × 61cm)
Smithsonian American Art Museum, Museum purchase through the Smithsonian Latino Initiatives Pool, administered by the Smithsonian Latino Center
© 1978, John M. Valadez

 

Multidisciplinary artist John Valadez has long been committed to depicting the lived experiences of Chicanx Angelenos like himself. Using the camera to record the world around him, Valadez first made photographs principally as source material for his drawings and paintings. In 1978 he exchanged black and white for colour film and made a series of powerful full-length portraits. His subjects included people he knew, such as the stylish young couple dressed for a birthday party, as well as people he encountered on the street, like the two men sporting identical clothes. Valadez’s aim, he said, was to capture people who weren’t being seen – by doing so, he has become a key chronicler of Chicanx identity.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

John M. Valadez (American, b. 1951)
'Couple Balam' c. 1978, printed 2016

 

John M. Valadez (American, b. 1951)
Couple Balam
c. 1978, printed 2016
From the East Los Angeles Urban Portrait Portfolio
Inkjet print
Sheet and image: 16 × 24 in. (40.6 × 61cm)
Smithsonian American Art Museum, Museum purchase through the Smithsonian Latino Initiatives Pool, administered by the Smithsonian Latino Center
© 1978, John M. Valadez

 

Tseng Kwong Chi (American born Hong Kong, 1950-1990) 'New York, New York' 1979, printed 2008 from the exhibition 'The '70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

Tseng Kwong Chi (American born Hong Kong, 1950-1990)
New York, New York
1979, printed 2008
From the series East Meets West
Gelatin silver print
Image: 91.44 x 91.44cm (36 x 36 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund and Gift of Funds from Renee Harbers
Liddell
© Muna Tseng Dance Projects Inc.. Courtesy Yancey Richardson, New York

 

Tseng Kwong Chi leaps into the air in front of the Brooklyn Bridge, mimicking the joy of a first time visitor to New York. This work is from Tseng’s series East Meets West, which was inspired in part by the thaw in Chinese – United States relations following President Nixon’s visit to Beijing in 1972. A performance artist and photographer, Tseng made self-portraits as his adopted persona, Ambiguous Ambassador, at popular spots across the country. Assuming the guise of a Chinese official, Tseng – wearing what is now called a Mao suit – mischievously exposed cultural biases and notions of “the other” in American society. He made his selfies with a shutter release cable, which is visible in his right hand.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Tseng Kwong Chi, known as Joseph Tseng prior to his professional career (Chinese: 曾廣智; c. 1950 – March 10, 1990), was a Hong Kong-born American photographer who was active in the East Village art scene in the 1980s.

Tseng was part of a circle of artists in the 1980s New York art scene including Keith Haring, Kenny Scharf, and Cindy Sherman. Tseng’s most famous body of work is his self-portrait series, East Meets West, also called the “Expeditionary Series”. In the series, Tseng dressed in what he called his “Mao suit” and sunglasses (dubbed a “wickedly surrealistic persona” by the New York Times), and photographed himself situated, often emotionlessly, in front of iconic tourist sites. These included the Statue of Liberty, Cape Canaveral, Disney Land, Notre Dame de Paris, and the World Trade Center. Tseng also took tens of thousands of photographs of New York graffiti artist Keith Haring throughout the 1980s working on murals, installations and the subway. In 1984, his photographs were shown with Haring’s work at the opening of the Semaphore Gallery’s East Village location in a show titled “Art in Transit”. Tseng photographed the first Concorde landing at Kennedy International Airport, from the tarmac. According to his sister, Tseng drew artistic influence from Brassai and Cartier-Bresson.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

In these images Tseng inhabits a persona he referred to as the “Ambiguous Ambassador.” Wearing a Mao suit (the grey uniform associated with the Chinese Communist Party) and mirrored sunglasses, he poses next to landmarks and monuments, many of them emblems of American national identity. Like the Untitled Film Stills of Cindy Sherman – also produced in the late 1970s – East Meets West is a groundbreaking photographic work that illuminates the changeable and socially constructed nature of identity. It is also a rare piece of conceptual art to specifically reflect on the racialised experiences of Asian people in the United States. …

A gay man, Tseng was well-aware of the signifying power of dress, gesture, and posture. His donning of the Mao suit can be understood as racial camp – a playful, self-protective manoeuvre that did not prevent Tseng from being misinterpreted but did allow him to take control of the manner of the misreading. To those who perceived the levity with which Tseng wore the suit, something was revealed about his ironic sensibility. The dissonance of his appearance – the fact that the suit looked both “natural” and “unnatural” on him was not effaced but highlighted, at least to the knowing beholder. But when people were unable to see past type, the misconception did not come at the cost of Tseng’s psychic humiliation.

Tseng went on to create roughly 150 images comprising East Meets West. His performance of “Chineseness” in these photographs reveals his acute awareness of the stereotypes of Euro-American Orientalism. His blank, robotic demeanour in images such as Disneyland, California invite stock associations of the Chinese as “Yellow Peril,” and the repetition of this pose in numerous photographs would seem to tap into White America’s century-long dread of being overrun by Asian immigrants. In other images, Tseng’s stylishness and humor come through – some of the earliest photographs picture him coolly strolling the boardwalk and beaches of the popular gay vacation spot of Provincetown, Massachusetts, appearing more like a character from a French New Wave film than a visitor from the People’s Republic of China. The shutter release Tseng plainly grasps in many pictures reminds us that he is the author of these varied depicted realities; that, even as he presents himself to the Orientalist gaze, he is in command of the means of representation. Given that racial identities circulate and perpetuate via staged images – and that European American assumptions have traditionally driven those images – this is a significant gesture.

Extract from Melissa Ho. “Performing Ambiguity: The Art of Tseng Kwong Chi,” on the Smithsonian American Art Museum website June 23, 2022 [Online] Cited 06/02/2025

 

Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe (American, b. 1951)
'An Afternoon with Aunt Tootie, Daufuskie Island, South Carolina'
1979, printed 2007

 

Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe (American, b. 1951)
An Afternoon with Aunt Tootie, Daufuskie Island, South Carolina
1979, printed 2007
Gelatin silver print
Image: 21.3 x 32.4cm (8 3/8 x 12 3/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of Funds from Diana and Mallory Walker
© Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe

 

The Gullah Geechee – enslaved people who labored on the Sea Island plantations, and their descendants – built communities all along the eastern coast of the US, from North Carolina to Florida…

From 1977 to 1982, Moutoussamy-Ashe visited Daufuskie, building relationships with the Gullah Geechee people and snapshotting rare pictures of their quotidian life. Born in Chicago, Illinois, the photographer had just returned from a six-month independent study in west Africa before she traveled to the island. At the time of her initial visit, there were only 80 permanent residents left on Daufuskie, a drastic drop from the thousands of Gullah people who had once resided there. Today, just 3% of the island’s population is Black.

Moutoussamy-Ashe’s series of monochrome images include candids of weddings, stills of a church gathering and everyday portraits of the island, showing a way of life that is treasured and fast fading.

Like many historic Black alcoves, Daufuskie has been altered by decades of gentrification. After the American civil war, many Gullah people who were already on Daufuskie made the island their permanent home once the plantation owners had left. They cultivated the land and preserved their rich culture and language, an English-based creole. But development, unfair zoning practices and other challenges have caused a sharp decrease in the Black population on the island.

Moutoussamy-Ashe’s photos offer a more private understanding of Black folks in Daufuskie, one not defined by white developers who have turned Daufuskie into a destination for tourists. The area is a placid haven in Moutoussamy-Ashe’s images. Jake and his Boat Arriving on Daufuskie’s Shore, Daufuskie Island, SC, for instance, features a man paddling a boat across a rippling river. Swooping trees frame either side of the man, who peacefully rows the vessel. The landscape looks expansive, with the scenery appearing to go on for miles. Such scenes of stillness would become rare as residents were largely driven out by the encroachment of others.

Extract from Gloria Oladipo. “How an outsider captured the intimacy of Gullah Geechee life in 13 portraits,” on The Guardian website Sat 8 Feb 2025 [Online] Cited 06/02/2025

 

Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe (American, b. 1951)
'Maid of Honor with Bride in Slippers, Daufuskie Island, South Carolina'
1980, printed 2022

 

Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe (American, b. 1951)
Maid of Honor with Bride in Slippers, Daufuskie Island, South Carolina
1980, printed 2022
Gelatin silver print
Image: 56.9 x 37.4cm (22 3/8 x 14 3/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Gift of Funds from Diana and Mallory Walker
© Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe

 

Between 1977 and 1981, Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe made extended visits to Daufuskie Island in South Carolina. The island’s relative isolation from the mainland allowed its inhabitants, who descended directly from enslaved people, to keep their distinct Gullah language and culture. Moutoussamy Ashe’s landscapes, still lifes, and portraits convey a holistic impression of the community. She captured residents’ dignity and joy – as in this photograph of a bride in fuzzy slippers, sharing a laugh with her maid of honor – but she also recorded their uncertainty in the face of development. Daufuskie’s permanent Gullah population had dwindled to 85 residents by the time Moutoussamy-Ashe published her photographs as a book in 1982.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Shawn Walker (American, b. 1940)
'Untitled (New York City)' c. 1980

 

Shawn Walker (American, b. 1940)
Untitled (New York City)
c. 1980
Gelatin silver print
Image: 52.5 x 35cm (20 11/16 x 13 3/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Charina Endowment Fund
© Shawn Walker

 

“I see myself as a fine-arts photographer with a documentary foundation,” Shawn Walker has explained. “I look for the truth within the image, the multi-layers of existence and the ironies in our everyday lives.” Walker grounded his photographic practice in the Harlem community where he was born and raised. He joined the Kamoinge Workshop and learned from a collective of Black photographers. Inspired by Ralph Ellison’s novel Invisible Man (1952), Walker created a series of self-portraits that reveal only his silhouette. Here, the photographer pictures his reflection in a window while looking directly at us: “I look into the intersections of dark and light, into the shadows that grow the seeds of existence.”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Jim Goldberg (American, b. 1953)
'Vickie Figueroa' 1981

 

Jim Goldberg (American, b. 1953)
Vickie Figueroa
1981
Gelatin silver print
Image/sheet: 35.4 x 27.6cm (13 15/16 x 10 7/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art
Corcoran Collection, Gift of the Artist

 

“My dream was to become a schoolteacher.
Mrs. Stone is rich.
I have talents but not opportunity.
I am used to standing behind
Mrs. Stone.
I have been a servant for 40 years.
Vickie Figueroa.”

 

Jim Goldberg (American, b. 1953) 'Clyde Norbert' 1978 from the series 'Rich and Poor'

 

Jim Goldberg (American, b. 1953)
Clyde Norbert
1978
From the series Rich and Poor
Gelatin silver print
Corcoran Collection
Gift of the Artist, 1994

 

Framed against a tall window, Clyde Norbert appears slight, flanked by his modest but carefully ordered possessions. The caption in Norbert’s own words speaks to his contrasting bold ambition: “I am going to build an empire.” In his series Rich and Poor, Jim Goldberg made portraits of both wealthy and marginalised San Franciscans where they lived. He radically shifted the relationship between photographer and subject by asking the people he photographed to respond to his pictures by writing directly on them. He believed this collaboration, which he referred to as “total documentation,” “would bring an added dimension, a deeper truth” than a photograph alone.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

The '70s Lens

 

The ’70s Lens: Reimagining Documentary Photography poster

 

 

National Gallery of Art
National Mall between 3rd and 7th Streets
Constitution Avenue NW, Washington

Opening hours:
Daily 10am – 5pm

National Gallery of Art website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

Exhibition dates: 29th September, 2024 – 16th March, 2025

 

Raúl Cañibano (Cuban, b. 1961) 'Untitled' 2009 from the series 'Country Land' (Tierra guajira) from the exhibition 'Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography' at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, Sept 2024 - March 2025

 

Raúl Cañibano (Cuban, b. 1961)
Untitled
2009
From the series Country Land (Tierra guajira)
Inkjet print
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
The Madeleine P. Plonsker Collection, gift of Madeleine and Harvey Plonsker
© 2009 Raúl Cañibano

 

Raúl Cañibano grew up in both Havana and the eastern part of the country, and in 1998 he returned to the east to develop his series Tierra guajira (Country Land), a project strongly linked to his childhood memories. There, rural life and labor remained little changed despite the vast social and political waves that had swept across the nation in the intervening years.

 

 

This is an exhibition on a subject that I had little knowledge of before constructing the posting.

Imagine

Being born after the Cuban Revolution in 1953.

Being a child during the Bay of Pigs Invasion in 1961 (a clandestine invasion of Cuba by a brigade of Cuban exiles planned and executed by the CIA, with the support of the US government) and the Cuban Missile Crisis of 1962 (when nuclear missile sites were being built by the Soviet Union on the island of Cuba).

The fear of invasion and nuclear war.

Imagine

Growing up in a nation full of national fervour and revolutionary heroes, a “cult of personality”.

Growing up in country that defied the United States of America to stand on its own two feet but was plagued by shortages of foods, fuel, and other necessities, where “hundreds of thousands of Cubans, especially skilled workers and wealthy investors, emigrated to the United States (principally to Miami, Florida), Spain, and other countries”1 even as the country drew closer to the Soviet Union.

Growing up in a country where prominent dissidents were jailed and repressive laws enacted.

Imagine

Living under a communist regime where, when Soviet troops withdrew in 1991, there was high unemployment, energy conservation and severe internal “shortages of food, medical supplies, raw materials, and fuel which were exacerbated by the ongoing U.S. trade embargo.”1

Imagine

Growing up gay in a country where during The First Period (1965-1979) LGBTQ+ individuals were imprisoned in labor camps called Unidades Militares de Ayuda a la Producción (UMAPs); and during The Second Period (1980-2004) “the homophobia possessed by the government led to more acts of oppression toward LGBTQ+ individuals, but the government also extended more rights to gays.”2

Imagine

Growing up to be an artist, a photographer, living and working under the regime.

Living in a country as a creative person and trying to subversively comment on the precarious nature of life in present-day Cuba (questioning the power of photography and its relationship to political authority) without ending up in prison.

Despite these conditions of becoming, Cuban photographers continue to photograph their own lives and the life and spirit of the people. Through reality, myth and fantasy, through rituals, personal history, queer identity, race and gender they examine Cuban culture and history from a constructive and/or critical perspective.

The light of the artist and the light of the people shines on.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

1/ Sandra H. Levinson and Franklin W. Knight. “National evolution and Soviet influence,” on the Britannica website last updated Mar 11, 2025 [Online] Cited 13/03/2025

2/ Giovanny Bravo. “the cuban government’s treatment of lgbtq+ cubans since the revolution,” on the Cow Latin America website, May 2, 2020 [Online] Cited 13/03/2025


Many thankx for the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left, Adrián Fernández's 'Untitled No. 1' 2017 from the series 'Pending Memories' (Memorias pendientes); and at right in the banner image a reproduction of Liudmila & Nelson's photograph 'Absolut Revolution - La Isla' (Absolut Revolution - The Island) 2002
Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

Installation views of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left, Adrián Fernández’s Untitled No. 1 2017 (below) from the series Pending Memories (Memorias pendientes); and at right in the banner image a reproduction of Liudmila & Nelson’s photograph Absolut Revolution – La Isla (Absolut Revolution – The Island) 2002 (below)

 

Liudmila & Nelson (active Cuba, founded 1994) Liudmila Velazco (Cuban born Russia, b. 1969) Nelson Ramírez de Arellano (Cuban born Germany, b. 1969) 'Absolut Revolution - La Isla' (Absolut Revolution - The Island) 2002

 

Liudmila & Nelson (active Cuba, founded 1994)
Liudmila Velazco (Cuban born Russia, b. 1969)
Nelson Ramírez de Arellano (Cuban born Germany, b. 1969)
Absolut Revolution – La Isla (Absolut Revolution – The Island)
2002
From the series Absolut Revolution
Gelatin silver print
15 1/2 × 23 in. (39.3 × 58.4cm)
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
The Madeleine P. Plonsker Collection, Gift of Madeleine and Harvey Plonsker

 

The José Martí monument holds a powerful, symbolic place in the history and psyche of the nation. From its base, Fidel Castro routinely addressed vast crowds gathered in the expansive Plaza de la Revolución. Is Liudmila & Nelson’s imagining of a flooded Havana meant to represent the nation, battered by forces beyond its control, still standing strong, or a revolution that has sacrificed the lives of its people for its own survival? Where art and literature are scrutinised by official censors, it pays to retain plausible deniability, even in photography, a medium often thought to be unambiguously truthful.

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

 

Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography traces the evolution of photography in Cuba over nearly five decades, from the 1960s to early 2000s.

The exhibition looks at contemporary Cuban photography from its role in promoting the Cuban Revolution after Fidel Castro’s 1959 takeover of the Batista government to engaging in social and political critique following the 1991 collapse of the Soviet Union. Over the subsequent years, Cuban photographers created powerful personal expressions by exploring individual identity, the body and spirit, Afro-Cuban heritage, and the margins of society, all while navigating the changing prescriptions and proscriptions of official cultural policy.

Showcasing approximately 100 images, Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography celebrates the acquisition and promised gift to the MFAH of some 300 photographs from Chicago-based collectors Madeleine and Harvey Plonsker.

Text from the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston website

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left, Reynier Leyva Novo's 'Un día feliz FC No. 11' (A Happy Day FC No. 11) 2016; and at right the section "Celebrating the Revolution" including at third right, Alberto Korda's 'Heroic Guerrilla' (Guerillero heroico) 1960; at second right, Raúl Corrales' 'Caballería' (Cavalry) 1960; and at right, Osvaldo Salas' 'Five Points of Fidel' (Cinco puntos de Fidel) 1982

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left, Reynier Leyva Novo’s Un día feliz FC No. 11 (A Happy Day FC No. 11) 2016 (below); and at right the section “Celebrating the Revolution” including at third right, Alberto Korda’s Heroic Guerrilla (Guerillero heroico) 1960 (below); at second right, Raúl Corrales’ Caballería (Cavalry) 1960 (below); and at right, Osvaldo Salas’ Five Points of Fidel (Cinco puntos de Fidel) 1982 (below)

 

Reynier Leyva Novo (Cuban, b. 1983) 'Un día feliz FC No. 11' (A Happy Day FC No. 11) 2016, printed 2024 from the exhibition 'Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography' at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, Sept 2024 - March 2025

 

Reynier Leyva Novo (Cuban, b. 1983)
Un día feliz FC No. 11 (A Happy Day FC No. 11)
2016, printed 2024
From the series Un día feliz
From the series A Happy Day
Inkjet print
39 3/4 × 39 3/4 in. (101 × 101cm)
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Museum purchase funded by Joan Morgenstern, Jereann Chaney, and Carl Niendorff

 

In meticulous digital postproduction, Reynier Leyva Novo removed Fidel Castro from a photograph by Alberto Korda, the photographer most credited with establishing the iconography of the triumphant revolution and its leaders. Here, Castro’s presence is suggested only by the photographers stretching to film and photograph him addressing the crowds gathered below in the Plaza de la Revolución. What would modern-day Cuba look like without the imagery of its charismatic leader that fed a cult of personality for half a century? This is what Leyva Novo asks in his series Un día feliz (A Happy Day), begun in the year of Castro’s death.

 

Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography

Just 90 miles from one another, Cuba and the United States are uneasy neighbours. For American tourists, Havana was a permissive playground with cabarets, casinos, beaches, and brothels until Fidel Castro’s revolutionary forces overthrew the Cuban dictator Fulgencio Batista on January 1, 1959, asserted the nation’s independent status, and cracked down on organised crime and prostitution. The new government nationalised many foreign-owned sectors of the economy in 1960, prompting the United States to impose a crippling trade embargo that remains in place. The botched invasion by anti-Castro exiles at the Bay of Pigs in 1961, covertly backed by the CIA, and the construction of Soviet nuclear missile sites in Cuba the following year, turned these close neighbours into seemingly permanent adversaries.

Beyond a few iconic images, the rich photographic production of Cuban artists of the past 65 years largely fell out of view for American audiences because of this estrangement. Inspired by an exhibition of work by young Cuban photographers organised by Houston’s FotoFest International in 1994, the Museum has since built a deep and representative collection that reveals the ways photographers have pictured the realities and aspirations of the Cuban people while skirting the prescriptions of their government’s propagandists and the proscriptions of its censors.

This exhibition celebrates the recent acquisition of some 300 Cuban photographs assembled by the Chicago-based collector Madeleine Plonsker during nearly two decades of visits to the island, an acquisition that propels the Museum to the forefront of institutions collecting Cuban photography.

Celebrating the Revolution: The “Epic” Generation and Contemporaries

Immediately after Fidel Castro’s forces toppled the Cuban dictatorship of Fulgencio Batista on January 1, 1959, photographers rose to the challenge of depicting the heroes of the revolution for a largely illiterate populace on the island and a curious world beyond. Alberto Korda, Raúl Corrales, and Osvaldo Salas were given entrée to the most exclusive circles of power, granted access to all important events, and provided with a platform of mass communication in the official newspapers and magazines. Celebrating the accomplishments of the new government, they came to be known as the “epic” generation. Other photographers of the early post-revolution years paid tribute to the aging veterans of the late 19th-century war for independence from Spain and to the rural peasants and urban labourers who sustained the island.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Alberto Korda (Cuban, 1928-2001)
'Heroic Guerrilla' (Guerillero heroico) 1960, printed 1995 from the exhibition 'Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography' at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, Sept 2024 - March 2025

 

Alberto Korda (Cuban, 1928-2001)
Heroic Guerrilla (Guerillero heroico)
1960, printed 1995
Gelatin silver print
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Museum purchase funded by Dan and Mary Solomon
© Estate Alberto Korda

 

Alberto Korda’s portrait of Che Guevara, stoic and implacable at a memorial for victims of an explosion in Havana’s harbour, is undoubtedly the best known of all Cuban photographs. The image sat mostly unused in the artist’s files from 1960 to 1967, when Che was captured and assassinated by government forces in Bolivia while trying to organize a popular revolution. He was lionised in Cuba as the exemplar of revolutionary self-sacrifice, and Korda’s portrait of him came to function like a secular image of a martyred saint, appearing on everything from billboards to refrigerator magnets and tattoos to book covers.

 

Raúl Corrales (Cuban, 1925-2006)
'Caballería' (Cavalry) 1960

 

Raúl Corrales (Cuban, 1925-2006)
Caballería (Cavalry)
1960
Gelatin silver print
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Gift of the estate of Esther Parada

 

Raúl Corrales’s Cavalry records an event at which the nationalisation and expropriation of a plantation owned by the United Fruit Company were celebrated by reenacting a famous scene from Cuba’s late 19th-century war for independence from Spain. With reenactments such as this, the triumph of the revolution was linked to a decades-long struggle to shake off the bonds of colonialism. Corrales’s photograph of smiling guerrillas wearing matching straw hats, riding horses, and waving Cuban flags also conjures associations with heroic 19th-century history paintings.

 

Osvaldo Salas (Cuban, 1938-2005)
'Five Points of Fidel' (Cinco puntos de Fidel) 1982

 

Osvaldo Salas (Cuban, 1938-2005)
Five Points of Fidel (Cinco puntos de Fidel)
1982
Gelatin silver print
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Gift of the estate of Esther Parada
© 1982 Osvaldo Salas

 

The title of this photograph, taken in 1982, links Fidel Castro’s gesture to a crucial speech 20 years earlier aimed at President John F. Kennedy amid the Cuban Missile Crisis. Castro outlined five conditions for Cuba’s consent to the withdrawal of Soviet missiles from its territory:

1/ Ending the economic blockade and other commercial and economic pressures
2/ Ending subversive activities
3/ Ending pirate attacks
4/ Ending violations of Cuban airspace
5/ Withdrawal from the Guantanamo Naval Base and its return to the Cuban government.

At the time, however, Castro was unaware that President Kennedy and Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev were already discussing missile withdrawal without Cuba’s participation.

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left the section "Celebrating the Revolution" including at left, Alberto Korda's 'Heroic Guerrilla' (Guerillero heroico) 1960; at second left, Raúl Corrales' 'Caballería' (Cavalry) 1960; and at third right, Osvaldo Salas' 'Five Points of Fidel' (Cinco puntos de Fidel) 1982

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left the section “Celebrating the Revolution” including at left, Alberto Korda’s Heroic Guerrilla (Guerillero heroico) 1960 (above); at second left, Raúl Corrales’ Caballería (Cavalry) 1960 (above); and at third right, Osvaldo Salas’ Five Points of Fidel (Cinco puntos de Fidel) 1982 (above)

 

 

Celebrating the acquisition of some 300 Cuban photographs from the Chicago-based collectors Madeleine and Harvey Plonsker, Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography traces the medium’s evolution in Cuba over nearly six decades – from promoting the Revolution following Fidel Castro’s 1959 overthrow of the Batista government, to engaging in social and political critique in more recent times as the triumph of the Revolution increasingly gave way to economic hardship and political repression. Particularly in the years after the 1991 collapse of the Soviet Union, Cuban photographers created powerful personal expressions by exploring individual identity, the body and spirit, Afro-Cuban heritage, and the margins of society, all while navigating the fluctuating prescriptions and proscriptions of official cultural policy.

The exhibition of some 100 works will be on view September 29, 2024 through March 16, 2025, in the Museum’s Nancy and Rich Kinder Building for modern and contemporary art.

“With the acquisition of the Madeleine P. Plonsker Collection, the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, now boasts the most complete collection anywhere of post-Revolution Cuban photography, with an emphasis on the years since 1990: nearly 700 works by more than 80 Cuban artists,” commented Gary Tinterow, director and Margaret Alkek Williams Chair of the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. “We are enormously grateful to Mrs. Plonsker, who assembled the collection through the lasting relationships she forged with artists over many visits to Cuba from 2005 to 2020.”

“The strengths of the Plonsker Collection are unparalleled, in terms of telling the complex and compelling story of post-Revolution Cuban photography,” commented Malcolm Daniel, Gus and Lyndall Wortham Curator of photography at the MFAH. “Combined in this exhibition with works already in the Museum’s holdings, the collection allows us to chronicle that story from the ‘epic generation,’ whose work would define the image of the Cuban Revolution, to the succeeding generations of photographers, who questioned the power of photography and its relationship to political authority and who created highly personal work in the context of a greater awareness of international contemporary art.”

Prologue: The “Epic” Generation

The exhibition begins with a brief prologue featuring works by the so-called “epic” generation of photographers – Alberto Korda, Raul Corrales and Osvaldo Salas among them – who used the medium to further the ideals of the Cuban Revolution, celebrating its heroes and promoting its ambitions. It opens with Korda’s iconic portrait of Che Guevara, Guerrillero Heroico (1960), the most widely reproduced and recognised of all Cuban photographs.

Gallery 1: Life in Post-Revolution Cuba

The first gallery presents images of daily life in Cuba, primarily from the 1990s and early 2000s, beginning with photographs that reference patriotic themes: the Cuban flag, veterans, a military parade and public portraits of 19th-century Independence hero José Martí and Cuban leader Fidel Castro. While ostensibly honoring the new Cuba, many of the images question both the power of photography and its relationship to political authority. An Untitled 1992 photograph by José Figueroa depicts dozens of freshly made prints of Alberto Korda’s iconic portrait of Che laid out on a bed – Figueroa was Korda’s longtime printer – and suggests the ubiquity of that iconic image as both propaganda and commodity. Other photographs in this section of the exhibition depict the hardships and aspirations of rural Cubans in the post-revolutionary era as well as the day-to-day joys of life divorced from political concerns. Photographers in this section include Pedro Abascal, Raúl Cañibano, María Cienfuegos Leiseca, José Julián Martí, Humberto Mayol and Eduardo Muñoz Ordoqui.

Gallery 2: Memory, the Body, and Identity

The second section of the exhibition marks a pivotal shift in Cuban photography. As the nation plunged into economic, social and political crisis following the collapse of the Soviet Union [1991] and the loss of its financial support, a time that Castro dubbed the “Special Period,” many photographers turned from documentation of the public sphere to a more personal and poetic exploration of the private realm. Photographers treated the body, often their own, as the path through which to examine their present situation through the lens of Afro-Cuban rituals, personal history, queer identity, race and gender. This particularly rich section features exceptional work by Juan Carlos Alom, Arien Chang Castán, José Manuel Fors, Alejandro González, Eduardo Hernandez Santos, Cirenaica Moreira, René Peña, and others.

Gallery 3: Myth and Reality

In the final section of the exhibition, composed primarily of work made since 2005, photographers address the current political, social and economic situation more directly than in previous years – but slyly still, in order not to run afoul of government dictates and official arbiters of culture. This most recent generation of photographers, born well after the Revolution, came of age in the depths of the Special Period, and began their artistic careers with a greater awareness of international contemporary art. Again, national symbols appear – the Cuban flag, currency, stamps, historic events – but this time with a knowing nod to their emptiness. The precarious nature of life in present-day Cuba and the widespread desire for emigration are common subjects.

This gallery includes work by Adrián Fernández, Alejandro González, Glenda Léon, Liudmila & Nelson, Yasser Piña Peña, Sandra Ramos, Esterio Segura, Lisette Solórzano, and others.

Press release from the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at right, Adrián Fernández's 'Untitled No. 1' 2017 from the series 'Pending Memories' (Memorias pendientes)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at right, Adrián Fernández’s Untitled No. 1 2017 (below) from the series Pending Memories (Memorias pendientes)

 

Adrián Fernández (Cuban, b. 1984)
'Untitled No. 1 (Sin título No. 1)' 2017, printed 2020 from the series 'Pending Memories' (Memorias pendientes) from the exhibition 'Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography' at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, Sept 2024 - March 2025

 

Adrián Fernández (Cuban, b. 1984)
Untitled No. 1 (Sin título No. 1)
2017, printed 2020
From the series Pending Memories (Memorias pendientes)
Inkjet print
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Museum purchase funded by Photo Forum 2021
© 2017 Adrián Fernández

 

Inspired by industrial remnants, unfinished construction projects, propaganda billboards, and carnival decorations, Adrián Fernández collaborated with architects, engineers, and computer specialists to combine a lens-based photograph (the landscape) with a digitally constructed image of the back of a fictional structure. It is easy to imagine this structure, set along the Malecón (Havana’s seaside esplanade), as the remains of a once-grand declaration, facing north like a challenge to the United States and as a greeting to anyone arriving in Havana by sea. Fernández intends this image to be a metaphor for today’s teetering ruins of the Cuban Revolution’s grand ambitions.

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left the wall text for the section "Picturing Life: Joys and Hardships in Postrevolution Cuba"

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left the wall text for the section “Picturing Life: Joys and Hardships in Postrevolution Cuba”

 

Picturing Life: Joys and Hardships in Postrevolution Cuba

As Cuba increasingly adopted Soviet-style economic, social, political, and cultural policies beginning in the 1970s, many photographers referenced patriotic themes such as the Cuban flag, a military parade, and public portraits of Fidel Castro and independence hero José Martí. While ostensibly honouring the new Cuba, some of these artists began questioning both the power of photography and its relationship to political authority. Given the government’s control of culture, however, any criticism of the island’s situation was necessarily masked behind politically defensible images. Some photographers stepped away entirely from government-sanctioned subjects, styles, and platforms, and instead frankly depicted the hardships and aspirations of rural Cubans in the post-revolutionary era, as well as the day-to-day joys of life – particularly in childhood – divorced from political concerns.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at second right, José A. Figueroa's 'Untitled' 1992 from the series 'The Image'

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at second right, José A. Figueroa’s Untitled 1992 from the series The Image (below)

 

José A. Figueroa (Cuban, b. 1946)
'Untitled' 1992, printed 2023 From the series 'The Image'

 

José A. Figueroa (Cuban, b. 1946)
Untitled
1992, printed 2023
From the series The Image
Gelatin silver print
40 x 50cm
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Museum purchase funded by Joan Morgenstern in honor of Raquel Carrera

 

Over the course of decades, Alberto Korda’s protégé and longtime printer José Figueroa printed thousands of copies of Korda’s iconic portrait of Che Guevara. As he worked to fulfil the never-ending demand for Guerrillero heroico, in 1992, 25 years after Che’s death, Figueroa photographed dozens of fresh prints laid out on his bed to dry, an image that revealed his own awareness of the changing nature and role of photography in Cuba from servant of the socialist revolution to commodity and social commentary.

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at second left, Eduardo Muñoz Ordoqui's 'Untitled' 1992 from the series 'Zoo-Logos'; and at third right, Eduardo Muñoz Ordoqui's 'Untitled' 1992 from the series 'Zoo-Logos'

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at second left, Eduardo Muñoz Ordoqui’s Untitled 1992 from the series Zoo-Logos (below); and at third right, Eduardo Muñoz Ordoqui’s Untitled 1992 from the series Zoo-Logos (below)

 

Eduardo Muñoz Ordoqui (Cuban, b. 1964) 'Untitled' 1992 From the series 'Zoo-Logos'

 

Eduardo Muñoz Ordoqui (Cuban, b. 1964)
Untitled
1992
From the series Zoo-Logos
Gelatin silver print
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Museum purchase funded by Clinton T. Willour in honor of Mickey Marvins
© 1992 Eduardo Muñoz Oroqui

 

The challenge for Cuban artists has long been to find a way to portray life candidly and critically without triggering the attention of censors. For Eduardo Muñoz Ordoqui, this process began with trips to Havana’s zoo, where he photographed visitors, employees, caged animals, and even the adjacent slaughterhouse, where horses were killed to feed the large cats. By the 1990s, the zoo had become home to neglected creatures enduring their confinement as best they could, a metaphor for the extreme circumstances of life in 1990s Cuba.

 

Eduardo Muñoz Ordoqui (Cuban, b. 1964) 'Untitled' 1990-1992
From the series 'Zoo-Logos'

 

Eduardo Muñoz Ordoqui (Cuban, b. 1964)
Untitled
1990-1992
From the series Zoo-Logos
Gelatin silver print
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Museum purchase funded by Clinton T. Willour in honor of Mickey Marvins
© 1992 Eduardo Muñoz Oroqui

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

Installation views of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at right, María Cienfuegos Leiseca's 'Untitled' 2011 from the series 'La familia se retrata'

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at right, María Cienfuegos Leiseca’s Untitled 2011 from the series La familia se retrata (below)

 

María Cienfuegos Leiseca (Cuban, b. 1974) 'Untitled' 2011 From the series 'La familia se retrata'

 

María Cienfuegos Leiseca (Cuban, b. 1974)
Untitled
2011
From the series La familia se retrata
From the series Family Portrayed
Inkjet print
15 11/16 × 23 5/8 in. (39.9 × 60 cm)
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
The Madeleine P. Plonsker Collection, museum purchase funded by the Caroline Wiess Law Accessions Endowment

 

In Cuba, a narrow island spanning just 118 miles at its widest point, beach excursions are common, often bringing together several generations of a family. For her series of family portraits at the beach, María Cienfuegos Leiseca asked her subjects to choose how they wished to be represented. Unlike the solemn, carefully posed formal portraits seen throughout art history, Cienfuegos Leiseca’s photographs capture the spontaneity of a joyous family reunion.

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at third right, Alfredo Sarabia Fajardo's 'Untitled' 2017 from the series 'Casa Redonda'

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at third right, Alfredo Sarabia Fajardo’s Untitled 2017 from the series Casa Redonda (below)

 

Alfredo Sarabia Fajardo (Cuban, b. 1986) 'Untitled'
2017, printed 2021
From the series 'Casa Redonda'

 

Alfredo Sarabia Fajardo (Cuban, b. 1986)
Untitled
2017, printed 2021
From the series Casa Redonda
From the series Round House
Inkjet print
13 9/16 × 20 1/2 in. (34.5 × 52cm)
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Museum purchase funded by Madeleine Plonsker

 

The family Volkswagen dating to his childhood has become a playground for Alfredo Sarabia Fajardo’s young children and a way to connect to his father who died when the younger Alfredo was just six. “I frequently travel with my family, just as my father did with me, even using the same or similar objects,” the photographer explained. “As a natural consequence of this, I reactivate the memories of my childhood, refresh the nostalgia, and end up reliving some of those experiences. I like to think of it as a creative legacy that gets renewed, embodying the very spirit of a journey.”

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left the wall text for the section "Turning Inward: Memory, the Body, and Identity"

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left the wall text for the section “Turning Inward: Memory, the Body, and Identity”

 

Turning Inward: Memory, the Body, and Identity

With the collapse of the Soviet Union in the early 1990s, Cuba lost its principal political ally, trade partner, and financial supporter. The nation plunged into desperate economic times, which Fidel Castro dubbed a “special period in a time of peace.” Basic necessities such as food and fuel were rationed, if available at all, even as governmental control of social and cultural life eased. Working with expired or improvised materials, many photographers turned from documentation of the public sphere to a more personal and poetic exploration of the private realm, taking Cuban photography into new aesthetic and social territory. Often, photographers used their own bodies as vehicles to examine Afro-Cuban ritual, personal history, sexual identity, race, and gender.

 

Gory (Rogelio López Marin) (Cuban, b. 1953) From the series 'It's Only Water in the Teardrop of a Stranger' (Es sólo agua en la lágrima de un extraño) 1986, printed 2023

 

Gory (Rogelio López Marin) (Cuban, b. 1953)
From the series It’s Only Water in the Teardrop of a Stranger (Es sólo agua en la lágrima de un extraño)
1986, printed 2023
Chromogenic print
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Museum purchase funded by the Photography Subcommittee, 2023
© 1986 Rogelio López Marín (Gory)

 

Gory originally presented this series – perhaps the most prominent example of experimental Cuban photography of the 1980s – as an installation of nine photographs. Eight are photomontages in which a pool ladder in the foreground
gives access to an alternate world in the middle distance; the final image presents the empty pool, with an aura of abandonment. When first shown, each photograph was accompanied by a text fragment from Michael Ende’s The Mirror in the Mirror: A Labyrinth (1984). The first of those phrases began: “Like a swimmer who has gotten lost under a layer of ice, I look for a place to emerge, but there is no place. All life long I swim holding my breath.”

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

Installation views of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography' at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at right top, Alejandro González's 'Untitled' 2008 from the series 'Conducta impropia'; and at second right, Alejandro González's '2:57 am, 24 de dic de 2005, Vedado, La Habana, Cuba' 2005 from the series 'AM-PM'

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at right top, Alejandro González’s Untitled 2008 from the series Conducta impropia (below); and at second right, Alejandro González’s 2:57 am, 24 de dic de 2005, Vedado, La Habana, Cuba 2005 from the series AM-PM (below)

 

Alejandro González (Cuban, b. 1974) 'Untitled' 2008 From the series 'Conducta impropia'

 

Alejandro González (Cuban, b. 1974)
Untitled
2008
From the series Conducta impropia
From the seres Improper Behaviour
Chromogenic print
23 × 22 15/16 in. (58.4 × 58.3cm)
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
The Madeleine P. Plonsker Collection, Gift of Madeleine and Harvey Plonsker

 

Not without setbacks, major advances in LGBTQ+ legal rights had occurred in Cuba by the 2000s, and most legal prohibitions against homosexuality had been lifted. Alejandro González was on hand for the second annual event in observance of the International Day Against Homophobia in 2008. There, he carried out the first part of a series titled Improper Behavior – large, extreme close-up portraits of participants, so close that the subjects’ gender becomes hard to identify. Although frontal and straightforward as a mugshot, they are nonetheless assertive of power rather than subservient to it.

The title of Alejandro González’s series Conducta impropia is an intentional reference to the 1984 documentary of the same name by Cuban exiles Néstor Almendros and Orlando Jiménez Leal detailing the Castro government’s oppression of Cuba’s gay population.

 

Alejandro González (Cuban, b. 1974)
'2:57 am, 24 de dic de 2005, Vedado, La Habana, Cuba'
2005 From the series 'AM-PM'

 

Alejandro González (Cuban, b. 1974)
2:57 am, 24 de dic de 2005, Vedado, La Habana, Cuba
2005
From the series AM-PM
Inkjet print
21 1/4 × 21 1/4 in. (54 × 54cm)
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
The Madeleine P. Plonsker Collection, museum purchase funded by the Caroline Wiess Law Accessions Endowment

 

“In 2005, I started getting interested in social topics and people,” Alejandro González has said. “I was seeing what was happening in society, and I was feeling that I was not participating.” A night creature himself at age 31, Alejandro González began with a candid look at youth culture in the wee hours of the morning along Havana’s 23rd Street, a hub of nightlife. Using a Rolleiflex camera, with its square format and characteristically low vantage point, his method was straightforward, and his pictures – almost always made with the permission of his subjects – felt undeniably authentic.

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at right top, Alejandro González's 'Untitled' 2008 from the series 'Conducta impropia'; and at second right, Alejandro González's '2:57 am, 24 de dic de 2005, Vedado, La Habana, Cuba' 2005 from the series 'AM-PM'; and at third right, Alejandro González's 'Untitled' 2008 from the series 'Conducta impropia'

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at right top, Alejandro González’s Untitled 2008 from the series Conducta impropia (above); and at second right, Alejandro González’s 2:57 am, 24 de dic de 2005, Vedado, La Habana, Cuba 2005 from the series AM-PM (above); and at third right, Alejandro González’s Untitled 2008 from the series Conducta impropia (below)

 

Alejandro González (Cuban, b. 1974) 'Untitled' 2008 From the series 'Conducta impropia'

 

Alejandro González (Cuban, b. 1974)
Untitled
2008
From the series Conducta impropia
From the series Improper Behaviour
Chromogenic print
23 3/8 × 17 3/8 in. (59.3 × 44.2cm)
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
The Madeleine P. Plonsker Collection, museum purchase funded by the Caroline Wiess Law Accessions Endowment

 

A month after beginning his series Improper Behaviour with close-up portraits, Alejandro González continued the project by photographing jubilant young people at a gay pride party at Mi Cayito, a popular gay beach east of Havana that little more than a decade earlier had been subject to police raids, arrests, fines, and threats of imprisonment.

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left the wall text from the section "Questioning the Revolution: Cuban Photography in the Twentieth-First Century"

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left the wall text from the section “Questioning the Revolution: Cuban Photography in the Twentieth-First Century”

 

Questioning the Revolution: Cuban Photography in the Twentieth-First Century

Artists of the present generation were born long after the glory days of the Cuban Revolution and came of age in the hardship years of the 1990s. Nonetheless, they began their artistic careers with a greater awareness of international contemporary art. Working in a more conceptual and experimental manner, these artists address the current political, social, and economic situation more pointedly, albeit slyly, so as not to run afoul of government dictates and official arbiters of culture. For many, the very symbols that once celebrated the new nation – its flag, currency, stamps, passports, and more – have become vehicles for a veiled critique of the current state of Cuban society. The precarious nature of life in present-day Cuba and the widespread desire for emigration have become common subjects.

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

Installation views of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston showing at left, Houston Liudmila & Nelson's photograph 'Absolut Revolution - La Isla' (Absolut Revolution - The Island) 2002

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts showing at left, Houston Liudmila & Nelson’s photograph Absolut Revolution – La Isla (Absolut Revolution – The Island) 2002

 

Installation view of the exhibition ‘Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

 

Installation view of the exhibition Navigating the Waves: Contemporary Cuban Photography at the Museum of Fine Arts

 

Jorge Luis Álvarez Pupo (Cuban, b. 1970) 'Wandering Paths No. 15' (Caminos errantes No. 15) 2009

 

Jorge Luis Álvarez Pupo (Cuban, b. 1970)
Wandering Paths No. 15 (Caminos errantes No. 15)
2009
From the series Wandering Paths (Caminos errantes)
Gelatin silver print
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
The Madeleine P. Plonsker Collection, gift of Madeleine and Harvey Plonsker
© 2009 Jorge Luis Álvarez Pupo

 

Born, raised, and schooled in Havana, Jorge Luis Álvarez Pupo continued to think of himself as Cuban even when residing abroad. His series Wandering Paths is a visual reflection on the theme of migration. Now living and working in Belgium, Álvarez Pupo said the series takes “as inspiration the moment I realised that I myself had become an immigrant, even when visiting my own country. It reflects on people who have been forced to leave their environment to face the unknown, which is not always welcoming.”

 

 

Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
1001 Bissonnet Street
Houston, TX 77005

Opening hours:
Wednesday 11am – 5pm
Thursday 11am – 9pm
Friday 11am – 6pm
Saturday 11am – 6pm
Sunday 12.30pm – 6pm
Closed Monday and Tuesday, except Monday holidays
Closed Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day

Museum of Fine Arts, Boston website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845’ at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

Exhibition dates: 5th October, 2024 – 26th January, 2025

 

John Vachon (American, 1914-1975) 'Untitled photo [possibly related to Farms of Farm Security Administration clients, Guilford and Beaufort Counties, North Carolina, April 1938]' 1938

 

John Vachon (American, 1914-1975)
Untitled photo [possibly related to Farms of Farm Security Administration clients, Guilford and Beaufort Counties, North Carolina, April 1938]
1938
Negative

Please note: photograph not in the exhibition

 

 

Contested ground

This exhibition traces, through the development of documentary photography, the interweaving strands that make up the fluidity of identity, race and culture that is the American South, addressing through a variety of photographic processes and styles across a large time period the concerns that have engaged human beings in this area for decades and now centuries: freedom, equality, liberty, nation, religion and economic subjugation. As the introductory panel says, “A Long Arc” demonstrates “how Southern photography has shaped American concepts of race, place, and history.”

Gregory Harris, curator of photography at the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, observes that, “one of the main themes of the exhibition is how race is articulated and how racial hierarchies and racial stereotypes are reinforced through photographs across the history of photography.” “A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845″ shields viewers from nothing, presenting the South as a chilling microcosm of U.S. culture. The region’s history of violence, disenfranchisement and political strife are not censored in the exhibit.”

Periods and themes addressed in the exhibition include but are not limited to the Antebellum South, abolition of slavery, American Civil War, Reconstruction era, Jim Crow era, Farm Security Administration, Southern Gothic, Civil Rights Movement and, “in the most modern section, images dive into Southern femininity, the growing acceptance of interracial relationships in the Deep South and the emergence of a thriving LGBTQIA+ culture.”

This is such a complex and contested field to address in one photographic survey exhibition but it seems to me an admirable way to interrogate the ongoing histories and injustices of the American South. As my friend and fellow photographer Colin Vickery observes, “the sheer variety of images gives a richness of viewing experience that I think goes some way towards illustrating life, in all its complexities and contradictions, of the region.” Well said.

“A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845” succeeds in surveying the South in its most complete form: not as a place that is “backward,” but as a place that has forever been the epicenter of contention and change. Documentary photography thrives in the South because the region has always been ground zero of the social disorder reverberating throughout the nation, a place that seems lost in the past. Modern photographers honor the region’s complicated legacy by accenting even the most idyllic, beautiful scenes with a nod to its brutalistic history. The South is not the South without acknowledgment of the bloodshed on its soil…”1

While I am certainly no American scholar, far from it, to me this opposition of utopian and dystopian seems to reflect the infinite duality of the American psyche: the desire for attainment of money and success (any one can become president, anyone can make good) versus the dark underbelly of a brutal history: puritanical, one nation under god, a nation conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all men are created equal … except that’s never going to happen, forever and ever amen.

Indeed this richly layered and nuanced exhibition seems to be more fully focused on the dystopic rather than any celebration of American South culture per se and here I am particularly thinking of all the achievements in the areas of arts, literature, food, music – for example the energy of gospel, bluegrass and jazz. Yes, there are poetic photographs in the exhibition but there is little sign of joy or happiness in any of the images.

Margaret Renkl observes that, “The most powerful images capture the beauty and the tenderness and the self-possession of people who are living out their lives mostly invisible to the rest of the world,”2 and the stoicism of these lives, but I have struggled to find but a single photograph that evidences the joy of living among the assembled throng in this posting. Which is why I have included that most singular image at the top of the posting (not in the exhibition) by John Vachon of a Black American smiling and laughing. What a joy!

The Southern landscape can be seen as the repository of memory, history, and trauma but it can also be seen as the repository for families, love, kindness, respect and connection between human beings – not always opposition and conflict. And while the photographs in the exhibition “ask us to contemplate the dark, sublimated aspects of American popular culture, including violence, shame, and fear” they also ask us to share our experiences of who we are across time, race and culture. The photographs are memory containers for (still) living people.

By which I mean

Photographs are containers of, fragments of, memories of, histories of, events – remembrances of events – brought from past into present, informing the future, showing only snippets of the stories of both past and present lives. Parallel to the usual thought that photographs are about death, they are also memory containers for (still) living people.

As we look back into these photographs the people in them look forward to us, and live in us here and now. They expect more from us, to fight still against the further rise of intolerance, racism and right wing fascism, and to grasp that the joys and mysteries of life should be open to all.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

1/ Sophia Peyser. “New High Museum exhibit captures South at its most macabre,” on The Emory Wheel website Sept 25, 2023 [Online] Cited 23/01/2025

2/ Margaret Renkl. “A Photo Can Tell the Truth About a Lie. Or a Lie About the Truth,” on The New York Times website Sept. 18, 2023 [Online] Cited 20/12/2024


Many thankx to the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts for allowing me to publish  the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

“I have a strong attraction to the American South. People there have a marvellous exterior – wonderful manners, warm friendliness until you touch on things you’re not supposed to touch on. Then you see the hardness beneath the mask of nice manners.”


Elliott Erwitt

 

“When it comes to the unspeakable facts in the history of America, it’s largely the artists who’ve been willing to show us what others would not.”

“The foundation of this country is built upon speakable tensions – between ideas that we love and hold dear, between liberty, equality, and slavery itself.”


Sarah Lewis

 

The most powerful images capture the beauty and the tenderness and the self-possession of people who are living out their lives mostly invisible to the rest of the world. Or of the scarred but beautiful landscapes they call home. Or of the ramifications of an unresolved history still unspooling in this history-haunted part of the country. …

The magnificence of a retrospective like this is not just the accounting offered by its historical sweep, but the way it conveys the immense complexity of this region, to inspire a renewed attention to the cruel radiance of what is. Suffering does not always lead to compassion and change, but photographs like these remind us that standing in witness to suffering surely should.


Margaret Renkl. “A Photo Can Tell the Truth About a Lie. Or a Lie About the Truth,” on The New York Times website Sept. 18, 2023 [Online] Cited 20/12/2024

 

“… no small part of the show’s richness is the allowance it makes for inwardness and mystery. “Southern Gothic,” after all, is no less a part of the region’s cultural baggage than “Lost Cause” or “New South.” Among the most memorable images here, because they’re often the most inscrutable and / or evocative, come from Mann, E.J. Bellocq, Clarence John Laughlin, and Ralph Eugene Meatyard.”


Mark Feeney. “‘A long Arc’ bends toward justice at the Addison Gallery of American Art,” on The Boston Globe website March 7, 2024 [Online] Cited 24/12/2024

 

 

Unidentified photographer. 'Georgian house, with posed African-American family, Norfolk Harbor, Virginia' Late 1850s from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

Unidentified photographer
Georgian house, with posed African-American family, Norfolk Harbor, Virginia
Late 1850s
Whole-plate ambrotype
Collection of Michael Mattis and Judith Hochberg
Photo: Steven Paneccasio

 

Unidentified photographer. 'Young biracial artilleryman' Undated from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

Unidentified photographer
Young biracial artilleryman
Undated
Ambrotype
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Lucinda Weil Bunnen Fund and the Donald and Marilyn Keough Family

 

The majority of photographs made during the Civil War were inexpensive, small, portable portraits for soldiers on the field and their families at home. As precious keepsakes, these portraits served as testaments to familial bonds, social relations, economic positions, and political ideologies. In carefully orchestrating their dress, accoutrement, and bearing, sitters signaled their allegiances or staged their transformation from citizen to soldier. The opportunity to reinvent themselves before the camera at times even led to a bit of fakery, as soldiers sometimes gussied themselves up with props and uniforms that did not always fit with their military rank.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

William Abott Pratt (American born England, 1818, active 1844-1856) 'View of Main Street, Richmond, Virginia' 1847-1851 from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

William Abott Pratt (American born England, 1818, active 1844-1856)
View of Main Street, Richmond, Virginia
1847-1851
Half-plate daguerreotype
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Floyd D. and Anne C. Gottwald Fund

 

One of a handful of known daguerreotypes of the city of Richmond, this view of Main Street looking east toward Church Hill was probably taken from the window of William Pratt’s first “Virginia Daguerriean Gallery,” in the centre of the city’s printing and publishing industry. The distinctive roof of the Richmond Masonic lodge is visible in the distance, as is the three-story City Hotel just beyond the trees to the east. The hotel served as one of the major auction houses for enslaved individuals, as did the firm Pulliam & Davis across the street.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

 

Take an epic journey through the American South from 1845 to today. In A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845, presented at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, encounter the everyday lives and ordinary places captured in evocative photos that contemplate the region’s central role in shaping American history and identity and its critical impact on the development of photography. This is the first major exhibition in more than 25 years to explore the full history of photography in and about the South.

A Long Arc explores the American South’s distinct, evolving, and contradictory character through an examination of photography and how photographers working in the region have reckoned with the South’s fraught history and posed urgent questions about American identity. Organised chronologically, the exhibition traces the South’s shifting identity in more than two hundred photographs made over more than 175 years.

The exhibition’s individual sections delve into the themes of photography before, during, and after the Civil War; documentary photography of the 1930s and ’40s; images of a post-World War II South in economic, racial, and psychic dissonance with the nation; photography as catalyst for change during the civil rights movement; reflective narrative photography of the late 20th century; and contemporary photography examining social, environmental, and economic issues.

A Long Arc presents a richly layered archive that captures the region’s beauty and complexity. Offering a full visual accounting of the South’s role in shaping American history, identity and culture, the exhibition includes photographs by Alexander Gardner, George Barnard, P.H. Polk, Lewis Hine, Walker Evans, Dorothea Lange, Marion Post Wolcott, Robert Frank, Clarence John Laughlin, Ralph Eugene Meatyard, Bruce Davidson, Danny Lyon, Doris Derby, Ernest Withers, William Eggleston, William Christenberry, Baldwin Lee, Sally Mann, Carrie Mae Weems, Susan Worsham, Carolyn Drake, Sheila Pree-Bright, RaMell Ross, and others.

Text from the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts website

 

Unidentified photographer. 'Woman wearing secession sash' c. 1860 from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

Unidentified photographer
Woman wearing secession sash
c. 1860
Ambrotype
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Lucinda Weil Bunnen Fund and the Donald and Marilyn Keough Family

 

In 1860-61, patriotic fervour (both pro- and anti-secession) was at its height, according to the Creative Cockades website. Women, in particular, wore dresses or other garments festooned with cockades, or they might wear a sash, such as this Southern woman. The reality of a bloody war had not yet set in and many thought the coming conflict would be minimal.

In South Carolina, civilian men and women, and even companies of soldiers, wore palmetto emblems during the Civil War, according to Hinman Auctions.

“Southern cockades were generally all blue, all red, or red and white,” according to Creative Cockades. “Once again, center emblems include stars, military buttons and pictures, but additionally Southern products such as palmetto fronds, pine burs, corn or cotton were used.”

Phil Gast. “Tracing ‘A Long Arc’: These 9 Civil War-era photographs in an Atlanta exhibit drive home identity, race and trauma across the South, US,” on The Civil War Picket website Friday, January 12, 2024 [Online] Cited 20/12/2024

 

Smith & Vannerson (77 Main St., Richmond, Va) 'Gilbert Hunt (c. 1780-1863), Virginia freed slave' 1861-1863

 

Smith & Vannerson (77 Main St., Richmond, Va)
Gilbert Hunt (c. 1780-1863), Virginia freed slave
1861-1863
Salt print on card stock
7 3/8 x 5 1/4 inches print
Public domain

 

Gilbert Hunt was an African-American blacksmith in Richmond who became known in the city for his aid during two fires: the Richmond Theatre fire in 1811 and the Virginia State Penitentiary fire in 1823. Born enslaved in King William County, Hunt trained as a blacksmith in Richmond and remained there most of the rest of his life. After the Richmond Theatre caught fire on December 26, 1811, he ran to the scene and, with the help of Dr. James D. McCaw, helped to rescue as many as a dozen women. He performed a similar feat of courage on August 8, 1823, during the penitentiary fire. Hunt purchased his freedom and in 1829 immigrated to the West African colony of Liberia, where he stayed only eight months. After returning to Richmond, he resumed blacksmithing and served as an outspoken, sometimes-controversial deacon in the First African Baptist Church. In 1848 he helped form the Union Burial Ground Society. In 1859, a Richmond author published a biography of Hunt, largely in the elderly blacksmith’s own words, but portraying him as impoverished and meek, a depiction at odds with the historical record. Hunt died on April 26, 1863, and a notice in the next day’s Richmond Dispatch described him as “a useful and respected resident of Richmond.” He was buried at Phoenix Burying Ground, later Cedarwood Cemetery, and eventually part of Richmond’s Barton Heights Cemeteries.

Dionna Mann. “Gilbert Hunt (ca. 1780-1863),” in Encyclopedia Virginia. Virginia Humanities, 07 December 2020

 

Gilbert Hunt, a skilled blacksmith from Richmond shown here gripping a hammer, understood the power of photography as a tool for self-creation, especially for the formerly enslaved. Hunt, who was lauded for rescuing numerous people from two blazing fires, one in 1811 and one in 1823, ultimately purchased his freedom for $800 in 1829. Over the next three decades, he led a remarkable life, traveling to Liberia to explore the possibilities for Black resettlement with the American Colonization Society before returning to Richmond and serving as an outspoken pastor and blacksmith. This portrait was commissioned by a benevolent society in Richmond who sold prints to raise funds for the elderly Hunt.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

McPherson & Oliver. 'The Scourged Back of "Peter" an escaped slave from Louisiana' April 2, 1863

 

McPherson & Oliver, Baton Rouge
William D. McPherson (? – October 9, 1867) and J. Oliver (?-?)
Peter or The Scourged Back of “Peter” an escaped slave from Louisiana 
April 2, 1863
Albumen silver print (carte de visite)
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Lucinda Weil Bunnen Fund and the Donald and Marilyn Keough Family
Public domain

 

“Overseer Artayou Carrier whipped me. I was two months in bed sore from the whipping. My master come after I was whipped; he discharged the overseer. The very words of poor Peter, taken as he sat for his picture.”

Gordon, a runaway slave seen with severe whipping scars in this haunting carte-de-visite portrait, is one of the many African Americans whose lives Sojourner Truth endeavored to better. Perhaps the most famous of all known Civil War-era portraits of slaves, the photograph dates from March or April 1863 and was made in a camp of Union soldiers along the Mississippi River, where the subject took refuge after escaping his bondage on a nearby Mississippi plantation.

On Saturday, July 4, 1863, this portrait and two others of Gordon appeared as wood engravings in a special Independence Day feature in Harper’s Weekly. McPherson & Oliver’s portrait and Gordon’s narrative in the newspaper were extremely popular, and photography studios throughout the North (including Mathew B. Brady’s) duplicated and sold prints of The Scourged Back. Within months, the carte de visite had secured its place as an early example of the wide dissemination of ideologically abolitionist photographs.

Text from The Metropolitan Museum of Art website

 

The photograph of “Whipped Peter,” who fled a Louisiana plantation after a savage whipping, was among the most widely circulated images of the 19th century. “Peter barely survived the beating that made his back a map,” writes the scholar Imani Perry in an Aperture monograph that accompanies the exhibit, “and then ran to freedom, barefoot and chased by bloodhounds.”

The raised scars in that photograph were undeniable in a way that other accounts of slavery’s brutality, however powerful, had not been. The image tells the truth about slavery “in a way that even Mrs. [Harriet Beecher] Stowe can not approach,” wrote a journalist of the time, “because it tells the story to the eye.”

Margaret Renkl. “A Photo Can Tell the Truth About a Lie. Or a Lie About the Truth,” on The New York Times website Sept. 18, 2023 [Online] Cited 20/12/2024

 

During the Civil War, studio photographers produced and disseminated carte de visite portraits, or small format photographs that could be mass produced, of enslaved and emancipated Black individuals to promote abolitionist causes and reinforce support for the Union Army. Some were meant to shock and spur abolitionist outrage, especially among those who may have only heard accounts of cruelty. This portrait was made in a Union camp in the South where a formerly enslaved man named Peter – often misidentified as Gordon – sought refuge after escaping from a plantation. The image of his horrific whipping scars testified to the violence of slavery and contradicted the narrative that slavery was an economic concern rather than a racist institution. After Harper’s Weekly reproduced the image, photography studios throughout the North duplicated and sold prints to raise funds for abolitionist causes.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Mathew B. Brady Studio (American, active 1844-1873) 'Slave Pens, Alexandria, VA' 1862

 

Mathew B. Brady Studio (American, active 1844-1873)
Slave Pens, Alexandria, VA
1862
Albumen silver print (carte de visite)
High Museeum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Lucinda Weil Bunnen Fund and the Donald and Marilyn Keough Family

 

Andrew Joseph Russell (American, 1829-1902) 'Slave Pen, Alexandria, Virginia' 1863

 

Andrew Joseph Russell (American, 1829-1902)
Slave Pen, Alexandria, Virginia
1863
Albumen silver print
High Museum of Art
Purchased with funds Lucinda Weill Bunnen Fund and the Donald and Marilyn Keogh Family

 

Better known for his later views commissioned by the Union Pacific Railroad, A. J. Russell, a captain in the 141st New York Infantry Volunteers, was one of the few Civil War photographers who was also a soldier. As a photographer-engineer for the U.S. Military Railroad Con struction Corps, Russell’s duty was to make a historical record of both the technical accomplishments of General Herman Haupt’s engineers and the battlefields and camp sites in Virginia. This view of a slave pen in Alexandria guarded, ironically, by Union officers shows Russell at his most insightful; the pen had been converted by the Union Army into a prison for captured Confederate soldiers.

Between 1830 and 1836, at the height of the American cotton market, the District of Columbia, which at that time included Alexandria, Virginia, was considered the seat of the slave trade. The most infamous and successful firm in the capital was Franklin & Armfield, whose slave pen is shown here under a later owner’s name. Three to four hundred slaves were regularly kept on the premises in large, heavily locked cells for sale to Southern plantation owners. According to a note by Alexander Gardner, who published a similar view, “Before the war, a child three years old, would sell in Alexandria, for about fifty dollars, and an able-bodied man at from one thousand to eighteen hundred dollars. A woman would bring from five hundred to fifteen hundred dollars, according to her age and personal attractions.”

Late in the 1830s Franklin and Armfield, already millionaires from the profits they had made, sold out to George Kephart, one of their former agents. Although slavery was outlawed in the District in 1850, it flourished across the Potomac in Alexandria. In 1859, Kephart joined William Birch, J. C. Cook, and C. M. Price and conducted business under the name of Price, Birch & Co. The partnership was dissolved in 1859, but Kephart continued operating his slave pen until Union troops seized the city in the spring of 1861.

Text from The Metropolitan Museum of Art website

 

Even before photographs of battle fortifications and mass graves and prison camps and cities in ruin brought home in detail the enormous scale and human cost of the Civil War, images of the realities of enslaved people in the South inspired widespread moral outrage and aided the abolitionist movement. Southern politicians had been lying about both the benevolence of enslavers and the “three-fifths” nature of Black humanity since the founding of this country, but the real truth about slavery began to come clear to most people outside the South only when the first photographs of enslaved people emerged.

“Slave pens at Alexandria,” reads the hand-labeled reproduction of a photo by the celebrated Civil War photographer Mathew B. Brady. Think about the cold fact of that label for a moment. The places where enslaved people were imprisoned before being sold weren’t called jails. They were called pens. Built to contain livestock.

Margaret Renkl. “A Photo Can Tell the Truth About a Lie. Or a Lie About the Truth,” on The New York Times website Sept. 18, 2023 [Online] Cited 20/12/2024

 

At the start of the Civil War, Northerners arriving in Alexandria, Virginia, were shocked to find a site known as the “old slave pen.” Designed by slave traders, these locations housed enslaved individuals as they awaited auction in the District of Columbia or before being transported south. Mathew Brady’s 1862 photograph of the notorious slave trading firm Price Birch & Company (see nearby case) testified to the utter inhumanity of slavery. Made in 1863, Russell’s photograph captured the site when it served a different function, as a holding cell for Confederate prisoners of war.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Unidentified photographer. '"Ram", 2nd Regiment, United States Colored Light Artillery, Battery A' c. 1864 from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

Unidentified photographer
“Ram”, 2nd Regiment, United States Colored Light Artillery, Battery A
c. 1864
Albumen silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Lucinda Weil Bunnen Fund and the Donald and Marilyn Keough Family

 

Organised in Nashville in 1864 and dispatched until 1866, Battery A of the 2nd regiment of the US Colored Light Artillery accompanied the infantry and cavalry troops into battle with horse-drawn cannons. More than twenty-five thousand Black artillerymen, many of whom were freedmen from Confederate states, served in the Union Army. Artillerymen, including the cannoneers shown here, were required to handle hundreds of pounds of supplies, such as the gun, its limber, a travelling forge, and caissons to store the ammunition. Though many batteries were relegated to everyday garrison duty, Battery A fought in the Battle of Nashville in December 1864, where these photographs chronicling the loading and firing of the gun may have been taken.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

George N. Barnard (American, 1819–1902) 'Rebel Works in Front of Atlanta, Ga., No. 1' 1864

 

George N. Barnard (American, 1819–1902)
Rebel Works in Front of Atlanta, Ga., No. 1
1864
Albumen silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Mrs. Everett N. McDonnell

 

On September 1, 1864, the Confederates abandoned Atlanta, and Barnard headed to the evacuated city with his camera to explore its elaborative defenses. Barnard presents nine views of the destruction of Atlanta – half made during the war, half in 1866. Collectively, the series remains among the most celebrated by any nineteenth-century American photographer. This view is one of the most frequently cited and reproduced of all Barnard’s war photographs. The subject is an abandoned Confederate fort with rows of chevaux-de-frise running through the landscape. As he did in one-third of the photographs in Sherman’s Campaign, Barnard used two negatives to produce the print: one for the landscape, one for the sky. The powerful effect seems to have inspired the set designers of many Civil War motion pictures, from Gone with the Wind (1939) to the present.

Text from The Metropolitan Museum of Art website

 

George Barnard was one of several photographers who worked for Civil War photographer Mathew Brady before setting out on his own in 1863. Barnard’s best-known works are striking images of General Sherman’s March to the Sea as the Union Army burned nearly everything in its path between Atlanta and Savannah. He published sixty-one albumen plates from this project in 1866 as an album titled Photographic Views of Sherman’s Campaign. More than a documentarian, Barnard wanted his landscapes made in the wake of destruction to convey the emotional complexity that followed the end of the war. He carefully retouched his negatives and often combined two negatives – one exposed for the ground and the other for the sky – to create moody, atmospheric images.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

A.J. Riddle (American, 1825-1893) 'Union Prisoners of War at Camp Sumter, Andersonville Prison, Georgia. View from the main gate of the stockade, August 17' 1864

 

A.J. Riddle (American, 1825-1893)
Union Prisoners of War at Camp Sumter, Andersonville Prison, Georgia. View from the main gate of the stockade, August 17
1864
Albumen print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Lucinda Weil Bunnen Fund and the Donald and Marilyn Keough Family

 

Andersonville prison was created in February 1864 and served until April 1865. The site was commanded by Captain Henry Wirz, who was tried and executed after the war for war crimes. The prison was overcrowded to four times its capacity, and had an inadequate water supply, inadequate food, and unsanitary conditions. Of the approximately 45,000 Union prisoners held at Camp Sumter during the war, nearly 13,000 (28%) died. The chief causes of death were scurvy, diarrhoea, and dysentery.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

Unidentified photographer. 'Picket station of colored troops near Dutch Gap Canal, Dutch Gap, Virginia' 1864

 

Unidentified photographer
Picket station of colored troops near Dutch Gap Canal, Dutch Gap, Virginia
1864
Albumen silver print (stereocard)
Dimensions
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Lucinda Weil Bunnen Fund and the Donald and Marilyn Keough Family

 

 

A Long Arc presents the diversity, beauty, and complexity of photography made in the American South since the 1840s. It examines how Southern photography has articulated the distinct and evolving character of the South’s people, landscape, and culture and reckoned with its complex history. It shows the role played by Southern photography at key crisis points in the country’s history, including the Civil War, the Great Depression, and the civil rights movement. And it explores the ways that photographers working in the region have both sustained and challenged its prevailing mythologies.

As both region and concept, the South has long held a central place within American culture. Profoundly influential American musical and literary movements emerged here, and many great political and social leaders hail from the region, yet histories of violence, disenfranchisement, and struggle dating back centuries continue to reverberate and shape it. For these reasons, the South is perhaps the most mythologized, romanticised, and stereotyped place in America.

The many contradictions inherent in this country’s history, ideals, and myths are arguably closer to the surface in the South’s unruly landscape and diverse faces than elsewhere in the United States. This makes it ideal terrain for photographers to critically engage with and examine American identity. Through the pictures in this exhibition, the South – so often dismissed as backward or marginalised as a place of alluring eccentricity – emerges as the fulcrum of both American photography and American history.

1845-1865: To Vex the Nation: Antebellum South and the Civil War

Photography arrived in the American South very soon after its introduction in Europe in 1839. By the early 1840s, numerous portrait studios popped up throughout the region, affording people a way to preserve their likenesses. Portrait photography in the antebellum South was most distinctive for how it projected and channelled racial and social identity at a moment of intense debate over slavery. It was not unusual for Southern slaveholders to commission photographs of their children with enslaved members of their
households, a means of reinforcing social hierarchies. Yet, significantly, the medium also offered free Black Americans a means to declare their presence and self-possession in a society that did not regard them as citizens.

With the outbreak of the Civil War in 1861, photography emerged as a crucial medium through which Americans witnessed and confronted the horrors of modern warfare and understood the conflict’s significance to themselves and to their country. The mass mobilisation of soldiers coincided with the development of cheaper and faster ways of making pictures, fuelling a vibrant market for Civil War portraits. These precious keepsakes allowed sitters to display their political allegiances and sustain connections between the battlefield and the home front.

While portraiture was the most common form of photography at this time, the demand for photographs of battlefields, military encampments, and sites of conflict grew throughout the course of the war. These pictures circulated widely as both photographs and as newspaper illustrations made from photographs. Images of carnage, ruin, and especially the destruction of Southern cities helped Americans grasp the enormity of loss. They also introduced an enduring photographic trope: the Southern landscape as the repository of memory, history, and trauma.

Organised in Nashville in 1864 and dispatched until 1866, Battery A of the 2nd regiment of the US Colored Light Artillery accompanied the infantry and cavalry troops into battle with horse-drawn cannons. More than twenty-five thousand Black artillerymen, many of whom were freedmen from Confederate states, served in the Union Army. Artillerymen, including the cannoneers shown here, were required to handle hundreds of pounds of supplies, such as the gun, its limber, a traveling forge, and caissons to store the ammunition. Though many batteries were relegated to everyday garrison duty, Battery A fought in the Battle of Nashville in December 1864, where these photographs chronicling the loading and firing of the gun may have been taken.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

George N. Barnard (American, 1819-1902) 'Destruction of Hood's Ordnance Train' 1864

 

George N. Barnard (American, 1819-1902)
Destruction of Hood’s Ordnance Train
1864
From Photographic Views of Sherman’s Campaign
Albumen silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase

 

This dramatic bird’s-eye view documents the aftermath of the destruction of a Confederate military train filled with gunpowder. When abandoning Atlanta, Confederate General John Bell Hood ordered his troops to set the boxcars on fire so that the Union army would never be able to make use of the train. The explosion also completely levelled the nearby mill, leaving evidence of only a few rail wheels and axles.

Text from The Metropolitan Museum of Art website

 

George N. Barnard (American, 1819-1902) 'Ruins in Charleston, S.C.' 1865-1866, printed 1866

 

George N. Barnard (American, 1819-1902)
Ruins in Charleston, S.C.
1865-1866, printed 1866
Albumen silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase

 

Before the war, landscape photography in the South was rare and usually indicated the social or economic function of a place. But as the war spread throughout the South, photographers not only documented the military encampments on the battlefields but often rendered the landscape itself as an object of contemplation, reverie, and mourning. In this work, Barnard carefully seated two figures amid the rubble, their gazes casting out onto the ruined city. Posed as observers taking in the scope and spectacle of tragedy, they stand in for the viewers who experienced the war from afar. Photographs like these also served rhetorical purposes by making the immense destruction seem like divine retribution. As Sherman himself wrote, “I doubt any city was ever more terribly punished than Charleston, but as her people had for years been agitating for war and discord, and had finally inaugurated the Civil War, the judgment of the world will be that Charleston deserved the fate that befell her.”

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

George Barnard – widely considered one of the most important documentarians of the Civil War – began working with photography only several decades after its invention. The limitations of this burgeoning technology influenced how, when, and where Barnard shot his images. At the time, it was essentially impossible to capture quick motion, so Barnard primarily documented the effects of the war on landscapes and architecture. His richly detailed images are filled with anecdotal details that help tell the story of the Civil War and Sherman’s massive campaign through the South.

Text from the High Museum of Art website

 

George N. Barnard (American, 1819-1902) 'The "Hell Hole" New Hope Church, Georgia' 1861-1866

 

George N. Barnard (American, 1819-1902)
The “Hell Hole” New Hope Church, Georgia
1861-1866
Albumen silver print from glass negative
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

The Battle of New Hope Church (May 25-26, 1864) was a clash between the Union Army under Major General William T. Sherman and the Confederate Army of Tennessee led by General Joseph E. Johnston during the Atlanta Campaign of the American Civil War. Sherman broke loose from his railroad supply line in a large-scale sweep in an attempt to force Johnston’s army to retreat from its strong position south of the Etowah River. Sherman hoped that he had outmaneuvered his opponent, but Johnston rapidly shifted his army to the southwest. When the Union XX Corps under Major General Joseph Hooker tried to force its way through the Confederate lines at New Hope Church, its soldiers were stopped with heavy losses.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

John Reekie (American, 1829-1885) 'A Burial Party, Cold Harbor, Virginia' 1865, published 1866

 

John Reekie (American, 1829-1885)
A Burial Party, Cold Harbor, Virginia
1865, published 1866
Albumen silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Lucinda Weil Bunnen Fund and the Donald and Marilyn Keough Family, and the Addison Gallery of American Art

 

Few of the photographs in the Sketch Book evoke the intense sadness of A Burial Party, Cold Harbor, Virginia, one of the seven photographs Gardner included by the still-obscure field operative John Reekie. It is the only plate in the second volume that shows corpses, here being collected by African American soldiers. Four soldiers with shovels work in the background; in the foreground, a single labourer in a knit cap sits crouched behind a bier that holds the lower right leg of a dead combatant and five skulls – one for each member of the living work crew. Reekie’s atypical low vantage point and tight composition ensure that the foreground soldier’s head is precisely the same size as the bleached white skulls and that the head of one of the workers rests in the sky above the distant tree line. It is a macabre and chilling portrait – literally a study of black and white – that is as memorable as any made during the war.

Text from The Metropolitan Museum of Art website

 

Isaac H. Bonsall (American, 1833-1909) 'Bonsil's Photo Gallery, Chattanooga, TN' 1865

 

Isaac H. Bonsall (American, 1833-1909)
Bonsil’s Photo Gallery, Chattanooga, TN
1865
Albumen silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Lucinda Weil Bunnen Fund and the Donald Marilyn Keough Family

 

Note the framed photographs at far left on the wooden slat fence advertising the photographer’s work and examples of his carte de visite photographs to the left and right of the entrance. This photograph must have been taken not long after the assassination of President Abraham Lincoln on 15th April 1865 as the president’s image above the door is surrounded by black mourning cloth ~ Marcus

 

Isaac H. Bonsall was one of many enterprising photographers who took advantage of the public’s growing demand for portraits at the onset of the Civil War. In 1862, the New York Tribune published an observer’s account of the onslaught of travelling portrait studios among the army: “A camp is hardly pitched before one of the omnipresent artists in collodion and amber […] pitches his canvas gallery and unpacks his chemicals.”

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Isaac H. Bonsall (American, 1833-1909) 'Bonsil's Photo Gallery, Chattanooga, TN' 1865 (detail)

 

Isaac H. Bonsall (American, 1833-1909)
Bonsil’s Photo Gallery, Chattanooga, TN (detail)
1865
Albumen silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Lucinda Weil Bunnen Fund and the Donald Marilyn Keough Family

 

 

1865-1930: Less Splendid on the Surface

Between 1865 and 1930, the South experienced the abandonment of the promises of Reconstruction and the violent and legal enforcement of racial segregation. Yet this period also witnessed rebuilding of cities and industries, the founding of new institutions (including a significant number of Black schools), continued cultivation of the land, and the development of creative cultures that spread throughout the nation. Photography bore witness to these developments. Some photographers used the camera to sell an idyllic vision of the South that was at odds with the harsh reality, while others documented injustice and poverty with the goal of calling broader attention to the region’s struggles.

During this period, photography also became an increasingly familiar part of everyday life, accelerated by the rise of “penny picture” photography studios, cheap snapshot cameras, and the proliferation of inexpensive stereographs (a form of 3D photography) that brought the wonders of the world – and the South – into nearly every household. The greater accessibility of photography also opened the profession to a growing number of women and Black makers. Community portraiture in particular flourished, giving ordinary people the opportunity to document their lives and envision themselves as modern citizens. Across the South, studio photographers produced thousands of pictures – of public events, private celebrations, city streets, architectural views, and landscapes – that reveal the texture of everyday life and observe the ways people in the South lived, both together and apart from each other.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

John Horgan Jr. (American, 1859-1926) 'James Richardson's Plantation, Jackson, MS' 1892

 

John Horgan Jr. (American, 1859-1926)
James Richardson’s Plantation, Jackson, MS
1892
Albumen silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase

 

As Alabama’s “first commercial and industrial specialist,” in the 1890s John Horgan Jr. photographed the vast cotton plantations owned by industrial magnate Edmund Richardson, who also founded the lucrative and exploitative practice of convict labour (leasing prisoners from the state for forced, unpaid labour in exchange for supplying housing). Photographing at a plantation owned by Richardson’s son James, Horgan shows Black labourers, including young children, engaged in the backbreaking toil of harvesting and sorting cotton. Though made almost thirty years after the abolition of slavery, Horgan’s views of antebellum-style labour were a form of propaganda that minimised the conditions of extreme poverty and inequality that shaped African American life in the South.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

William Henry Jackson (American, 1843-1942) 'Florida. Tomaka River. The King's Ferry' 1898

 

William Henry Jackson (American, 1843-1942)
Florida. Tomaka River. The King’s Ferry
1898
Chromolithograph
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Gift of an Anonymous Donor

 

William Henry Jackson (American, 1843-1942) 'St. Charles Street, New Orleans' 1900 from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

William Henry Jackson (American, 1843-1942)
St. Charles Street, New Orleans
1900
Chromolithograph
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Joshua Mann Pailet in memory of Charlotte Mann Pailet (1924-1999)

 

The painter, explorer, and survey photographer William Henry Jackson is best known for his images of the American West, many of which he produced as part of the United States Geological Survey. In 1897, Jackson became a director of the Detroit Publishing Company in a venture to publish colour lithographic prints from black-and-white negatives by himself and other photographers. These views were taken across the United States, including the American South, and were widely disseminated as prints and postcards.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

William Henry Jackson (American, 1843-1942) 'Cotton on the Levee' 1900

 

William Henry Jackson (American, 1843-1942)
Cotton on the Levee
1900
Chromolithograph
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Joshua Mann Pailet in memory of Charlotte Mann Pailet (1924-1999)

 

 

The first major exhibition of Southern photography in more than 25 years, A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845, will be on display at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts in Richmond from Oct. 5, 2024, to Jan. 26, 2025.

A Long Arc comprises more than 175 years of photography from a broad swath of the American South – from Maryland to Florida to Arkansas to Texas and places in between. Visitors to the expansive exhibition will encounter everyday lives and ordinary places captured in evocative photos that contemplate the region’s central role in shaping American history and identity. The exhibition also examines the South’s critical impact on the development of photography.

“The Virginia Museum of Fine Arts is excited to present A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845, an astounding exhibition of powerful images of our shared Southern – and American – history by many of this country’s foremost photographers,” said the museum’s Director and CEO Alex Nyerges. “The exhibition also includes a number of captivating images of Richmond and the Commonwealth from the museum’s ever-growing collection of photographs.”

A Long Arc is organised by the High Museum of Art (Atlanta, Georgia) and co- curated by Gregory Harris, the Donald and Marilyn Keough Family curator of photography at the High Museum of Art, and Dr. Sarah Kennel, the Aaron Siskind curator of photography and director of the Raysor Center for Works on Paper at VMFA.

A Long Arc reckons with the region’s fraught history, American identity and culture at large, asking us to consider the history of American photography with the South as its focal point,” said Dr. Kennel. “The exhibition examines the ways that photographers from the 19th century to the present have articulated the distinct and evolving character of the South’s people, landscape and culture.”

More than 180 works of historical and contemporary photography are featured in A Long Arc, which includes many from VMFA’s permanent collection.

Organised chronologically, A Long Arc opens with an exploration of the years from 1845 to 1865, where visitors will encounter compelling photographs made before and during the American Civil War. Photographers of this time, including Alexander Gardner and George Barnard, transformed the practice of the medium and established visual codes for articulating national identity and expressing collective trauma. Following the war, photographs made from 1865 to 1930 reveal the South’s incomplete project of Reconstruction, including new industries, a rise of community- based photography studios, the erection of white supremacist monuments and scenes conveying social division.

With the emergence of documentary photography in the 1930s, photographs made in the South raised national consciousness around social and racial inequities. During this time, Farm Security Administration photographers working in the region, including Walker Evans, Dorothea Lange and Marion Post Wolcott, defined a kind of documentary approach that dominated American photography for decades and recast a Southern vernacular into a new kind of national style.

During the 25 years following World War II, from 1945 to 1970, photography in the South was characterised by an incongruence between America’s optimistic image of itself and the enduring shadow of Jim Crow-era segregation. Artists like Robert Frank, Clarence John Laughlin and Ralph Eugene Meatyard made jarring and unsettling photographs that revealed economic, racial and psychic dissonance at odds with conventional images of American prosperity, while photographs of the civil rights movements by Bruce Davidson, Danny Lyon, Doris Derby and James Karales galvanised and shocked the nation with raw depictions of violence and the struggle for justice.

Photography in the South exhibits a sense of reflection, return and renewal in the three decades following the tumult of the 1960s, as artists like Sally Mann, William Eggleston and William Christenberry created narrative, self-reflexive bodies of work that simultaneously sustained and interrogated the South’s brutal histories and enduring cultural mythologies.

A Long Arc concludes with a wide-ranging and provocative selection of photographs made in the past two decades. Artists like Richard Misrach, Lucas Foglia, Gillian Laub, An-My Lê, Sheila Pree-Bright, RaMell Ross and Jose Ibarra Rizo explore Southern history and American identity in the 21st century as forged by legacies of slavery and white supremacy, marked by economic inequality and environmental catastrophe and transformed by immigration, technology, urbanisation, globalisation and shifting ethnic, cultural, racial and sexual identities.

A complex and layered archive of the region, A Long Arc captures how the South has occupied an uneasy place in the history of American photography while simultaneously exemplifying regional exceptionalism and the crucible from which American identity has been forged over the past two centuries.

Press release from the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

James Van Der Zee (American, 1886-1983) 'Whittier Preparatory School, Phoebus, Va.' 1907

 

James Van Der Zee (American, 1886-1983)
Whittier Preparatory School, Phoebus, Va.
1907
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase
© James Van Der Zee Archive, The Metropolitan Museum of Art

 

This is an early photograph by the self taught photographer James Van Der Zee when he was only 21 years old, made in Phoebus, Virginia where he had moved with his wife Kate L. Brown. He returned to Harlem in 1916 and became a leading figure in the Harlem Renaissance, his portrait of black New York people and culture becoming the most comprehensive artistic photographs of the period.

 

In the years following the Civil War, numerous schools were founded throughout the South to educate the emancipated Black population. Literacy, which was strictly forbidden by plantation overseers, became a beacon of hope and accomplishment for Black Americans. This dedication to education was so strong among freed peoples that the literacy gap between white and Black communities in the American South closed within a generation. The Whittier Preparatory School in Phoebus, Virginia, was distinguished among its peer institutions for its expanded curriculum, including classes up to ninth grade that encompassed art and music education and dedicated science facilities.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Ernest Joseph Bellocq (American, 1873-1949) 'Storyville Portrait, New Orleans' c. 1912, printed 1966

 

Ernest Joseph Bellocq (American, 1873-1949)
Storyville prostitute / Storyville Portrait, New Orleans
c. 1912, printed 1966
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art, Phillips Academy, Andover, Massachusetts
Museum purchase

 

Storyville was born on January 1, 1898, and its bordellos, saloons and jazz would flourish for 25 years, giving New Orleans its reputation for celebratory living. Storyville has been almost completely demolished, and there is strangely little visual evidence it ever existed – except for Ernest J. Bellocq’s other wordly photographs of Storyville’s prostitutes. Hidden away for decades, Bellocq’s enigmatic images from what appeared to be his secret life would inspire poets, novelists and filmmakers. But the fame he gained would be posthumous. …

E. J. Bellocq wasn’t just photographing ships and machines. What he kept mostly to himself was his countless trips to Storyville, where he made portraits of prostitutes at their homes or places of work with his 8-by-10-inch view camera. Some of the women are photographed dressed in Sunday clothes, leaning against walls or lying across an ironing board, playing with a small dog. Others are completely or partially nude, reclining on sofas or lounges, or seated in chairs.

The images are remarkable for their modest settings and informality. Bellocq managed to capture many of Storyville’s sex workers in their own dwellings, simply being themselves in front of his camera – not as sexualised pinups for postcards. If his images of ships and landmark buildings were not noteworthy, the pictures he took in Storyville are instantly recognisable today as Bellocq portraits – time capsules of humanity, even innocence, amid the shabby red-light settings of New Orleans. Somehow, perhaps as one of society’s outcasts himself, Bellocq gained the trust of his subjects, who seem completely at ease before his camera. …

In 1958, 89 glass negatives were discovered in a chest, and nine years later the American photographer Lee Friedlander acquired the collection, much of which had been damaged because of poor storage. None of Bellocq’s prints were found with the negatives, but Friedlander made his own prints from them, taking great care to capture the character of Bellocq’s work. It is believed that Bellocq may have purposely scratched the negatives of some of the nudes, perhaps to protect the identity of his subjects.

Gilbert King. “The Portrait of Sensitivity: A Photographer in Storyville, New Orleans’ Forgotten Burlesque Quarter,” on the Smithsonian Magazine website March 28, 2012 [Online] Cited 20/12/2024

 

From 1898 to about 1923, New Orleans’s legally protected red-light district, known as Storyville, flourished with saloons, jazz clubs, gambling halls, and brothels. The prostitutes of these establishments were the favourite subjects of E. J. Bellocq, a photographer from a wealthy family of creole origins who was better known at the time for his industrial pictures of ships and machinery for local companies. His personal photographs of the women of Storyville do not glamorise or eroticise their subjects but instead show them in their private quarters, often at ease in varying states of dress. Although Bellocq destroyed many of his negatives before his death, in the mid-1960s the photographer Lee Friedlander discovered a cache of Storyville glass plates, made prints from them, and showed them at New York’s Museum of Modern Art in 1970, launching the once-obscure Bellocq into newfound, posthumous fame.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Unidentified photographer / Keystone View Company (American, 1892-1972) 'Mining Phosphate and Loading Cars Near Columbia, Tennessee' c. 1898 from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

Unidentified photographer
Keystone View Company
(American, 1892-1972)
Mining Phosphate and Loading Cars Near Columbia, Tennessee
c. 1898
Albumen silver print (stereocard)
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

Unidentified photographer / Keystone View Company (American, 1892-1972) 'Flooding the Rice Fields, South Carolina' c. 1904 from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

Unidentified photographer
Keystone View Company
(American, 1892-1972)
Flooding the Rice Fields, South Carolina
c. 1904
Albumen silver print (stereocard)
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

Unidentified photographer / Keystone View Company (American, 1892-1972) 'A Turpentine Farm - Dippers and Chippers at Work, Savannah, Georgia' 1904 from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

Unidentified photographer
Keystone View Company
(American, 1892-1972)
A Turpentine Farm – Dippers and Chippers at Work, Savannah, Georgia
1904
Albumen silver print (stereocard)
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

Unidentified photographer / Keystone View Company (American, 1892-1972) 'Alligator Joe's Battle with a Wounded Gator, Palm Beach, Florida' 1904 from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

Unidentified photographer
Keystone View Company
(American, 1892-1972)
Alligator Joe’s Battle with a Wounded Gator, Palm Beach, Florida
1904
Albumen silver print (stereocard)
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

Unidentified photographer / Keystone View Company (American, 1892-1972) 'Hoeing Rice, South Carolina' 1904 from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

Unidentified photographer
Keystone View Company
(American, 1892-1972)
Hoeing Rice, South Carolina
1904
Albumen silver print (stereocard)
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

Lewis Hine (American, 1874-1940) 'A Young Oyster Fisher, Apalachicola, Florida' 1909

 

Lewis Hine (American, 1874-1940)
A Young Oyster Fisher, Apalachicola, Florida
1909
Gelatin silver print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Museum Arts purchase fund

 

Lewis Hine (American, 1874-1940) 'A little spinner in a Georgia Cotton Mill' 1909

 

Lewis Hine (American, 1874-1940)
A little spinner in a Georgia Cotton Mill
1909
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

As a member of the National Child Labor Committee, Lewis Hine was an activist who deployed photography as an instrument of social reform. At the turn of the 1900s, there were two million children in the labor force, and Hine traveled to mines, textile mills, and factories to document their dismal working conditions. In order to gain access to these sites, he often posed as a salesman, insurance agent, or other profession. His photographs of children working in textile mills in Georgia appeared in pamphlets and posters throughout the country, contributing to a shift in public perception that ultimately led to child labor laws, many of which are still in effect today.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Lewis Hine (American, 1874-1940) 'Cherokee Hosiery Mill, Rome, Georgia' 1913

 

Lewis Hine (American, 1874-1940)
Cherokee Hosiery Mill, Rome, Georgia
1913
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Murray H. Bring

 

Doris Ulmann (American, 1884-1934) 'Laborers, Kingdom Come School House' c. 1931

 

Doris Ulmann (American, 1884-1934)
Laborers, Kingdom Come School House
c. 1931
Platinum print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase

 

Doris Ulmann was an American photographer, best known for her portraits of the people of Appalachia, particularly craftsmen and musicians, made between 1928 and 1934.

 

Prentice Herman Polk (American, 1898-1984) 'The Boss' c. 1932

 

Prentice Herman Polk (American, 1898-1984)
The Boss
c. 1932
Gelatin silver print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond, VA
Kathleen Boone Samuels Memorial Fund

 

P. H. Polk worked as the official photographer for Alabama’s Tuskegee Institute, a private, historically Black land grant university that was founded in 1881. For more than forty-five years, Polk documented the school’s activities and its illustrious faculty and staff. He made photographs that challenged stereotypical images of Black life in the South by chronicling scientific, industrial, and academic advancements by Black innovators and capturing portraits of nearby residents. At a time when most popular images portrayed Black Southerners as subservient, Polk showed the aptly named “boss” standing self-assured, in full control of her image and addressing the camera confidently.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Louise Dahl-Wolfe (American, 1895-1989) 'Black Man In Bijou Theatre, Nashville, Tennessee' 1932, printed later

 

Louise Dahl-Wolfe (American, 1895-1989)
Black Man In Bijou Theatre, Nashville, Tennessee
1932, printed later
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

The Bijou Theatre became the Nashville flagship of the Bijou Amusement Company, one of the first African American theatre chains in the south.

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965) 'Three Generations of Texans' c. 1935

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965)
Three Generations of Texans (Now Drought Refugees)
c. 1935
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

The artwork captures a poignant and compelling scene of three men representing different generations, standing together, likely under difficult circumstances as suggested by the title referencing them as “drought refugees.” The expressions, attire, and the stark composition tell a visual story of resilience and hardship, which is characteristic of Dorothea Lange’s work. The photograph’s detail and the subjects’ piercing gazes evoke a sense of solemn dignity despite their apparent adversities, reflecting the social realism movement’s focus on the lives of everyday people affected by social and economic issues.

Text from the Artchive website

 

Walker Evans (American, 1903-1975) 'House in New Orleans' c. 1935

 

Walker Evans (American, 1903-1975)
House in New Orleans
c. 1935
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

Walker Evans (American, 1903-1975) 'West Virginia Living Room' 1935

 

Walker Evans (American, 1903-1975)
West Virginia Living Room
1935
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Atlanta Foundation

 

Evans made this photograph during the first year of the photography division of the Resettlement Administration (later renamed the Farm Security Administration). The mission of this newly formed government agency was to document the hardships of the Great Depression and the positive effects of New Deal policies. The furnishings of this coal miner’s home are spare and worn; the walls are decorated with commercial advertisements that reflect a prosperity this family was not likely to experience. But this photograph transcends its immediate mission as government propaganda. Rather than a condescending look at poverty, “West Virginia Living Room” captures the dignity of the family. The barefoot boy sitting awkwardly in the chair looks straight into the camera and challenges the viewer. His direct stare shows no shame and asks for no pity.

Text from the High Museum of Art website

 

Walker Evans (American, 1903-1975) 'Atlanta, Georgia' 1936

 

Walker Evans (American, 1903-1975)
Atlanta, Georgia
1936
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Atlanta Foundation
© Estate of the artist

 

Walker Evans (American, 1903-1975) 'Allie Mae Burroughs, Hale County, Alabama' 1936

 

Walker Evans (American, 1903-1975)
Allie Mae Burroughs, Hale County, Alabama
1936
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art, Phillips Academy, Andover, Massachusetts
Gift of Norman Selby (PA 1970) and Melissa G. Vail

 

On assignment for Fortune, Walker Evans collaborated with writer James Agee in Hale County, Alabama, for three weeks, recording the lives of three families of white tenant farmers. The photographs offer a raw, direct perspective on a sharecropper’s life yet also diminish the depth and nuance of their subjects. In the original title, Evans referred to Allie Mae Burroughs as a sharecropper’s wife, anonymising her and negating her role in the farm’s operations. Yet through the photograph, her face has become one of the defining images of the Great Depression. The story never ran in Fortune, whose wealthy readers wanted no reminder of the impoverished conditions of rural America, but it was published in 1941 as the book Let Us Now Praise Famous Men and remains one the most influential works of photography and literary nonfiction.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Walker Evans (American, 1903-1975) 'Penny Picture Display, Savannah' 1936

 

Walker Evans (American, 1903-1975)
Penny Picture Display, Savannah
1936
Gelatin silver print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Sherritt Art Purchase Fund

 

Walker Evans was enthralled by the traditional and folk cultures of the South. He developed a direct, often flat manner of photographing that echoed the spareness of the signage and architecture he encountered throughout the region. In his photograph of a portrait photographer’s studio window, he plays on the consonance between the flatness of the window, the plane of his camera, and the resulting photographic print. In photographing the anonymous photographer’s advertisement, he not only condenses time, labor, individuality, and generations but also flattens history. When he made this image, forty percent of Savannah’s population was Black, a fact belied by the over two hundred white faces that make up the image.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Arthur Rothstein (American, 1915-1985) 'Weighing Cotton, Texas' 1936

 

Arthur Rothstein (American, 1915-1985)
Weighing Cotton, Texas
1936
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Howard Greenberg

 

Plantation owner’s daughter checks weight of cotton.

 

 

1930-1945: The Cruel Radiance: A New Documentary Tradition

The impact of the Great Depression on the American South – a region that was already poorer than the rest of the nation – was devastating. In addition to economic havoc, many of the other problems convulsing the country – poverty, racism, and the erosion of rural cultures – appeared in their most concentrated and vivid forms in the South. Photographers responded to these crises with indelible images of hardship and injustice that they hoped would spur reform and modernize the region. In this way, the Great Depression changed the course of American photography by cementing the concept and practice of documentary photography as a tool for social reform.

Most of these documentary photographs were produced under the auspices of the federal government as part of a New Deal effort to provide relief to rural areas. From 1935-1942, some two dozen photographers were hired by the government to capture images of rural poverty in order to raise both public sympathy and congressional support for resettlement and other forms of aid. Although there was not a single native Southerner among them, together this group of photographers produced around sixteen thousand photographs of the region and profoundly changed how the nation saw the South, and by extension, itself. Widely reproduced in newspaper articles, magazines, exhibitions, and photo books, these documentary projects brought the South into national focus and debate.

Not all of the photographers who flocked to the South during this time sought to document its stricken conditions. The region’s seeming resistance to progress also seduced photographers who saw vestiges of agrarian life that nurtured distinctive folkways and vernacular architecture – that is to say, buildings based on regional or local traditions. To them, this South – so different from the rapidly changing urban centres in the Northeast and Midwest – resembled a cultural eddy, an alluring place cut off from the flow of time where one could photograph the beautiful remnants of a largely imagined past.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Margaret Bourke White (American, 1904-1971) 'Louisville Flood Victims' 1937, printed later

 

Margaret Bourke White (American, 1904-1971)
Louisville Flood Victims
1937, printed later
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

In January 1937, the swollen banks of the Ohio River flooded Louisville, Kentucky, and its surrounding areas. With one hour’s notice, photojournalist Margaret Bourke-White caught the next plane to Louisville. She photographed the city from makeshift rafts, recording one of the largest natural disasters in American history for Life magazine, where she was a staff photographer. The Louisville Flood shows African-Americans lined up outside a flood relief agency. In striking contrast to their grim faces, the billboard for the National Association of Manufacturers above them depicts a smiling white family of four riding in a car, under a banner reading “World’s Highest Standard of Living. There’s no way like the American Way.” As a powerful depiction of the gap between the propagandist representation of American life and the economic hardship faced by minorities and the poor, Bourke-White’s image has had a long afterlife in the history of photography.

Text from the Whitney Museum of American Art website

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965) 'Displaced Tenant Farmers, Goodlett, Hardeman County, Texas' July 1937

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965)
Displaced Tenant Farmers, Goodlett, Hardeman County, Texas
July 1937
Gelatin silver print
Collection of Michael Mattis and Judith Hochberg

 

“All displaced tenant farmers, the oldest 33. None able to vote because of Texas poll tax. They support an average of four persons each on $22.80 a month.” ~ Dorothea Lange

Six Tenant Farmers Without Farms exemplifies the best of Lange’s Depression-era photographs from the deep South. The dignity of her subjects – young farmers who had lost their livelihood when tractors replaced horse-and-plow tilling of the land – is immortalised by Lange, who portrays them with clear compassion but no sentimentality.

Text from the Sotheby’s website

 

Prentice Herman Polk (American, 1898-1984) 'Mildred Hanson Baker' 1937

 

Prentice Herman Polk (American, 1898-1984)
Mildred Hanson Baker
1937
Gelatin silver print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
John C. and Florence S. Goddin, by exchange

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965) 'Formerly Enslaved Woman, Alabama' from 'The American Country Woman' 1938

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965)
Formerly Enslaved Woman, Alabama
1938
Gelatin silver print
National Gallery of Art

 

Dorothea Lange’s Depression-era portrait of a woman who had been born enslaved offers a poignant and understated meditation on the legacy of slavery. Lange’s empathic approach to portraiture was distinct for its ability to express the lasting effects of trauma, poverty, and prejudice in the lives of formerly enslaved people and their descendants. Her photographs demonstrate how the deprivation of the Jim Crow era was compounded by the aftermath of World War I and the Great Depression, making life in the South increasingly turbulent for Black Americans.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Peter Sekaer (Danish, 1901-1950) 'Irish Channel, Future Site of St. Thomas Housing Project, New Orleans' c. 1938

 

Peter Sekaer (Danish, 1901-1950)
Irish Channel, Future Site of St. Thomas Housing Project, New Orleans
c. 1938
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art
Museum purchase

 

St. Thomas Development was a notorious housing project in New Orleans, Louisiana. The project lay south of the Central City in the lower Garden District area. As defined by the City Planning Commission, its boundaries were Constance, St. Mary, Magazine Street and Felicity Streets to the north; the Mississippi River to the south; and 1st, St. Thomas, and Chippewa Streets, plus Jackson Avenue to the west. In the 1980s and 1990s, St. Thomas was one of the city’s most dangerous and impoverished housing developments. It made national headlines in 1992 after the deadly shooting of Eric Boyd.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

It is interesting to compare photographs by Walker Evans and his assistant Peter Sekelear, whose pictures reflect similar interests with different eyes. Both photographers turned their attention to the vernacular, bringing a sense of place into focus. Many of the photographers exhibiting in A Long Arc were neither southern nor poor. This calls into question the contribution that 1930’s depictions of southern poverty had on stereotyping, imploring viewers to feel sorry for the destitute rather than questioning the systems that kept their communities impoverished.

Suzanne Révy and Elin Spring. “A Long Arc,” on the What Will You Remember website March 20, 2024 [Online] Cited 19/12/2024

 

Russell Lee (American, 1903-1986) 'Louisiana' 1939

 

Russell Lee (American, 1903-1986)
Louisiana
1939
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990) 'Black Man Using "Colored" Entrance to Movie Theatre, Belzoni, Mississippi' 1939, printed later

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Black Man Using “Colored” Entrance to Movie Theatre, Belzoni, Mississippi
1939, printed later
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Ann and Ben Johnson

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990) 'Waiting to be Paid for Picking Cotton, Inside Plantation Store, Marcella' 1939

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Waiting to be Paid for Picking Cotton, Inside Plantation Store, Marcella
1939
Gelatin silver print
Collection of Michael Mattis and Judith Hochberg

 

Mike Disfarmer (American, 1884-1959) 'Wallace Sloane, Elliot Smith and Brother Homer' c. 1940

 

Mike Disfarmer (American, 1884–1959)
Wallace Sloane, Elliot Smith and Brother Homer
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from Jane and Clay Jackson

 

Mike Disfarmer operated the only professional photography studio in Heber Springs, Arkansas, between the 1930s and ’50s. His spare and at times severe portraits offer a plainspoken vision of rural, predominantly white America during and after the Great Depression. For most of his sitters, being photographed was an unusual occurrence, and a visit to the studio marked a milestone. People often posed for Disfarmer in groups, as in his portrait of three young men casually draping their arms around each others’ shoulders, reinforcing their sense of familiarity and friendship, perhaps on their last night together before one of them heads off for military service.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Clarence John Laughlin (American, 1905-1985) 'Time Phantasm, Number Six' 1941

 

Clarence John Laughlin (American, 1905-1985)
Time Phantasm, Number Six
1941
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Joshua Mann Pailet in honor of his mother, Charlotte Mann Pailet; her family members Josef, Jiri and Alma Beran Mann, all of whom perished in the Holocaust; and Sir Nicholas Winton, the British hero who orchestrated Charlotte’s escape with 669 Czechoslovakian children in 1939

 

A strong southern penchant for the surreal can be observed in images like those by Clarence John Laughlin, Ralph Eugene Meatyard and Emmet Gowin. Laughlin photographed a decaying antebellum structure alongside Edward Weston in 1941. His soft focus and presence of a ghostly figure in a window create a mysterious mood in contrast to the sharp reality of Weston’s image. And his use of a mask and slight camera shake in “The Masks Grow to Us” transforms a beautiful face into an hypnagogic visage.

Twenty years later, Meatyard photographed his sons in similarly abandoned structures and fields in the countryside surrounding Louisville, Kentucky. Also known for employing masks, Meatyard creates a dreamlike reverence for vanishing rural life in some of the best quality prints of his that we have ever seen. Emmet Gowin’s balmy composition of his multi-generational family splayed around their backyard with two watermelons is, like so many images of the south, both prosaic and magical.

Suzanne Révy and Elin Spring. “A Long Arc,” on the What Will You Remember website March 20, 2024 [Online] Cited 19/12/2024

 

Edward Weston (1886-1958) 'Woodlawn Plantation House, Louisiana' 1941

 

Edward Weston (American, 1886-1958)
Woodland Plantation
1941
Gelatin silver print
New Orleans Museum of Art

 

In 1941, Clarence John Laughlin and Edward Weston photographed alongside one another for a few days as Weston traveled the South making photographs to illustrate a new edition of Walt Whitman’s Leaves of Grass. Both photographers produced images of the same location but in notably different ways. Weston, who is known for his mastery of sharp focus and a rich tonal range, created a precise and balanced view of the scene. Meanwhile, Laughlin, who was dubbed the “Father of American Surrealism” for his atmospheric depictions of decaying antebellum architecture, spun a more ambiguous and haunting tale. He even posed Weston’s collaborator and wife, Charis Wilson, as a ghostly apparition on the second floor.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Clarence John Laughlin (American, 1905-1985) 'The Masks Grow to Us' 1947

 

Clarence John Laughlin (American, 1905-1985)
The Masks Grow to Us
1947
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from Robert Yellowlees

 

 

1945-1970: History as Myth, Progress as Peril

Following World War II, two competing visions shaped popular views of the South: one based on the country’s image of itself as optimistic and prosperous and the other grounded in the continued poverty, racial violence, and segregation that marked the region. Photographers grappled with the dissonance between conventional images of American affluence and progress in popular culture and mass media and the reality of life for many in the South by making a startling mix of images, from powerful examples of photojournalism to more subjective pictures that explored psychological and emotional states.

As the first Black staff photographer for LIFE, in 1956 Gordon Parks shocked Americans with lush, colourful pictures made in Mobile, Alabama, that powerfully revealed the ugliness and psychological anguish of segregation. Other photojournalists traveling to the American South – including Elliot Erwitt and Henri Cartier-Bresson – homed in on the contradictions between Southern gentility and the reality of race relations. While these photographers continued to employ the documentary style that had taken shape in the 1930s, with its crisp focus, straightforward compositions, and faith in the possibilities of objectivity, others, like Robert Frank, broke from this tradition to make raw, searing, and idiosyncratic pictures that grasped something elemental about American culture.

Other photographers – especially those who knew the South intimately – turned inward. Some, like Virginia native Emmet Gowin, chose to photograph their families and loved ones, seeking sustenance in what was closest at hand. Others, like the Kentucky optician-turned photographer Ralph Eugene Meatyard, embraced a dreamlike surrealism to create pictures suffused with social and psychological tension, capturing the alienation produced within such a divided society.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Consuelo Kanaga (American, 1894-1978) 'Young Girl, Tennessee' 1948

 

Consuelo Kanaga (American, 1894-1978)
Young Girl, Tennessee
1948
Gelatin silver print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Adolph D. and Wilkins C. Williams Fund

 

In the late 1940s, many photographers traversed the country with the support of fellowships and grants to capture the spirit of postwar America. Consuelo Kanaga traveled throughout the South, concentrating her lens on communities of color. Rather than dwelling on hardships or poverty, she presents her subjects with dignity, often framed in spare compositions that focus on the emotions conveyed in their facial expressions. Emblematic of this approach, her photograph of this contemplative girl silhouetted against a light sky while gazing upward echoes classical portraiture.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Marion Palfi (American born Germany, 1907-1978) 'Josie Hill, Wife of a Lynch Victim, Irwinton, Georgia' 1949

 

Marion Palfi (American born Germany, 1907-1978)
Josie Hill, Wife of a Lynch Victim, Irwinton, Georgia
1949
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Ben Bivins

 

Born in Germany, Marion Palfi worked as a freelance photographer and portraitist in Berlin before emigrating to the United States in 1936. Shocked at the racial and economic inequalities she encountered, she devoted her photographic career to documenting various communities to expose the virulent effects of racism and poverty. In 1949, she made this portrait of Josie Hill, widow of Caleb Hill, the victim of the first reported lynching of that year. A father of three, the twenty-eight year old Hill had been arrested for allegedly stabbing a man. After the sheriff left the jail’s front door open and the keys to the cell on his desk, Hill was pulled from jail in the middle of the night and shot to death. Two white men were charged with the crime, but the all-white grand jury did not indict them.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Leonard Freed (American, 1929-2006) 'North Carolina (segregation fountain)' 1950

 

Leonard Freed (American, 1929-2006)
North Carolina (segregation fountain)
1950
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

W. Eugene Smith (American, 1918-1978) 'Maude at Stove' 1951 from the exhibition 'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond

 

W. Eugene Smith (American, 1918-1978)
Maude at Stove
1951
Gelatin silver print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Floyd D. and Anne C. Gottwald Fund

 

In December 1951, LIFE published W. Eugene Smith’s photo essay on Maude Callen, a nurse and midwife who worked in rural South Carolina. Smith’s powerful photographs illuminated Callen’s extraordinary efforts to serve her patients, who were among the poorest and most neglected in the country. As detailed in the magazine, “Callen drives 36,000 miles within the county each year, is reimbursed for part of this by the state, and must buy her own cars, which last 18 months. Her workday is often sixteen hours and she earns $225 a month.” After the article was published, readers sent donations totalling more than $27,000, allowing Callen to build a clinic and train others to become healthcare workers.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Robert Frank (Swiss-American, 1924-2019) 'Trolley, New Orleans' 1955

 

Robert Frank (Swiss-American, 1924-2019)
Trolley, New Orleans
1955
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art, Phillips Academy, Andover, Massachusetts
Museum purchase

 

In 1955 and 1956, Switzerland-born photographer Robert Frank travelled across the United States with the support of a Guggenheim Fellowship. With an incisive, unsparing eye, he sought to understand and decode the brutal beauty of his adopted home. Raw, violent, tender, and edgy, his photographs of an America plagued by racial division, economic disparity, consumerism, and wilful ignorance shocked viewers for how they savagely undercut the country’s postwar view of itself as prosperous, peaceful, and progressive. In the South, Frank was keenly attuned to the persistence of segregation. His photograph of a New Orleans trolley, white people up front and Black people behind, succinctly captures the ruthlessness and anguish of racial stratification.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Robert Frank (Swiss-American, 1924-2019) 'Café, Beaufort, South Carolina' 1955

 

Robert Frank (Swiss-American, 1924-2019)
Café, Beaufort, South Carolina
1955
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta

 

Robert Frank (Swiss-American, 1924-2019) 'Charleston, South Carolina' 1955

 

Robert Frank (Swiss-American, 1924-2019)
Charleston, South Carolina
1955-1956
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art, Phillips Academy, Andover, Massachusetts
Museum purchase

 

Gordon Parks (American, 1912-2006) 'Outside Looking In, Mobile, Alabama' 1956

 

Gordon Parks (American, 1912-2006)
Outside Looking In, Mobile, Alabama
1956
Inkjet print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of The Gordon Parks Foundation
Courtesy of and copyright The Gordon Parks Foundation

 

Gordon Parks was the first African American photographer to work for LIFE – the preeminent picture magazine of the day – and published some of the 20th century’s most iconic photo essays about social justice. In 1956, the magazine published Parks’s “Segregation Story,” a photo essay comprising twenty-six colour photographs depicting a multigenerational family in Alabama. Despite the grave danger he faced as a Black photographer working in the South at the height of Jim Crow, Parks firmly believed that photographs could alter a viewer’s perspective and expose a wide readership to the pervasive effects of racial segregation.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Gordon Parks (American, 1912-2006) 'Ondria Tanner and Her Grandmother Window-Shopping, Mobile, Alabama' 1956

 

Gordon Parks (American, 1912–2006)
Ondria Tanner and Her Grandmother Window-Shopping, Mobile, Alabama
1956, printed 2012
Inkjet print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of The Gordon Parks Foundation
Courtesy of and copyright The Gordon Parks Foundation

 

“Ondria Tanner and Her Grandmother Window-Shopping, Mobile, Alabama” was taken in 1956 by Gordon Parks during the Jim Crow era as part of his 1956 LIFE series “Segregation Story.”

 

Gene Herrick (American, b. 1926) 'Rosa Parks Being Fingerprinted, Montgomery, Alabama' 1956

 

Gene Herrick (American, b. 1926)
Rosa Parks Being Fingerprinted, Montgomery, Alabama
1956
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from Sandra Anderson Baccus in loving memory of Lloyd Tevis Baccus, M.D.

 

Rosa Parks being fingerprinted on February 22, 1956, by Lieutenant D.H. Lackey as one of the people indicted as leaders of the Montgomery bus boycott. She was one of 73 people rounded up by deputies that day after a grand jury charged 113 African Americans for organizing the boycott. This was a few months after her arrest on December 1, 1955, for refusing to give up her seat to a white passenger on a segregated municipal bus in Montgomery, Alabama.

The Montgomery bus boycott was a political and social protest campaign against the policy of racial segregation on the public transit system of Montgomery, Alabama. It was a foundational event in the civil rights movement in the United States. The campaign lasted from December 5, 1955 – the Monday after Rosa Parks, an African-American woman, was arrested for her refusal to surrender her seat to a white person – to December 20, 1956, when the federal ruling Browder v. Gayle took effect, and led to a United States Supreme Court decision that declared the Alabama and Montgomery laws that segregated buses were unconstitutional.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

Unidentified Photographer. 'Elizabeth Eckford Entering Central High School, Little Rock, Arkansas' 1957

 

Unidentified Photographer
Elizabeth Eckford Entering Central High School, Little Rock, Arkansas
1957
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from Sandra Anderson Baccus in loving memory of Lloyd Tevis Baccus, M.D.

 

The Little Rock Nine were the first Black students to integrate Arkansas’s Little Rock Central High School on September 25, 1957, three years after the Supreme Court ruled segregation in public schools unconstitutional. After being stopped during multiple attempts to get in the school, they were finally able to enter while escorted by the 101st Airborne Infantry. This press photograph shows Elizabeth Eckford, one of the nine students, resolutely proceeding into the school building flanked by uniformed soldiers while white students jeer at her.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Charles Moore (American, 1931-2010) 'Martin Luther King Jr. Arrested, Montgomery, Alabama' 1958

 

Charles Moore (American, 1931-2010)
Martin Luther King Jr. Arrested, Montgomery, Alabama
1958
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from Lucinda W. Bunnen for the Bunnen Collection

 

On September 3, 1958, as Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. tried to enter the Montgomery courtroom that was hearing a case involving his friend and colleague, the Reverend Ralph David Abernathy, King was arrested and charged with loitering. Charles Moore, a photographer for the Montgomery Advertiser, captured the moment as police officers aggressively placed him in handcuffs. Like many of the most well-known photographers of the civil rights movement, Moore was white, and his race allowed him to photograph many violent incidents involving law enforcement at close range. This photograph contributed to an outpouring of outrage and support for King’s cause after its release nationwide by the Associated Press.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Henri Cartier-Bresson (French, 1908-2004) 'The Daughters of the Confederacy, Richmond, Virginia' 1960

 

Henri Cartier-Bresson (French, 1908-2004)
The Daughters of the Confederacy, Richmond, Virginia
1960
Gelatin silver print
9 1/2 × 6 1/2 in. (24.13 × 16.51cm)
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Arthur and Margaret Glasgow Endowment

 

The United Daughters of the Confederacy (UDC) is a women’s heritage organisation best known for honouring Confederate veterans of the Civil War, memorialising the Confederacy, and promoting the “Lost Cause” interpretation of southern history, which positions Old South slavery as a benevolent institution, Confederate soldiers as heroic defenders of states’ rights, and Reconstruction as a period of northern aggression, through its monuments and educational campaigns. Members are required to prove that they are bloodline descendants of men and / or women who served honourably in the Confederal States of America.

Mercy Harper. “United Daughters of the Confederacy,” on the Texas State Historical Association website Nd [Online] Cited 24/12/2024

 

Ralph Eugene Meatyard (American, 1925-1972) 'Prescience #135' 1960

 

Ralph Eugene Meatyard (American, 1925-1972)
Prescience #135
1960
Gelatin silver print
Collection of Joe Williams and Tede Fleming

 

Ralph Eugene Meatyard (American, 1925-1972) 'Romance (N.) from Ambrose Bierce #3' 1962

 

Ralph Eugene Meatyard (American, 1925-1972)
Romance (N.) from Ambrose Bierce #3
1962
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art, Phillips Academy, Andover, Massachusetts
Museum purchase

 

Leonard Freed (American, 1929-2006) 'Children in the Mirror, Johns Island, South Carolina' 1964

 

Leonard Freed (American, 1929-2006)
Children in the Mirror, Johns Island, South Carolina
1964
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art

 

Bruce Davidson (American, b. 1933) 'A female protester being arrested and led away by police, Birmingham, Alabama' 1963

 

Bruce Davidson (American, b. 1933)
A female protester being arrested and led away by police, Birmingham, Alabama
1963
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Anonymous gift

 

Bill Hudson (American, 1932-2010) 'An African American high school student, Walter Gadsden, 25, is attacked by a police dog during a civil rights demonstration in Birmingham, Alabama, May 3, 1963' 1963

 

Bill Hudson (American, 1932-2010)
An African American high school student, Walter Gadsden, 25, is attacked by a police dog during a civil rights demonstration in Birmingham, Alabama, May 3, 1963
1963
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from Sandra Anderson Baccus in loving memory of Lloyd Tevis Baccus, M.D.

 

“[Hudson] took a photo on May 3, 1963, of Walter Gadsden, an African-American bystander who had been grabbed by a sunglasses-wearing police officer, while a German Shepherd lunged at his chest. The photo appeared above the fold, covering three columns in the next day’s issue of The New York Times, as well as in other newspapers nationwide. Author Diane McWhorter wrote in her Pulitzer Prize-winning 2001 book Carry Me Home: Birmingham, Alabama, the Climactic Battle of the Civil Rights Revolution that Hudson’s photo that day drove “international opinion to the side of the civil rights revolution”.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

An experienced photographer of the civil rights movement, Bill Hudson often avoided hostility from the police by keeping his camera hidden under his jacket and only bringing it out at the optimal moment. He was in Birmingham’s Kelly Ingram Park when he captured the moment a police officer grabbed fifteen-year-old protestor Walter Gadsden by the collar and pulled Gadsden toward his police dog. The photograph emblematised police brutality and was published in newspapers and magazines across the country, sparking nationwide support for the civil rights movement.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Ralph Eugene Meatyard (American, 1925–1972) 'Untitled' 1963

 

Ralph Eugene Meatyard (American, 1925–1972)
Untitled
1963
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift in honor of Edward Anthony Hill
© Estate of the artist

 

An optician from Lexington, Kentucky, Ralph Eugene Meatyard considered himself a “dedicated amateur.” He became widely known for his enigmatic scenes and dreamlike portraits that infuse the everyday with a sense of mystery and unease. Meatyard often staged his own family as actors, clad in rubber masks and enacting cryptic dramas that reveal the influence of Southern gothic literature. In this photograph of his son Christopher reclining in a bucolic field littered with masks, youthful innocence reckons with intimations of mortality.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Matt Herron (American, 1931–2020) 'The March from Selma' 1965

 

Matt Herron (American, 1931-2020)
The March from Selma
1965
Gelatin silver print High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Gloria and Paul Sternberg

 

Selma to Montgomery marches

The Selma to Montgomery marches were three protest marches, held in 1965, along the 54-mile (87 km) highway from Selma, Alabama, to the state capital of Montgomery. The marches were organized by nonviolent activists to demonstrate the desire of African-American citizens to exercise their constitutional right to vote, in defiance of segregationist repression; they were part of a broader voting rights movement underway in Selma and throughout the American South. By highlighting racial injustice, they contributed to passage that year of the Voting Rights Act, a landmark federal achievement of the civil rights movement. …

The first march took place on March 7, 1965, led by figures including Bevel and Amelia Boynton, but was ended by state troopers and county possemen, who charged on about 600 unarmed protesters with batons and tear gas after they crossed the Edmund Pettus Bridge in the direction of Montgomery. The event became known as Bloody Sunday. Law enforcement beat Boynton unconscious, and the media publicised worldwide a picture of her lying wounded on the bridge. The second march took place two days later but King cut it short as a federal court issued a temporary injunction against further marches. That night, an anti-civil rights group murdered civil rights activist James Reeb, a Unitarian Universalist minister from Boston. The third march, which started on March 21, was escorted by the Alabama National Guard under federal control, the FBI and federal marshals (segregationist Governor George Wallace refused to protect the protesters). Thousands of marchers averaged 10 mi (16 km) a day along U.S. Route 80 (US 80), reaching Montgomery on March 24. The following day, 25,000 people staged a demonstration on the steps of the Alabama State Capitol.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

1956-1968: Civil Rights and the Language of Activism

From the start, photography was both a document of and engine for the civil rights movement. From the Montgomery Bus Boycott in 1956 to the Poor People’s Campaign of 1968, photographs of the civil rights movement galvanized and shocked the nation with raw depictions of violence and the struggle for racial justice. Civil rights organisers recognised the power of the medium and ensured that its actions were thoroughly documented. Countless photojournalists, artists, movement photographers, and amateurs documented the marches, sit-ins, and showdowns with counterprotesters and law enforcement, communicating the urgency of these events to the public with an intimate proximity. These photographs appeared in widely circulated publications such as the New York Times, LIFE, Ebony, and Jet and played a crucial role in informing and motivating the public to challenge the complicated and deeply entrenched history of segregation.

On the other side of the camera, activists and organisers skilfully orchestrated their civic actions, knowing the singular power that photographs would have in shaping public opinion. A key tactic of many activists was nonviolent direct action – by refusing to defend themselves even when physically attacked, activists could bring attention to the immorality of the aggressors’ actions and beliefs. Photographs of these violent public scenes lent a sense of martyrdom and principled sacrifice to the protestors’ efforts and sparked a social revolution unlike anything the country had experienced. The photographs gathered here show just a handful of the thousands of selfless acts of courage that helped transform the nation.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Lee Friedlander (American, b. 1934) 'New Orleans' 1968

 

Lee Friedlander (American, b. 1934)
New Orleans
1968
Gelatin silver print
Addison Gallery of American Art, Phillips Academy, Andover, Massachusetts
Museum purchase

 

Steve Schapiro (American, 1934-2022) 'Martin Luther King Jr.'s Motel Room Hours After He Was Shot, Memphis, Tennessee' 1968

 

Steve Schapiro (American, 1934-2022)
Martin Luther King Jr.’s Motel Room Hours After He Was Shot, Memphis, Tennessee
1968
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchased with funds from the H. B. and Doris Massey Charitable Trust

 

“When Martin Luther King Jr. was shot, LIFE Magazine asked me to go immediately down to Memphis. I had done much civil rights work and had photographed King preaching in Birmingham and in Selma.⁠

In Memphis, I first photographed the third-floor bathroom, in the rooming house from which the shot had been fired. Supposedly, it was James Earl Ray standing in the tub and leaning the barrel of his gun in the windowsill pointing at the Lorraine Motel. There was a black hand print on the wall at the side of the tub which I photographed. LIFE ran it as a full-page picture the following week, assuming it was Ray’s.⁠

When I went to what had been King’s room at the motel, the door was closed. There were two photographers already inside with Hosea Williams, a King aide. I knocked on the door. One of the photographer blurted out, “Don’t let him in,” but Williams opened the door for me anyway.⁠

The room was as it had been. I photographed King’s briefcase which held books he had written (one with my Selma March photograph on its cover) and a newspaper called Soul Force, along with dirty shirts and a few cans. The television was on. A commentator was talking about King on the TV with King’s ghostly image behind him.⁠

I made a wide shot of the table with King’s briefcase and dirty shirts on it, and on the wall, the TV set with King’s image. ‘The man’ had left the room, his human form forever lost – but his incidental material belongings, and more than that, the spirit of his image, remained.”

Steve Schapiro, 2017

 

Diane Arbus (American, 1923-1971) 'Mrs. Martin Luther King Jr. on Her Front Lawn, Atlanta, Ga.' 1968

 

Diane Arbus (American, 1923-1971)
Mrs. Martin Luther King Jr. on Her Front Lawn, Atlanta, Ga.
1968
Gelatin silver print
20 x 16 inches
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from Wanda Hopkins

 

Bob Adelman (American, 1930-2016) 'Mule Wagon for the Poor People's Campaign, Memphis, Tennessee' 1968

 

Bob Adelman (American, 1930-2016)
Mule Wagon for the Poor People’s Campaign, Memphis, Tennessee
1968
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of the artist

 

 

1970-2000: Returns and Renewals

Following the tumultuous civil rights era, in the 1970s the South grappled as much with its history as with its future. Although the region continued to expand and diversify, particularly in urban centers like Atlanta, Nashville, and Charlotte, many photographers turned their lenses inward, exploring the past and their surroundings in an intimate and subjective manner. This shift in approach can be seen in a strong emphasis on portraiture, especially of family and community members. Meanwhile, the rise of color photography as a widely accepted artistic medium took hold in the South, thanks in no small part to the work of William Eggleston, who merged the casual banality of a snapshot with an enchanting use of color. In the process, he established a new Southern photographic aesthetic: the ordinary rendered extraordinary though lurid, eye-popping colour.

Southern photography in this period was also marked by a new interest in landscape as the nexus of history and place. The impact of the civil rights movement and rise of more inclusive and critical histories of the South prompted a new generation of photographers to interrogate the region’s prevailing myths, particularly those that established and reinforced racial hierarchies. Others bore witness to the ways that histories – of slavery in particular, but also economic and environmental destruction – left their traces on the land itself. Meanwhile, the ever-growing cracks in the image of the New South, with its dream of national reconciliation, prosperity, and racial equality, drew the attention of photographers who sought to understand and convey the disparities they witnessed.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Diane Arbus (American, 1923-1971) 'Three Boys on a Porch, Beaufort County, S.C.' 1968

 

Diane Arbus (American, 1923-1971)
Three Boys on a Porch, Beaufort County, S.C.
1968
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the Friends of Photography

 

Diane Arbus made this portrait on assignment from Esquire for a story about a doctor who fought parasitic diseases and hunger in the impoverished parts of Beaufort County, South Carolina. Arbus’s unflinching depiction of rural deprivation recalls Walker Evans’s photographs made three decades earlier of similar conditions in Hale County, Alabama. Her direct style of portraiture combined with the graphic qualities of the clapboard siding in the background echo the social documentary photography of the 1930s, underscoring how little conditions had changed for the South’s rural poor in the years following the Great Depression.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Doris Derby (American, 1939-2022) 'Women's sewing cooperative, Mississippi' 1968

 

Doris Derby (American, 1939–2022)
Women’s sewing cooperative, Mississippi
1968
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of David Knaus

 

Emmet Gowin (American, b. 1941) 'Family, Danville' 1970

 

Emmet Gowin (American, b. 1941)
Family, Danville
1970
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art
Purchased with funds from the H.B. and Doris Massey Charitable Trust

 

Since the 1960s, Emmet Gowin has made intimate and poignant photographs of his wife, Edith, and her family at their home in Danville, Virginia. Here, he shows three generations lounging in a yard, and though everyone is within touching distance of one another, all are separate, with their attention turned inward. Gowin’s tender composition masterfully imbues the informality of a family snapshot with a sense of deep trust and precise thought, undermining the common stereotype of rural Southerners as backward and disconnected.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Paul Kwilecki (American, 1928-2009) 'Girl, Battle's Quarters' 1971

 

Paul Kwilecki (American, 1928-2009)
Girl, Battle’s Quarters
1971
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of the artist

 

Paul Kwilecki spent his life in Bainbridge, Georgia, running his family’s hardware store and pursuing a decades-long project of documenting the people and events of the area, believing that “insight into a life in Decatur County is insight into lives everywhere.” The homes in Battle’s Quarters, a working-class neighbourhood, were originally built for lumber workers employed by Battle and Metcalf Lumber Company. Decades later, the company had long since closed, and the area declined economically. Perched on the bumper of an old car, the girl in this photograph assertively faces the camera, rebuking any impulse of pity or shame on the part of the viewer.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939) 'Halloween, Outskirts of Morton, Mississippi' 1971

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939)
Halloween, Outskirts of Morton, Mississippi
1971
Dye transfer print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Lucinda W. Bunnen for the Bunnen Collection
© William Eggleston

 

Born in Memphis, self-taught photographer William Eggleston photographed everyday life in lush, saturated color. This scene contains nearly all the hues in the colour spectrum, from the violet darkening sky to the boy’s red headscarf. Eggleston made this exposure at dusk, when the waning natural light mixed with the artificial light of streetlamps to dramatic effect. Since the two light sources register differently on film, Eggleston was able to render the scene as strange and fictional, which is fitting as the children masquerade on Halloween.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939) 'Untitled (Sumner, Mississippi, Cassidy Bayou in Background)' 1971

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939)
Untitled (Sumner, Mississippi, Cassidy Bayou in Background)
1971
Dye transfer print
Collection of Winston Eggleston

 

Though he began his career working in black and white, by the late 1960s the Memphis-born William Eggleston had mastered the expressive possibilities of colour, photographing ordinary subjects around Memphis and making deeply saturated dye transfer prints, a primarily commercial process. He explored how colour could add psychological depth to his photographs, as in this scene awash in shades of brown aside from the stark white car and two figures – a Black man in a white coat and a White man in a black suit. Eggleston emphasises the familiarity between the chauffeur and his employer through their identical stances, yet their attire and physical and psychological distance underscore the rigid social hierarchy that divides them based on race and class.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939) 'Jackson, Mississippi' c. 1972 (Devoe Money in Jackson, Mississippi)

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939)
Jackson, Mississippi (Devoe Money in Jackson, Mississippi)
c. 1972
Dye transfer print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Funds provided by the Museum Purchase Program of the National Endowment for the Arts, matching funds provided by the Volunteer Committees of Art Museums

 

Wendy Ewald (American, b. 1951) 'Charles and the Quilts, Kentucky' 1975-1982

 

Wendy Ewald (American, b. 1951)
Charles and the Quilts, Kentucky
1975-1982
Gelatin silver print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond
Collection of Ashley Kistler
© Wendy Ewald

 

As a teacher in rural Kentucky, Wendy Ewald worked closely with her students, encouraging and empowering them to tell their own stories through writing and photography. Among her students was a boy named Johnny who created the narratives and staging for the pictures that Ewald would then photograph. In this work, Johnny posed his brother Charles hanging over a clothesline slung with tattered quilts while holding a small revolver in his hand. Yet Charles is careful to point the gun away from the viewer, as if uncomfortable with confrontation or violence – a demeanour echoed in his open, almost tender gaze.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939) 'Huntsville, Alabama' 1978

 

William Eggleston (American, b. 1939)
Huntsville, Alabama
1978
Dye transfer print
18 5/16 x 12 3/4 inches
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Museum purchase

 

Nicholas Nixon (American, born in 1947) 'Yazoo City, Mississippi' 1979

 

Nicholas Nixon (American, b. 1947)
Yazoo City, Mississippi
1979
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta

 

William Christenberry (American, 1936-2016) 'Building, Hale County, Alabama' 1980

 

William Christenberry (American, 1936-2016)
Building, Hale County, Alabama
1980
Dye coupler print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from Photo Forum

 

This series of a building in Greensboro stands out among Christenberry’s work due to its clear depiction of time’s cyclical nature. The character of the structure changes so completely from general store to juke joint over the years that it is at first difficult to recognise that the photographs document the same building. With each new name, fresh coat of paint, and architectural modification, the building reflects the surrounding community’s changing economics, culture, and politics through times of decline and rebirth.

Text from the High Museum of Art website

 

William Christenberry (American, 1936-2016) 'Red Building in Forest, Hale County, Alabama' 1983

 

William Christenberry (American, 1936-2016)
Red Building in Forest, Hale County, Alabama
1983
Dye coupler prints
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of the artist

 

After encountering a copy of Walker Evans’s and James Agee’s book, Let Us Now Praise Famous Men, William Christenberry began to photograph vernacular architecture in Hale County, a rural farming area of central Alabama where his family had lived for several generations. Christenberry was one of the first American photographers to harness and popularise colour photography for artistic purposes, and he chronicled the march of time by returning to photograph specific buildings over decades. He exhibited these photographs – often made years apart – in groups to extend the experience of time through the lifespans of buildings and surrounding landscapes.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Domestic Workers Waiting for the Bus, Atlanta, Georgia' April 1983, printed 2024

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Domestic workers waiting for the bus, Atlanta, Georgia
1983
Dye coupler print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Dr. Judy and Kevin Wolman

 

Joel Sternfeld’s Domestic workers waiting for the bus, Atlanta, Georgia, April, (1983) might be the most mundane of nearly 200 photographs on view in “A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845.” …

The picture’s title refers to Atlanta, I’d place this as a particular neighborhood in the suburban community of Sandy Springs, where I once lived. If I haven’t been on this exact street, perhaps even in one of these homes, I’ve been within a half mile of it.

That was more like 2003, but whether 1983, 2003, or 2023, I would be willing to bet a dollar to a donut – to use a Southern phrase – the street looks exactly the same today. Lawns uniformly closely clipped. Pine straw covering the landscaping. Everything just so.

Order. Conformity. Genteel. Southern.

There’s no need for a “white’s only” sign, it’s implied.

The women employed dusting and polishing inside the brick mansions wait on the bus because they can’t afford to own a car. I can assure you no one living in any of the houses along the street would be caught dead riding the bus in Atlanta – or even know how to. It’s just not done.

The picture speaks to America’s structural racism and its racial wealth gap with a whisper, not a scream. Doing so reveals how it’s not just the racist sheriffs and brutes who poured milkshakes over the head of sit-in protesters at the Woolworth’s counter back in the day who are complicit in those systems. Doing so reminds us that the struggle for equality extends beyond the dramatic. Beyond the Edmond Pettis Bridge in Selma, or the bus boycotts in Montgomery.

Chadd Scott. “Explore Three Centuries Of Southern Photography,” on the Forbes website Mar 12, 2024 [Online] Cited 20/12/2024

 

In the tradition of Robert Frank’s book The Americans, Joel Sternfeld embarked on a nationwide road trip for his book American Prospects, which grappled with the state of the country during the Reagan era. Here, three Black women are the only signs of life in the suburban Atlanta neighborhood of Sandy Springs. Driveways segment parcels of land within the seemingly endless subdivision, emphasising the primary mode of transport for the affluent residents. By contrast, the women wait for public transportation to ferry them to and from their jobs maintaining their employers’ homes. Sternfeld’s critical stance lays bare the region’s income and racial inequalities, still present twenty years after the civil rights movement.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Baldwin Lee (American, b. 1951) 'Nashville, Tennessee' 1983

 

Baldwin Lee (American, b. 1951)
Nashville, Tennessee
1983
Gelatin silver print

 

Baldwin Lee (American, b. 1951) 'DeFuniak Springs, Florida' 1984

 

Baldwin Lee (American, b. 1951)
DeFuniak Springs, Florida
1984
Gelatin silver print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond
Arthur and Margaret Glasgow Endowment
© Baldwin Lee

 

Beginning in 1983, Baldwin Lee made many road trips from his adopted home of Knoxville, Tennessee, throughout the South to photograph. He was drawn to Black Americans, often poor, at work, about town, or gathering on their yards or front porches. His strikingly dynamic and active compositions feel simultaneously spontaneous and meticulous in the way he arranges numerous people into complex scenes. His photographs offer poignant portrayals of daily life in rural and small towns across the South that are empathic, intimate, and often humorous, without shying away from his subjects’ material and economic challenges.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Baldwin Lee (American, b. 1951) 'Montgomery, Alabama' 1984

 

Baldwin Lee (American, b. 1951)
Montgomery, Alabama
1984
Gelatin silver print
High museum of Art, Atlanta

 

Sally Mann (American, b. 1951) 'Blowing Bubbles' 1987

 

Sally Mann (American, b. 1951)
Blowing Bubbles
1987
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from Lucinda W. Bunnen for the Bunnen Collection

 

From 1985-1994, Sally Mann photographed her three children – Emmett, Jessie, and Virginia – at the family’s rustic cabin in the Shenandoah Valley. The pictures she created evoke the freedom and tranquility of unhurried days spent exploring outdoors but also capture the complexities of childhood, showing it from both the child and adult’s point of view. In this photograph, Mann presents childhood as at once magical and fleeting. While Jessie delights in producing the shimmering bubbles, Virginia faces us with an anxious expression. If the doll on the railing suggests the innocence of childhood, the pair of abandoned women’s shoes and toy shopping cart hint at its inevitable end.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Deborah Luster (American, b. 1951) 'Donald Garringer, Angola, Louisiana' September 17, 1999

 

Deborah Luster (American, b. 1951)
Donald Garringer, Angola, Louisiana
September 17, 1999
Gelatin silver prints on aluminium
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Eric and Jeanette Lipman Fund

 

In 1998, Deborah Luster began photographing incarcerated people in Louisiana, aiming to give this population visibility and voice. Some of her sitters posed with objects of importance, while others vividly expressed themselves through gesture and expression. Luster printed the portraits on small metal plates that evoke 19thcentury tintypes, intimate objects meant to be touched and handled. On the back of each plate, she recorded information about the sitter, including name, age, length of sentence, prison job, number of children, and future hopes and dreams. While each photograph commemorates an individual’s existence, the project serves as a disquieting reminder of the dehumanisation, grief, and generational trauma the prison industrial complex produces.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Deborah Luster (American, b. 1951) '"REAL," Transylvania, Louisiana' 1999

 

Deborah Luster (American, b. 1951)
“REAL,” Transylvania, Louisiana
1999
Gelatin silver prints on aluminium
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Eric and Jeanette Lipman Fund

 

Mark Steinmetz (American, b. 1961) 'Girl on Car, Athens, GA' 1996

 

Mark Steinmetz (American, b. 1961)
Girl on Car, Athens, GA
1996
Gelatin silver print
Purchase with funds from the Friends of Photography
© Mark Steinmetz

 

Richard Misrach (American, b. 1949) 'Swamp and Pipeline, Geismar, Louisiana' 1998

 

Richard Misrach (American, b. 1949)
Swamp and Pipeline, Geismar, Louisiana
1998
Pigmented inkjet print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Commissioned with funds from the H. B. and Doris Massey Charitable Trust, Lucinda W. Bunnen, and High Museum of Art Enhancement Fund for the Picturing the South series

 

In 1998, Richard Misrach produced a detailed and disturbing visual study of the ecological degradation along a 150-mile section of the Mississippi River between Baton Rouge and New Orleans – a stretch indelibly marked by the more than one hundred petrochemical plants that have spewed pollutants into the air, water, and land surrounding them. Through his evocative large-scale colour photographs, Misrach reveals not only the destruction of the Mississippi’s delicate ecosystem but also the layers of history, power, and politics complicit in engineering a system that has both wreaked havoc on the land and covertly exploited and poisoned nearby residents, primarily African Americans.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Sally Mann (American, b. 1951) 'Deep South, Untitled (Scarred Tree)' 1999

 

Sally Mann (American, b. 1951)
Deep South, Untitled (Scarred Tree)
1999
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from Jane and Clay Jackson

 

Even in today’s “New South,” photography is largely a story of dichotomies: turbulent versus languorous, urban versus rural, privileged versus impoverished, and still, white versus Black. What appears to separate current photographic practice from other eras is that image-makers today seem compelled to address such dual realities with a critical, often indicting interrogation of the south’s legacies. Sally Mann’s “Deep South, Untitled (Scarred Tree)” evokes the brutality of the south’s violent history in the scar on her romantically crafted print of an oak tree.

Suzanne Révy and Elin Spring. “A Long Arc,” on the What Will You Remember website March 20, 2024 [Online] Cited 19/12/2024

 

In this evocative study of an oak tree, Sally Mann focuses on a dark gash across the trunk, its scarred appearance a metaphor for the South’s traumatic history. The combination of beauty and brutality recalls Mann’s description of the South as “a place extravagant in its beauty, reckless in its fecundity, terrible in its indifference, and dark with memories.” The photograph also reveals Mann’s mastery of the 19th-century wet plate process, which enabled her to materially conjure the past in the present.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

An-My Lê (American born Vietnam, b. 1960) 'Explosion', from the 'Small Wars' series 1999-2002

 

An-My Lê (American born Vietnam, b. 1960)
Explosion, from the Small Wars series
1999-2002
Gelatin silver print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Adolph D. and Wilkins C. Williams Fund

 

For her series Small Wars, An-My Lê photographed reenactments of Vietnam War battles in North Carolina and Virginia. In these elaborately staged theatrical events with authentically costumed reenactors, Lê photographed in a manner that mirrors the verisimilitude and immediacy of combat photography, blurring the lines between truth and fiction. The blast of fireworks in Explosion mimics the burst of an ordinance being discharged, illuminating the surrounding pine trees and thereby revealing that the battle is set in a temperate forest rather than in a dense Vietnamese jungle.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Mitch Epstein (American, b. 1952) 'Biloxi, MS' 2005

 

Mitch Epstein (American, b. 1952)
Biloxi, MS
2005
Dye coupler print
The Warehouse, Atlanta
© Mitch Epstein

 

 

2000-Now: A New South, Again

In the past twenty-five years, the American South has emerged as one of the most dynamic locales for contemporary photographic production and has nurtured both homegrown talents and attracted photographers from across the world who seek to better understand both the region and the nation. For these artists, bearing witness to the people, places, and culture of the American South is crucial to comprehending the United States’ collective ethos, and the images these artists produce are key to renegotiating our foundational myths and present realities.

The abiding preoccupations of photographers intent on articulating and scrutinising the character of the region touch on a range of overlapping topics and themes: the unruly and understated nature of the landscape coupled with the looming threat of climate change; storytelling and myth making, with a penchant for the gothic and unsettling; history’s persistence in the present and the need to challenge conventional narratives; the rapid urbanisation and globalisation of the region and the attendant shifting demographics; increasingly visible cultural and political division; and across all these other leitmotifs, race and the long shadow cast by slavery and Jim Crow.

In their efforts to expand and complicate both the myths and realities of the region, these contemporary photographers prompt us to redefine our concepts of who, and what, counts as American. They also show how the South continues to serve as a crucible of American identity, the uneasy place where our contradictions meet our aspirations.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Jeff Whetstone (American, b. 1968) 'Eno River' Durham, North Carolina, 2004

 

Jeff Whetstone (American, b. 1968)
Eno River
Durham, North Carolina, 2004
From the New Wilderness series
© Jeff Whetstone

 

 Whetstone’s photographs … are drawn from his New Wilderness series, in which he explores contemporary understandings of wilderness and charts ways in which longstanding stories of connection to the natural world around us are encoded in today’s culture. He is interested in the ways in which our identities mediate our relationship with the wild and in our stereotypes relating to rural populations.

For Whetstone the mythical frontier is synonymous with the line between humanity and inexorable nature, and as such, it never disappeared. Instead, it is all around us; indeed, it is in us, underlining as nonsense the idea that we could ever truly tame it. The myth of control over the wilderness animates Whetstone’s photography. Through images made both on his doorstep and across the region in settings from caves to hunting blinds, he explores tenuous moments of human dominance over places in the natural world. 

Whetstone finds elements of both human culture and nature in the transitional zone between the two, which for him is the new wilderness… Whetstone’s photographs are a bridge to the inevitable complexity of relationships between humans and nature, which are likely to become ever more pressing as climatological and environmental processes of change weigh heavily in the region over coming decades.

Anonymous. “Jeff Whetstone,” on the Southbound Project website Nd [Online] Cited 23/01/2025

 

Lucas Foglia (American, b. 1983) 'Acorn with Possum Stew, Wildroots Homestead, North Carolina' 2006

 

Lucas Foglia (American, b. 1983)
Acorn with Possum Stew, Wildroots Homestead, North Carolina
2006
Pigmented inkjet print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift of Irene Zhou

 

Alec Soth (American, b. 1969) 'Enchanted Forest (36), Texas' 2006

 

Alec Soth (American, b. 1969)
Enchanted Forest (36), Texas
2006
Pigmented inkjet print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Commissioned with funds from Photo Forum and the Friends of Photography
© Alec Soth / Magnum Photos

 

In the tradition of photographers such as Walker Evans, William Eggleston, and Stephen Shore, Alec Soth seeks to expose and elevate pedestrian aspects of American life. His poetic images capture the harsh beauty of disenfranchised people and places, underscoring the romantic ideals espoused by American society and the realities of living in such a vast and varied country. Inspired by the writing of Flannery O’Connor, Soth’s project explores spiritual and hermetic life in the South. The photographs include studies that represent a variety of natural subjects such as landscapes, woods, and caves; examples of man-made intervention including tree houses, forts, cabins and tents; and portraits of monks, hermits, and survivalists.

Text from the High Museum of Art website

 

Traveling through the American South, Alec Soth explored the romantic allure of escape through the hermetic lives of outsiders living in the region. He photographed landscapes, structures (tree houses, forts, cabins), and people, primarily men, who choose to live on the outskirts of organized society. Distanced in their compositional and psychological approaches, Soth’s photographs demonstrate empathic insight with the desire for solitude, without shying away from the potentially nefarious impulses that motivate some people to withdraw from the mainstream.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Sheila Pree Bright (American, b. 1967) 'Untitled 28' 2007

 

Sheila Pree Bright (American, b. 1967)
Untitled 28
2007
From the Suburbia series
Dye coupler print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta, purchase with funds from the Hagedorn Family and the Friends of Photography

 

In her Suburbia series, Sheila Pree Bright creates narratives that allude to socioeconomic status and racial identity. The arrangement of the rooms and their contents invites the viewer to imagine the lives of their inhabitants. Bright’s inclusion in this well-appointed mid-century living room of titles such as The End of Blackness, books about Frida Kahlo and Pablo Picasso, masks from Africa, and vases from Asia underscore the inhabitant’s refinement and expansive cultural sophistication. Bright’s carefully composed photographs of the interiors of Black-owned homes in suburban Atlanta seek to counter often-stereotyped representations of Black communities in the mainstream media with a more realistic, nuanced view of middle-class African American family life.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Susan Worsham (American, b. 1969) 'Marine, Hotel near Airport, Richmond, Virginia' 2009

 

Susan Worsham (American, b. 1969)
Marine, Hotel near Airport, Richmond, Virginia
2009
Pigmented inkjet print Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Aldine S. Hartman Endowment Fund

 

Stacy Kranitz (American, b. 1976) 'Buchanan County, Virginia' 2011

 

Stacy Kranitz (American, b. 1976)
Buchanan County, Virginia
2011
Pigmented inkjet print
Courtesy of the artist and Tracey Morgan Gallery
© Stacey Kranitz

 

Shane Lavalette (American, b. 1987)
'Will with Banjo' 2011

 

Shane Lavalette (American, b. 1987)
Will with Banjo
2011
Pigment print
© Shane Lavalette

 

Gillian Laub (American, b. 1975) 'Prom Prince and Princess Dancing at the Integrated Prom' 2011

 

Gillian Laub (American, b. 1975)
Prom Prince and Princess Dancing at the Integrated Prom
2011
Pigment print

 

 Although she is from New York and has lived the majority of her life there, Laub spent many years visiting Montgomery County, Georgia, after first learning about its high school’s segregated prom and homecoming dances. Laub became aware of this situation in 2002 when a former student from the school wrote to Spin magazine saying that she, a white student, had not been permitted to take her boyfriend, who was black, to homecoming. Laub took on the assignment of visiting the county to learn more. What she found and began documenting was that two separate proms and homecoming dances were organized by student committees overseen by parents. One set of dances was held exclusively for white students; no students of color were allowed to attend. The other dances were held after the first and could be attended by students of any race but were mostly attended by black students. Separate sets of black and white prom and homecoming kings and queens were crowned for each dance. Laub’s photograph Homecoming Court (2002) captures the only time that the white and black homecoming court appeared together. The white homecoming queen and black homecoming queen were each crowned separately by white and black first graders from the local elementary school, thus reinforcing the teaching of segregation from a young age. 

With all her photographic subjects, Laub works carefully to establish strong relationships based on trust. Though members of the community backing the segregated proms met her with hostility, she developed strong bonds with several students and continued to follow up with them over the years during subsequent trips. Julie and Bubba, Mount Vernon (2002) shows two of the students Laub met when she first visited this community. Julie, whose older sister Anna was the young white woman who wrote to Spin, had white friends who were not allowed to socialize with her due to the race of her African American boyfriend, Bubba. Laub captures the couple in a relaxed embrace. They look at the camera openly, without armor or defensiveness. Their relationship, the picture seems to suggest, is something simple and honest that the surrounding community does not support due to entrenched histories of racism. 

In 2010, after the community had received national attention because of Laub’s photographs, the school elected to integrate the prom. Although Montgomery County had seen social progress with the integration of the dance, the community was divided once more when one of the school’s former students, twenty-two-year-old African American Justin Patterson, was killed in January of 2011 by a white father who found Patterson in his home with his daughter. In light of this event, Laub began exploring this story and the broader issues of racial violence in the community. Her work resulted not only in a 2015 monograph of photographs, Southern Rites, but also in an HBO documentary film by the same name, as well as a traveling exhibition organized by the International Center of Photography. Her photograph Prom Prince and Princess Dancing at the Integrated Prom (2011, above) shows an interracial couple dancing at the prom, first made possible only the year before. The young princess wraps her arms around her prince, holding him close while they dance. Though enjoying this moment of relaxed intimacy, the young man also seems somewhat anxious, or at least aware, of the continuing dangers of such relationships for men of color in his community. Laub’s intimate photographs dig deeply into the complex emotions of young men and women grappling with the weight of the South’s long history of racism.

Anonymous. “Gillian Laub,” on the Southbound Project Nd website [Online] Cited 23/01/2025

 

Dawoud Bey (American, b. 1953) 'The Birmingham Project: Wallace Simmons and Eric Allums' 2012

 

Dawoud Bey (American, b. 1953)
The Birmingham Project: Wallace Simmons and Eric Allums
2012
Pigmented inkjet print
Collection of Andrew Z. Scharf
© Dawoud Bey

 

Dawoud Bey’s Birmingham Project bridges gaps of time to foreground how the past continues to resonate in the present. In this diptych, he reframes the tragic events of September 15, 1963, in Birmingham, Alabama – the bombing of the 16th Street Baptist Church, which killed four African American girls, and in its aftermath, the murder of two African American boys. The series pairs portraits of citizens of contemporary Birmingham: a child the same age as one of the victims with an adult the age the child would have reached had they lived. In this way, Bey memorialises the victims and effectively imagines a future that was never realised.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Thomas Struth (German, b. 1954)
'Aquarium, Atlanta, Georgia' 2013

 

Thomas Struth (German, b. 1954)
Aquarium, Atlanta, Georgia
2013
Chromogenic print
84 x 142 7/8 x 2 3/4 in. (213.36 x 362.9 x 6.99cm)
© Thomas Struth

 

RaMell Ross (American, born 1982) 'iHome' 2013

 

RaMell Ross (American, born 1982)
iHome
2013
Pigmented inkjet print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Arthur and Margaret Glasgow Endowment
© RaMell Ross

 

For years, RaMell Ross has immersed himself in Hale County, Alabama, a place made iconic in the history of photography by Walker Evans and William Christenberry. Where Evans and Christenberry studied the white residents and decaying architecture, respectively, Ross focuses on the Black community and their untold stories. In iHome, he intertwines present and past by photographing a cell phone screen that shows a white antebellum house, also shown out of focus in the background. He relishes in the anachronism of employing modern technology to view a structure of the past. His inclusion of the hand holding the phone authors a new perspective on time, place, agency, and who gets to write history and imagine the future.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Mark Steinmetz (American, b. 1961) 'International Terminal, Atlanta Airport' 2016

 

Mark Steinmetz (American, b. 1961)
International Terminal, Atlanta Airport
2016
Gelatin silver print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Commissioned with funds from the H.B. and Doris Massey Charitable Trust and the Picturing the South Fund for the Picturing the South series

 

Mark Steinmetz spent two years photographing in, around, and above Hartsfield-Jackson Atlanta International, the world’s most heavily trafficked airport. He considered the activity and interactions that take place at this crossroads of the contemporary South and masterfully captured the ordinary-yet-fascinating human dramas that play out in a decidedly liminal public place. This image of a young woman relaxing on a luggage cart lends a poignant perspective to how this gateway to the wider world is a place of delightful paradoxes: a massive modern complex sitting in the midst of a sublime natural environment; a bustling global transit hub as the site of solitary experiences; and a stifling bureaucratic tangle as a portal to possibility and opportunity.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Debbie Fleming Caffery (American, b. 1948) 'Stormy Sky' 2016

 

Debbie Fleming Caffery (American, b. 1948)
Stormy Sky
2016
Gelatin silver print
20 × 24 inches
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Commissioned with funds from the H. B. and Doris Massey Charitable Trust and the Picturing the South Fund
© Debbie Fleming Caffery

 

Irina Rozovsky (American born Russia, b. 1981) 'Untitled (Traditions Highway)' 2018

 

Irina Rozovsky (American born Russia, b. 1981)
Untitled (Traditions Highway)
2018
Inkjet print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Kathleen Boone Samuels Memorial Fund

 

Rozovsky’s series Traditions Highway takes its name from Georgia’s State Route 15, a road that runs northsouth through the entire state and passes through Sparta and Athens, towns named after ancient Greek cities, the latter of which birthed the concept of democracy. Rozovsky’s photographs explore contemporary ideas and expressions of democracy, especially as they are situated in the American South, and examine the ways that past and present are layered in the region. Here, an abandoned carriage decorated with hearts in the woods conjures myriad ideas and feelings: the romanticism and dilapidation of the Old South, the tension between beauty and destruction and between the natural and built environments, and the blurred lines between fantasy and reality.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

Kris Graves (American, b. 1982) 'Lee Square, Richmond, Virginia' 2020

 

Kris Graves (American, b. 1982)
Lee Square, Richmond, Virginia
2020
Pigmented inkjet print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Purchase with funds from the H.B. and Doris Massey Charitable Trust

 

This was the graffiti covered base to the bronze statue of Confederate General Robert E. Lee on horseback in Lee Square, Richmond, Virginia. The statue was part of the Robert E. Lee Monument, which was removed in September 2021.

 

An-My Lê (American born Vietnam, b. 1960) 'High School Students after Black Lives Matter Protest, Lafayette Park, Washington, D.C.' 2020

 

An-My Lê (American born Vietnam, b. 1960)
High School Students after Black Lives Matter Protest, Lafayette Park, Washington, D.C.
2020
Pigmented inkjet print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Commissioned with funds from the Forward Arts Foundation for the Picturing the South series
© An-My Lê

 

An-My Lê photographed evidence of the social unrest that emerged in Washington, D.C., in 2020 amid the COVID-19 pandemic and the aftermath of the murder of George Floyd. “It often seems that there are two Americas, left and right, looking at the same place from radically different and irreconcilable perspectives,” she explained. Centered here on the waning moment of a protest, with national monuments and federal buildings as the backdrop, Lê takes a wide view to offer context for a scene. She carefully assembles details that reveal how America’s challenges of the past shape and rhyme with the heated debates of the present.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

José Ibarra Rizo (American born Mexico, b. 1992) 'Limbeth and Karim' 2021

 

José Ibarra Rizo (American born Mexico, b. 1992)
Limbeth and Karim
2021
Pigmented inkjet print
High Museum of Art, Atlanta
Gift Dr. Joe B. Massey
© José Ibarra Rizo

 

Immigrants from Mexico and Latin America living in the United States are often perceived as distrustful. The portraits of Jose Ibarra Rizo, an immigrant, show people with pride and dignity, revealing a strong sense of identity. His series, Somewhere in Between, tells the utterly human story of the migrant community in Georgia.

Text from the Art Doc Magazine Instagram page

 

José Ibarra Rizo (American born Mexico, b. 1992) 'Rose Grower' 2021

 

José Ibarra Rizo (American born Mexico, b. 1992)
Rose Grower
2021
Inkjet print
Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
Aldine S. Hartman Endowment Fund
© José Ibarra Rizo

 

José Ibarra Rizo’s series Somewhere In Between documents the Latinx immigrant experience in the American South. Rizo’s tender photographs focus on a community that is ubiquitous in the region yet often misrepresented or simply invisible in popular media and political debates. This portrait of a man standing in front of his prized roses – hand tightly grasping a bag of insecticide – was made soon after he retired from a gruelling job at a poultry processing plant in Gainesville. Georgia’s poultry industry employs numerous immigrants, including the photographer’s own parents.

Text from the Large Print Guide at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts

 

'A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845' book cover

 

A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845 Hardcover – 1 April 2024

The South is perhaps the most mythologized region in the United States and also one of the most depicted. Since the dawn of photography in the nineteenth century, photographers have articulated the distinct and evolving character of the South’s people, landscape, and culture and reckoned with its fraught history. Indeed, many of the urgent questions we face today about what defines the American experience – from racism, poverty, and the legacy of slavery to environmental disaster, immigration, and the changes wrought by a modern, global economy- appear as key themes in the photography of the South. The visual history of the South is inextricably intertwined with the history of photography and also the history of America, and is therefore an apt lens through which to examine American identity.

A Long Arc: Photography and the American South accompanies a major exhibition at the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, with more than one hundred photographers represented, including Walker Evans, Robert Frank, Gordon Parks, William Eggleston, Sally Mann, Carrie Mae Weems, Dawoud Bey, Alec Soth, and An-My Le. Insightful texts by Imani Perry, Sarah Kennel, Makeda Best, and Rahim Fortune, among others, illuminate this broad survey of photographs of the Southern United States as an essential American story.

Co-published by Aperture and High Museum of Art, Atlanta

Buy the book from Amazon

 

 

Virginia Museum of Fine Arts
200 N. Boulevard
Richmond, Virginia USA

Opening hours:
Daily 10am – 5pm and until 9 pm Wed, Thu, Fri

Virginia Museum of Fine Arts website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Tina Barney: Family Ties’ at Jeu de Paume, Paris

Exhibition dates: 28th September, 2024 – 19th January, 2025

Curator: Quentin Bajac, director of Jeu de Paume

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'Jill and Mom' 1983 from the exhibition 'Tina Barney: Family Ties' at Jeu de Paume, Paris

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
Jill and Mom
1983
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

 

I wonder whether you have seen those tv crime shows where the cops are grilling a suspect, and for fear of incriminating themselves they give a “no comment” interview…

What do you think of the composition of these photographs?

No comment

What do you think of the lighting in these photographs?

No comment

What do you think of the use of colour in these photographs?

No comment

What do you think of the people depicted in these photographs?

No comment

What do you think of the allegedly subtle critique of these patrician families, these far from “ordinary people”?

No comment

My mother said to me, if you can’t say anything constructive don’t say anything at all.

No comment

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

Many thanks to Jeu de Paume for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'The Reception' 1985 from the exhibition 'Tina Barney: Family Ties' at Jeu de Paume, Paris

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
The Reception
1985
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'The Children's Party' 1986

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
The Children’s Party
1986
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'Jill and Polly in the Bathroom' 1987

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
Jill and Polly in the Bathroom
1987
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'Tim, Phil and I' 1989

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
Tim, Phil and I
1989
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

 

Jeu de Paume showcases the vibrant, singular work of influential American photographer Tina Barney, who is best known for exploring intergenerational familial rituals and the subtle nuances of human connection.

Spanning over 40 years of the artist’s career, the exhibition marks the artist’s first European retrospective. Born in 1945, Tina Barney began taking photographs of her relatives and friends in the late 1970s. A keen observer of family traditions, her work focuses on cultural habits within domestic settings. Her colourful and large-scale portraits may appear as family snapshots at first glance, however many have been carefully staged by the artist, creating intricate tableaux that establish a dialogue with classical painting. This exhibition will also include work from Barney’s editorial practice in which portraits of celebrities and models for fashion magazines and luxury brands share the same complexity, sensitivity, and humor found in her fine art practice.

Spanning the breadth of Barney’s career, the exhibition will include fifty-five large-scale works from Barney’s earliest through her most recent series, including those previously unseen in Europe.

Text from the Jeu de Paume website

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'Musical Chairs' 1990

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
Musical Chairs
1990
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'Self-Portrait in Red Raincoat' 1991

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
Self-Portrait in Red Raincoat
1991
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'The Young Men' 1992

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
The Young Men
1992
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

 

In “Family Ties,” Tina Barney’s keenly observed portraits offer a window into a rarified world of privilege with a sense of spontaneity and intimacy that remind us of what we hold in common.

In the late 1970s, Barney began a decades-long exploration of the everyday, but often hidden, life of the New England upper class, of which she and her family belonged. Photographing close relatives and friends, she became an astute observer of the rituals common to the intergenerational summer gatherings held in picturesque homes along the East Coast.

These personal, often surreal, scenes present a secret world of the haute bourgeoisie – a landscape of hidden tension found in micro-expressions and in, what Barney calls, the subtle gestures of “disruption” that belie the dreamlike worlds of patrician tableaux.

Newly released, “Family Ties” brings together sixty large-format portraits from three decades that have defined Barney’s career, alongside an interview between the artist and Aperture’s executive director Sarah Meister, and texts by Quentin Bajac and James Welling.

This volume coincides with Barney’s first retrospective exhibition in Europe, on view at Jeu de Paume through January 2025.

Text from the Jeu de Paume Instagram page

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'The Entrance Hall' 1996

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
The Entrance Hall
1996
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'Mr. and Mrs. Castelli' 1998

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
Mr. and Mrs. Castelli
1998
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'Julianne Moore and Family' 1999

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
Julianne Moore and Family
1999
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'The Reunion' 1999

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
The Reunion
1999
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

 

In September 2024, Jeu de Paume, Paris, will showcase the vibrant, singular work of influential American photographer Tina Barney, who is best known for exploring intergenerational familial rituals and the subtle nuances of human connection. Spanning over 40 years of the artist’s career, Tina Barney. Family Ties marks the artist’s first European retrospective.

Born in 1945, Tina Barney began taking photographs of her relatives and friends in the late 1970s. A keen observer of family traditions, her work focuses on cultural habits within domestic settings. Her colourful and large-scale portraits may appear as family snapshots at first glance, however many have been carefully staged by the artist, creating intricate tableaux that establish a dialogue with classical painting. This exhibition will also include work from Barney’s editorial practice in which portraits of celebrities and models for fashion magazines and luxury brands share the same complexity, sensitivity, and humor found in her fine art practice.

Spanning the breadth of Barney’s career, the exhibition will include fifty-five large-scale works from Barney’s earliest through her most recent series, including those previously unseen in Europe.

Tina Barney’s experimental approach to photography emerged in the late 1970s. In 1981, she transitioned from working with a hand-held Pentax 35mm camera to a tripod-mounted Toyo 4 x 5 view camera. Through the 1980s, Barney’s early images revealed a world rarely seen in photography, offering the public an intimate look at the inner lives of the East Coast American upper class. At various vacation spots, birthday parties (The Children’s Party, 1986), weddings (Bridesmaids in Pink, 1995), backyard barbecues (Tim, Phil, and I, 1989) and family lunches in and around her house in Rhode Island, Barney probed the social habits of her subjects, exposing a fine line between intense concentration and idle restlessness. Her models pose like actors in a theater or film scene as the artist quickly replays micro-gestures and gives informal instructions. With the spontaneity of a snapshot, The Reception (1985), for example, sees Barney carefully direct the guests of her sister’s wedding.

Between 1996 and 2004, Barney traveled to Italy, the United Kingdom, Austria, France, Spain and Germany, turning her attention to social types and customs instead of individuals. In these works, traditional motifs are often combined with more contemporary features, as figures of the European aristocracy pose in a pictorial manner, reminiscent of British “conversation pieces” of the eighteenth century. Working in large format allows Barney to magnify the exquisite details found in the textures and colours of her subjects’ clothes, furniture, fabrics and decor, drawing particular focus to the visual and material cultures that inform their mannerisms.

The exhibition will explore the theatrical dimension of Barney’s mise-en-scènes, with special attention to her work with her subjects and the construction of space. Barney’s work underscores a certain narrative dimension or tendency. In the early 1990s, Barney began working for several magazines and newspapers, including The Daily Telegraph, W, Arena Homme Plus, Hommes Vogue International and Vogue US, fuelling her attention to the formal and compositional possibilities of photographs where the costumes, setting, and circumstances are already defined.

Departing from a strictly chronological approach, Tina Barney. Family Ties will present specific themes that have traversed Barney’s various bodies of work over four decades. For example, family – a key theme from the very beginning of Barney’s photographic practice in 1976 – may be found in Jill and Mom (1983), an intimate scene where the artist’s sister and mother address the camera in relaxed postures. Nearly twenty years later, The Daughters (2002) revisits the dynamic of a mother and daughter in a portrait of a French family whom Barney had not previously met.

Tina Barney was born in New York in 1945. Her mother, Lillian Fox, was a model turned interior designer. Her father, Philip Henry Isles, came from a long line of investment bankers and art collectors. Throughout her childhood, she was exposed to the practice of photography by her maternal grandfather. She began experimenting with photography when she and her family moved to Sun Valley, Idaho in 1973, where she lived until returning to New York City in 1983. Barney has exhibited her work at major venues across the globe, including the Museum of Modern Art in New York, and she participated in the Whitney Biennial in 1987. Today, her work is included in many prominent collections around the world. She lives and works between New York and Rhode Island.

© Tina Barney. Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'The Two Students' 2001

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
The Two Students
2001
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'The Daughters' 2002

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
The Daughters
2002
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'The Limo' 2006

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
The Limo
2006
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'Family Commisson With Snake (Close Up)' 2007

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
Family Commisson With Snake (Close Up)
2007
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'Two Sisters' 2019

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
Two Sisters
2019
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945) 'Tina Barney's self-portrait, Rhode Island' 2023

 

Tina Barney (American, b. 1945)
Tina Barney’s self-portrait, Rhode Island
2023
Courtesy of the artist and Kasmin, New York
© Tina Barney

 

 

Jeu de Paume
1, Place de la Concorde
75008 Paris
métro Concorde
Phone: 01 47 03 12 50

Opening hours:
Tuesday – Sunday 11am – 7pm
Closed Mondays

Jeu de Paume website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects’ at the Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT

Exhibition dates: 3rd October, 2024 – 5th January, 2025

Curator: Robert Wolterstorff

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Abandoned Uranium Refinery, Near Tuba City, Arizona, Navajo Nation' 1982 from the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Abandoned Uranium Refinery, Near Tuba City, Arizona, Navajo Nation
1982
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
Courtesy of the artist and the Bruce Museum
© Joel Sternfeld

 

 

Last exhibition posting until the New Year. I need a break!

On the edge of oblivion

Joel Sternfeld – along with artists like William Eggleston, Paul Outerbridge Jr., Stephen Shore and Saul Leiter among others – was a pioneer of colour photography, his large format photographs picturing American contemporary life and identity.

His elegant, luxurious, and slightly twisted if not surreal look at the American landscape and life can be seen as “a darkly funny, bleak, but not unromantic vision of America.” Sternfeld, “peels back layers of familiar landscapes to reveal the ironies, contradictions, and hidden stories that shape the American experience.”

Both utopian and dystopian at one and the same time, Sternfeld’s photographs have both a quiet eloquence and an unsettling kick in the pants within the same image, for example updating the historical lineage of Walker Evans (documentary) and Robert Frank (outsider) in colour photographs framing the uneasy nature of American life.

Sternfeld’s Pendleton, Oregon (1980, below) reformulates in colour the tract housing photographs of Bill Owens, William A. Garnett or Robert Adams. His Domestic Workers Waiting for the Bus, Atlanta, Georgia (April 1983, below) comments sublimely, subliminally, to the ongoing racism in the genteel South. “There’s no need for a “white’s only” sign, it’s implied… The picture speaks to America’s structural racism and its racial wealth gap with a whisper, not a scream. Doing so reveals how it’s not just the racist sheriffs and brutes who poured milkshakes over the head of sit-in protesters at the Woolworth’s counter back in the day who are complicit in those systems.”1

Sternfeld’s photographs are full of felt insecurities and idiosyncrasies.

The crumpled car indicative of the alienated landscape the barefoot youth is growing up in that is Kansas City, Kansas (May 1983, below); the family with their myriad possessions in a battered Ford pickup truck heading who knows where (riffing on the FSA photographs of the 1930s) in Interstate 79, Bridgeport, West Virginia (March 1983, below); the migrant family “existing” in their wooden shack in South Texas (January 1983, below); and the baby protected, isolated, left to its own devices in Glen Canyon Dam, Page, Arizona (August 1983, below) as the family peers over the precipice into the existential depths.

On and on and on we go… from exhausted renegade elephants to realtors in the desert to abandoned uranium mines to limousines and glaciers. The real and the absurd, ludicrous even, living cheek by jowl, on the edge of oblivion.

There is one particular image of Sternfeld’s that is my favourite and that I think sums up the art of this wonderful artist: After a Flash Flood, Rancho Mirage, California (1979, below). To me it perfectly pictures the dichotomy of American life. The have and have nots. The large expensive car and the beautiful, probably gated, community homes – and the desire for money that provides that lifestyle – dashed away by a force of nature, sweeping both the lifestyle, homes and car into the ravine, like Hieronymus Bosch’s Garden of Earthly Delights (c. 1490-1510), the ‘garden of lusts’ (and desires for money, home, possessions) descending into the hell of the chthonic earth. Be careful what you wish for.

Sternfeld’s work is worthy of our kind, calm meditation for in the stillness and cinematic quality of his photographs lies everlasting revelation into the human condition as we live and die on this, our one Earth.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

1/ Chadd Scott. “Explore Three Centuries Of Southern Photography,” on the Forbes website Mar 12, 2024 [Online] Cited 20/12/2024


Many thanks to the Bruce Museum for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Pendleton, Oregon' 1980 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Pendleton, Oregon
1980
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
Courtesy of the artist and the Bruce Museum
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Coeburn, Virginia' April 1981, printed 2022 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Coeburn, Virginia
April 1981, printed 2022
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Canyon Country, California' June 1983, printed 2022 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Canyon Country, California
June 1983, printed 2022
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Domestic Workers Waiting for the Bus, Atlanta, Georgia' April 1983, printed 2024 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Domestic Workers Waiting for the Bus, Atlanta, Georgia
April 1983, printed 2024
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

 

Joel Sternfeld doesn’t just capture America; he exposes it. With each photograph, he peels back layers of familiar landscapes to reveal the ironies, contradictions, and hidden stories that shape the American experience. A pioneer in colour photography, Sternfeld’s lens turns everyday scenes into striking narratives where beauty meets decay, and hope intersects with abandonment. His images, timeless, yet hauntingly relevant – a cross-country journey that invites us to look deeper and
question what lies beneath the surface.

The Bruce Museum’s American Prospects offers a rare encounter with Joel
Sternfeld’s profound exploration of the American Dream – its triumphs, fractures, and quiet absurdities. Since its first release in 1987, this series has stood as a seminal work in colour photography, redefining the medium and reshaping our perception of American landscapes. Like his contemporaries William Eggleston and Stephen Shore, Sternfeld used colour to move beyond documentation, crafting layered narratives that invite both reflection and critique. On view through January 5, 2025, Sternfeld’s lens frames America as it is – flawed, resilient, and enduringly hopeful.

In Abandoned Uranium Refinery, Near Tuba City, Arizona, Sternfeld confronts us with a haunting testament to industrial intrusion on sacred land. The muted pinks and warm ochres spread across the landscape, evoking the natural beauty of the Navajo Nation’s desert. Yet, at its heart, the photograph holds a darker, fractured reality – the scars of industry etched deeply into the land, an intrusion upon both the environment and the community’s heritage. Sternfeld’s light is gentle yet harsh, and his careful composition balances the serenity of nature against the unease of contamination. It’s a scene that commands attention, evoking reverence while quietly asking us to grapple with the unsettling impact of human intervention.

Coeburn, Virginia brings Sternfeld’s eye for subtle irony to life within the seemingly serene environment of a small town. Here, the frame captures the tension between the landscape’s lushness and signs of quiet disrepair houses sitting precariously against a verdant backdrop, hinting at lives lived in the margins. Through muted earthy tones and a sparing splash of green, Sternfeld avoids romanticising rural life, instead highlighting the fragile balance between nature’s persistence and the impermanence of human structures. The result is a scene that feels both intimate and detached, inviting us to see Coeburn not as a forgotten place but as a testament to resilience and transience.

In Canyon Country, California, Sternfeld turns his lens to the sublime – a canyon that feels at once vast and void, a sprawling testament to the untouched beauty of the American West. Here, the land stretches endlessly, exuding a calm that contrasts sharply with the bustling, culturally charged image of California we often imagine. Sternfeld’s framing, balanced with a quiet geometry, amplifies the canyon’s emptiness while subtly pointing to the tension between this natural expanse and the human inclination to intrude, consume, and commercialise. It’s a scene that invites introspection, leaving viewers to consider California as both escape and spectacle, a space layered with expectation yet stripped bare.

The Bruce Museum’s American Prospects invites us to traverse Sternfeld’s
America – a land as haunting as it is beautiful. With a careful eye for color,
geometry, and narrative tension, Sternfeld transforms these landscapes into timeless scenes, at once grounded and surreal. Each photograph holds a sense of melancholic grandeur, inviting viewers not just to observe but to confront the quiet dramas embedded in America’s vast, varied, and vulnerable terrain. In Sternfeld’s vision, America is an open road of paradoxes – where beauty meets desolation, and where each mile reveals a new truth we can’t ignore.

Giuliana Brida. “Oct 30 Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects | The Bruce Museum,” in Musee: Vanguard of Photography Culture on the Bruce Museum website Nd [Online] Cited 28/11/2024

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Kansas City, Kansas' May 1983 (below); at centre, 'Putney, Vermont' October 1978; and at right, 'Canyon Country, California' June 1983 (above)

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Kansas City, Kansas' May 1983 (below); at centre, 'Putney, Vermont' October 1978; and at right, 'Canyon Country, California' June 1983 (above)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s Kansas City, Kansas, May 1983 (below); at centre, Putney, Vermont, October 1978; and at right, Canyon Country, California June 1983 (above)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Kansas City, Kansas' May 1983

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Kansas City, Kansas
May 1983
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at centre, Sternfeld's 'A Bus Stop in Tucson, Arizona' (July 1979)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at centre, Sternfeld’s A Bus Stop in Tucson, Arizona (July 1979)

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at right, Sternfeld's 'The Space Shuttle Columbia Lands at Kelly Lackland Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas' (March 1979)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at right, Sternfeld’s The Space Shuttle Columbia Lands at Kelly Lackland Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas (March 1979, below)

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing Sternfeld's 'The Space Shuttle Columbia Lands at Kelly Lackland Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas' (March 1979)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing Sternfeld’s The Space Shuttle Columbia Lands at Kelly Lackland Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas (March 1979, below)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'The Space Shuttle Columbia Lands at Kelly Lackland Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas' March 1979, printed 2024

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
The Space Shuttle Columbia Lands at Kelly Lackland Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas
March 1979, printed 2024
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s Bikini Contest, Fort Lauderdale, Florida (March 1983, below); and at right, The Space Shuttle Columbia Lands at Kelly Lackland Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas (March 1979, above)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Bikini Contest, Fort Lauderdale, Florida' March 1983

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Bikini Contest, Fort Lauderdale, Florida
March 1983
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Two punks sit together in Studio City, California' (June 1982); and at right, 'Wet'n Wild Aquatic Theme Park, Orlando, Florida' (September 1980)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Two punks sit together in Studio City, California (June 1982); and at right, Wet’n Wild Aquatic Theme Park, Orlando, Florida (September 1980, below)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Wet'n Wild Aquatic Theme Park, Orlando, Florida' September 1980, printed 2024

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Wet’n Wild Aquatic Theme Park, Orlando, Florida
September 1980, printed 2024
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at right, Sternfeld's 'Two punks sit together in Studio City, California' (June 1982)

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Interstate 79, Bridgeport, West Virginia' (March 1983); and at right, 'Two punks sit together in Studio City, California' (June 1982)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing in the bottom photograph at left, Sternfeld’s Interstate 79, Bridgeport, West Virginia (March 1983, below); and at right, Two punks sit together in Studio City, California (June 1982)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Interstate 79, Bridgeport, West Virginia' March 1983

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Interstate 79, Bridgeport, West Virginia
March 1983
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'South Texas' (January 1983); at second left, 'Interstate 79, Bridgeport, West Virginia' (March 1983); and at right, 'Wet'n Wild Aquatic Theme Park, Orlando, Florida' (September 1980)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s South Texas (January 1983, below); at second left, Interstate 79, Bridgeport, West Virginia (March 1983, above); and at right, Wet’n Wild Aquatic Theme Park, Orlando, Florida (September 1980, above)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'South Texas' January 1983, printed 2022

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
South Texas
January 1983, printed 2022
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'McLean, Virginia' (December 1978)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s McLean, Virginia (December 1978, below)

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at right, Sternfeld's McLean, Virginia (December 1978)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at right, Sternfeld’s McLean, Virginia (December 1978, below)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'McLean, Virginia' December 1978, printed 2024

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
McLean, Virginia
December 1978, printed 2024
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'McLean, Virginia' (December 1978); at second right, 'Glen Canyon Dam, Page, Arizona' (August 1983); and at right, 'After a Flash Flood, Rancho Mirage, California' (1979)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s McLean, Virginia (December 1978, above); at second right, Glen Canyon Dam, Page, Arizona (August 1983, below); and at right, After a Flash Flood, Rancho Mirage, California (1979, below)

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left centre, Sternfeld's 'Glen Canyon Dam, Page, Arizona' (August 1983); at centre, 'After a Flash Flood, Rancho Mirage, California' (1979); and at right, 'Exhausted Renegade Elephant, Woodland, Washington' (June 1979)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing in the bottom photograph at left centre, Sternfeld’s Glen Canyon Dam, Page, Arizona (August 1983, below); at centre, After a Flash Flood, Rancho Mirage, California (1979, below); and at right, Exhausted Renegade Elephant, Woodland, Washington (June 1979, below)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Glen Canyon Dam, Page, Arizona' August 1983, printed 2024

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Glen Canyon Dam, Page, Arizona
August 1983, printed 2024
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Joel Sternfeld. 'After a Flash Flood, Rancho Mirage, California' 1979

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
After a Flash Flood, Rancho Mirage, California
1979
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Exhausted Renegade Elephant, Woodland, Washington' June 1979

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Exhausted Renegade Elephant, Woodland, Washington
June 1979
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

 

Widely acclaimed when it was published in 1987, Joel Sternfeld’s American Prospects has come to be regarded as one of the important early monuments of colour photography. Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) was one of a small cohort of pioneers, including William Eggleston, Helen Levitt, and Stephen Shore, who in the 1960s and 1970s began exploring the potential of colour photography as a fine art.

Sternfeld developed a unique aesthetic for the use of colour and a distinctive personal vision. Inspired by the photographers Walker Evans and Robert Frank, he embarked on an ambitious quest to document America, traversing the continent from 1978 to 1983 with the support of a Guggenheim Fellowship. American Prospects is the result.

Although Sternfeld saw deep fissures and contradictions in the country at the time, he also went on the road with a sense of optimism and discovery. His goal was not to document the failure of the American Dream, but to record what was great, vital, and regenerative about this nation. On one hand, Sternfeld’s imagery includes damaged landscapes and industry in decline. He delights in the curious, bizarre, and accidental in the everyday. Scenes of an elephant collapsed on the road or a firefighter buying a pumpkin while a fire rages in the background convey a sense of absurdity. And yet underlying the series is a vision of a beautiful land and the eternal cycle of the seasons, and of the variety and resiliency of the American people. Even today, Sternfeld is optimistic about the American prospect: “America has a tremendous capacity to right itself,” he noted recently. Sternfeld’s vision is as complicated as the nation. His images are deep, rich, and powerful specifically because they are complex and conflicted, at once both critical and affectionate.

Guest curated by Robert Wolterstorff, Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects will mount more than forty large scale colour prints, among them many of the most iconic images from the series, along with others that have never before been exhibited. It coincides with a new edition of American Prospects published by Steidl Press.

Text from the Bruce Museum website

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Earl Garvey Realtor, The Mojave Desert, California' (July 1979); and at right, 'Wyoming' (1994)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s Earl Garvey Realtor, The Mojave Desert, California (July 1979, below); and at right, Wyoming (1994)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Earl Garvey Realtor, The Mojave Desert, California' July 1979

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Earl Garvey Realtor, The Mojave Desert, California
July 1979
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Abandoned Freighter, Homer Alaska' (July 1984); and at second right, 'Matanuska Glacier, Matanuska Valley, Alaska' (July 1984) 

 

Installation views of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s Abandoned Freighter, Homer Alaska (July 1984, below); and at second right, Matanuska Glacier, Matanuska Valley, Alaska (July 1984)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Abandoned Freighter, Homer Alaska' July 1984, printed 2024

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Abandoned Freighter, Homer Alaska
July 1984, printed 2024
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at centre, 'Abandoned Freighter, Homer Alaska' (July 1984); and at right, 'Matanuska Glacier, Matanuska Valley, Alaska' (July 1984)

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, 'Abandoned Freighter, Homer Alaska' (July 1984); and at centre, 'Matanuska Glacier, Matanuska Valley, Alaska' (July 1984)

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Matanuska Glacier, Matanuska Valley, Alaska' (July 1984)

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Matanuska Glacier, Matanuska Valley, Alaska' (July 1984); and at right, 'Abandoned Uranium Refinery, Near Tuba City, Arizona, Navajo Nation' (1982)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing in the bottom photograph at left, Sternfeld’s Matanuska Glacier, Matanuska Valley, Alaska (July 1984); and at right, Abandoned Uranium Refinery, Near Tuba City, Arizona, Navajo Nation (1982)

 

 

Beauty, sadness and humor are woven through complex portraits of America in “Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects.” On view at the Bruce Museum Oct. 3, 2024 – Jan. 5, 2025, the exhibition is an ode to the artist’s 1987 landmark photography book, “American Prospects,” and coincides with a new edition published by Steidl Press. The Bruce mounted more than 40 large-scale color prints, ranging from Sternfeld’s most iconic images to never-before-exhibited photographs.

Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) was an early adopter of color photography as fine art. He explored the medium’s potential in the 1960s and 70s with a small cohort of pioneers, including William Eggleston, Helen Levitt and Stephen Shore. Sternfeld initially focused on New York street photography and was awarded a Guggenheim Fellowship in 1978. Longing to explore beyond the confines of the urban grid, the award supported his purchase of a Volkswagen camper and a wooden 8 x 10 view camera, his tools as he embarked on a multi-year quest to capture scenes across the country.

The work of documentary photographers Walker Evans and Robert Frank inspired Sternfeld to observe people and places across the United States and record what was great, vital and regenerative about the nation. Despite sensing deep fissures and contradictions in the country at the time, he went on the road with a sense of optimism and discovery, delighting in the curious, bizarre and accidental moments in everyday life.

Sternfeld traversed the nation from 1978 to 1987, taking thousands of photographs. His large-format view camera accommodated 8 x 10-inch sheets of color negative film, with a small shutter opening that achieved great depth of field. Ansel Adams and Edward Weston used the same methods in their famous black-and-white photographs, producing razor-sharp detail and an infinite range of tones. Sternfeld’s pictures were composed carefully around color harmonies, often focusing on pastel hues of two or three dominant colors and were guided by a strong sense of geometry and order despite the visual chaos of life they portrayed.

The resulting images revealed beautiful land and the eternal cycle of the seasons, damaged landscapes and industry in decline and the variety and resiliency of the American people. The artist has referred to the underlying theme of his work as the utopian vision of America contrasted with the dystopian one. The first edition of “American Prospects” featured 55 images created from four-colour plates that capture both America’s beauty and its flaws. The book was published to wide acclaim and is regarded as an important early monument of color photography.

“Joel Sternfeld developed a unique aesthetic for the use of color and a distinctive personal vision,” said guest curator Robert Wolterstorff, the former Susan E. Lynch executive director of the Bruce Museum. “His powerful images are imbued with a sense of irony and depict a vision of Americans that is as complicated as the nation, inviting contemplation on ideas of paradise versus reality through modern conceptions of landscape.”

“American Prospects” includes a 1978 photograph of a farm market in McLean, Virginia that depicts a uniformed fireman shopping for pumpkins as a house fire rages in the background, the autumnal colours coordinating with the flames. Published in Life magazine, the absurd image is one of the most recognised scenes of Sternfeld’s career. Other subjects include an elephant collapsed on a road in Washington state, clouds approaching a busy waterpark in Florida and the landing of the space shuttle Columbia at Kelly Lackland Air Force Base in San Antonio, Texas.

Sternfeld’s work captures details of specific moments in time, serving as an archive for the future as well as a caution toward photography’s manipulative power. In a 2004 interview with The Guardian, Sternfeld said, “No individual photo explains anything. That’s what makes photography such a wonderful and problematic medium. It is the photographer’s job to get this medium to say what you need it to say.”

Sternfeld is based in New York and teaches at Sarah Lawrence College. He is the recipient of numerous awards, including two Guggenheim Fellowships and the Rome Prize. His work has been exhibited in institutions worldwide, including the Museum of Modern Art (New York), the Art Institute of Chicago (Chicago), the Albertina Museum (Vienna, Austria) and the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art (San Francisco).

Press release from the Bruce Museum

 

Joel Sternfeld short biography

Joel Sternfeld is an artist-photographer whose work is concerned with utopic and dystopic possibilities of the American experience.

Ever since the publication of his landmark study, American Prospects in 1987 his work has maintained conceptual and political aspects, while also being steeped in history, art history, landscape theory and attention to seasonal passage. It is a melancholic, spectacular, funny and profound portrait of America. The curator Kevin Moore has claimed that the work embodies the “synthetic culmination of so many photographic styles of the 1970s, incorporating the humor and social perspicacity of street photography with the detached restraint of New Topographics photographs and the pronounced formalism of works by so many late-decade colorists” (Kevin Moore, Starburst: Color Photography in America 1970-1980).

On This Site (1996) examines violence in America while simultaneously raising significant epistemological questions about photographs as objects of knowledge.

Sweet Earth: Experimental Utopias in America (2006) “can be seen as a generous respite from the traumatic history in On This Site… It is a survey of American human socialization, alternative ways of living, of hopeful being” (Elin O’Hara Slavik, 2018).

All his subsequent work has sought to expand the narrative possibilities of still photography primarily through an authored text. All of his books and bodies of work converse with each other and may be read as a collective whole.

His work represents a melding of time and place that serves to elucidate, honor, and warn. The images hold a certain urgency, as their histories survive solely through their photographic representation – they are an archive for the future.

Sternfeld is the recipient of two Guggenheim Fellowships and spent a year in Italy on a Rome Prize. He teaches at Sarah Lawrence College, where he holds the Noble Foundation Chair in Art and Cultural History.

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Brattleboro, Vermont' (October 1978)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s Brattleboro, Vermont (October 1978)

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Roadside Rest Area, White Sands, New Mexico' (September 1980); and at right, 'The Eagles of Kayenta, Junior High School at Football Practice, Kayenta, Arizona, Navajo Nation' (August 1986)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing in the bottom photograph at left, Sternfeld’s Roadside Rest Area, White Sands, New Mexico (September 1980); and at right, The Eagles of Kayenta, Junior High School at Football Practice, Kayenta, Arizona, Navajo Nation (August 1986)

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Portage Glacier, Alaska' (August 1984); and at right, 'Coeburn, Virginia' (April 1981)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s Portage Glacier, Alaska (August 1984, below); and at right, Coeburn, Virginia (April 1981)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Portage Glacier, Alaska' August 1984

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Portage Glacier, Alaska
August 1984
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Coeburn, Virginia' (April 1981)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s Coeburn, Virginia (April 1981)

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at right, Sternfeld's 'After a Tornado, Grand Isle, Nebraska' (June 1980)

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at right, Sternfeld's 'After a Tornado, Grand Isle, Nebraska' (June 1980)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at right, Sternfeld’s After a Tornado, Grand Isle, Nebraska (June 1980, below)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'After a Tornado, Grand Isle, Nebraska' June 1980

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
After a Tornado, Grand Isle, Nebraska
June 1980
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Grafton, West Virginia' (February 1983); and at right, 'Prince Manufacturing, Bowmanstown, Pennsylvania' (November 1982)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s Grafton, West Virginia (February 1983); and at right, Prince Manufacturing, Bowmanstown, Pennsylvania (November 1982)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Prince Manufacturing, Bowmanstown, Pennsylvania' November 1982

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Prince Manufacturing, Bowmanstown, Pennsylvania
November 1982
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Buckingham, Pennsylvania' (August 1978); and at right, 'Pendleton, Oregon' (1980)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s Buckingham, Pennsylvania (August 1978); and at right, Pendleton, Oregon (1980)

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld's 'Pendleton, Oregon' (1980); and at right, 'Lake Oswego, Oregon' (June 1979)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at left, Sternfeld’s Pendleton, Oregon (1980); and at right, Lake Oswego, Oregon (June 1979)

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at right, Sternfeld's 'Near Interlochen, Michigan' (February 1981)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing in the bottom photograph at right, Sternfeld’s Near Interlochen, Michigan (February 1981)

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944) 'Near Interlochen, Michigan' February 1981

 

Joel Sternfeld (American, b. 1944)
Near Interlochen, Michigan
February 1981
Archival pigment print
50 x 60 in.
© Joel Sternfeld

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects' at the Bruce Museum showing at right, 'Car Sleeping' (Nd)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Joel Sternfeld: American Prospects at the Bruce Museum showing at right, Car Sleeping (Nd)

 

 

Bruce Museum
1 Museum Drive
Greenwich, CT
Phone: 203.869.0376

Opening hours:
Tuesday – Saturday 10am – 5pm
Sunday 1pm – 5pm
Closed Mondays

Bruce Museum website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Picturing the Border’ at the Cleveland Museum of Art

Exhibition dates: 21st July, 2024 – 5th January, 2025

 

Miguel Fernández de Castro (Mexican, b. 1986) 'Grammar of Gates' / 'Gramática de las puertas' 2019 from the exhibition 'Picturing the Border' at the Cleveland Museum of Art, July 2024 - January 2025

 

Miguel Fernández de Castro (Mexican, b. 1986)
Grammar of Gates / Gramática de las puertas
2019
Courtesy of the artist
© Miguel Fernández de Castro

 

 

I wrote this philosophical text as a flow of consciousness, a layered exposition of my thoughts on space, photography, identity and belonging. I hope I have done the subject justice… in freedom.

 

within, bridge and fissure

The struggle for identity, for culture, for nation is a struggle inscribed in space. So observes Wendy Garden.1

The spaces that bodies move in, through and over are fluid spaces, permeable spaces, fragmentary and transitory spaces. They are also spaces of displacement and distance which form a kind of ‘alienation’ which derives from the Latin alienare: to render foreign, other.2

Thus the “border” between one and the other – that fluid penumbra (a peripheral or indeterminate area or group), that oscillation of energy across the line – must be constructed to be legible and fixed by those that seek to control such spaces, through the imposition of a coded representation of space itself.3 The border wall between Mexico and America is one such imposition of a coded representation of space which, seeks to control an/other. It is a “direct translation of ideology and temporality into material and spatial culture”3 which masks as much as it represents, through a selective representation of history and memory.

Through systems of surveillance (e.g. CCTV, aerial surveillance, phone taps) and control (e.g. police, government, the judiciary), in which one reinforces the other in a never ending circle, and in the of naming of the ‘other’ (Foucault) – those with privilege embedded and thus emboldened within colonial and imperial systems seek to confirm hegemonic structures of power: for example, who can travel where, who has access adequate to health care, who is seen as an ill/legal alien. “Although Foucault rarely alludes to it in a clear-cut manner, what he describes in Discipline and Punish is the formation of the discursive regime of surveillance which is a central element in the expression of the modern state.”4

But we can counter this narrative.

In his influential book Thirdspace (Blackwell, 1996), the American postmodern political geographer and urban theorist Edward Soja (1940-2015) proposes the concept of First, Second and Thirdspace to demarcate the various spatial dimensions. Firstspace “is the ‘real’, the concrete materiality of spatial forms of the world, while Secondspace interprets this reality through imagined representations of spatiality.”5 Much early photographic practice is rooted in Firstspace, in the passive representation of an undeniable truth, the veracity of the image and its representation of the referent: this existed because it was captured by the camera.

Thirdspace on the other hand, “contains both real and imagined spaces simultaneously. Thirdspace permits an intermingling of the knowable and the unknowable, the real and the imagined by the experiences, events and political choices that are shaped by the interplay between centres and peripheries (Soja, Thirdspace 1996: 31). According to Soja, Thirdspace is a place where issues of race, class and gender can be addressed simultaneously without privileging one over the other. It is a space which enables an-‘other’ way of understanding and acting to change the spatiality of human life (Soja, Thirdspace 1996: 10). Photographic space, as a Thirdspace, is a site from which to contest the dominant ideologies of Firstspace. This has important ramifications for ‘others,’ especially those disenfranchised by colonialism.”6

Thus photographic Thirdspace as an amorphous space of both the real and imagined is the vibration of energy – doubled – the real and imagined spaces of everyday life, and the real and imagined spaces of photography through which we can contest the contexts of becoming, belonging.

These Thirdspaces of the real and imagined are not spaces of universalising totality which then would be constitutive of history or memory, but in-between spaces in which differences, memories and histories are not denied or negated, hidden, forgotten or repressed. It is not the segregation of black and white, either/or, but the grey areas in-between that interest me: those fluid zones of difference – think Tarkovsky’s film Stalker 1979, in which a guide helps a writer and a professor to infiltrate a restricted area, the Zone.

“The Thirdspace – in which “everything comes together… subjectivity and objectivity, the abstract and the concrete, the real and the imagined, the knowable and the unimaginable, the repetitive and the differential, structure and agency, mind and body, consciousness and the unconscious, the disciplined and the trans-disciplinary, everyday life and unending history”a – allows that none of these couples, such as the phenomenal and the noumenal, can be divided by an either/or attitude. “This… does not mean differences are denied, instead, it most of all means the inevitable reciprocity of any pair of definitions. In such a case both leave a mark on the other. It is a question of both-and – how each of the pair influences the other”b.”7

Both leave a mark on each other. And it is in this marking that social and political relations can be reconfigured, “in such a way as to suspect, neutralise, or invert the set of relations that they happen to designate, mirror or reflect.”8 Thus, the physical aspects as well as the attitudes and habitual practices of ‘space’, the arrangements of space and the socialisation of space, “is an order that is itself always undergoing change from within through the actions and innovations of social agents. In short, all ‘space’ is social space ….”9

Following, we can say that social and spatial relationships are dialectically inter-reactive, interdependent (Soja).

“Social and spatial relationships are dialectically inter-reactive and interdependent. Cultural landscapes reflect social relations and institutions, and they shape subsequent social relations. While elites create spatial inequalities and homogeneity simultaneously through their hegemony, non-elites create counter-hegemonic landscapes which reflect their own values. Behavioural resistance to the dominant culture leads to distinctive cultural landscapes: for example, cultural resistance by Maori.

Indeed, dominant ideologies such as those which are religious, political, economic, ethnic or racial, continually define or redefine ‘deviance’ or ‘otherness’ to maintain their power and landscapes of dominance. Space and place are key factors in the definition of deviance and of order and propriety.”10

But as Wael Salah Fahmi insightfully observes, we must not fall into the idea that juxtapositions of social space are just alternating choices of “either/or” or acts of simple resistance: “But “juxtaposition” might imply alternating choices, an “either/or.” Perhaps instead we might think of Lefebvre’s image of interpenetrating spaces, one violating another, yet rising up from within the very “fundament” of the space that wishes to ignore its existence. Here, perhaps, is a spatial dialectic that does not fall into a binary opposition of simple resistance.”11

Spaces that rise up from within each other!

Change that emanates from within through the actions and innovations of social agents… human beings, artists!

Here, the thoughts of that glorious Cuban-American interdisciplinary artist, writer, and curator Coco Fusco (b. 1960) – quoted by Jean Fisher – whose work explores gender, identity, race, and power through performance, video, interactive installations, and critical writing are particularly cogent.

“Two imperatives are set in motion: to alter the perceptions of those with privileged access to hegemonic structures of power, and to change the sense of disempowerment of those deprived of political agency. “What is more fundamentally at stake than freedom,” Fusco argues, “is power – the power to choose, the power to determine value, and the right of the more powerful to consume without guilt”: entitlements that Eurocentric cultures have assumed for themselves at the expense of others. These aims are advanced through an exploration of the relationship between the politics and practices of cultural difference and social inequity, in which intellectual, experiential, and artistic alliances are built across nationalistic and geographical boundaries …””12

As Wael Salah Fahmi notes, “spaces constantly juxtapose themselves one against the other” – in real life, in art, in photography. The media saturated world of the “total flow” of images is resistant to interpretation, yet in real life – and in this exhibition – the juxta/position (mapping of space), juxta/posing (posing for the camera) of one space against another, “of image to image calls to attention a line of conflict, either fissure or bridge.”13

The images in this posting draw our attention to fissures (George Rodriguez, Susan Meiselas, Ada Trillo) and bridges (Graciela Iturbide, Ronald Rael and Virginia San Fratello with Colectivo Chopeke). They also possess a multivalent narrative, allowing the work to be accessible to different interpretations, meanings, and values: a new door or path opens up on the basis of very diverse needs and objectives. These images, untraceable gifts from photography itself, are marks of candour and authenticity, both descriptions of a stable object and the fleeting glance (Firstspace and Thirdspace) interacting upon each other. They are an investigation into our fluid identity and shifting place in our worlds.14

In spatial dialectics and in the nuances of contradictions we proceed onwards, paying no heed to the dangers which lie ahead, journeying on to fulfil our desires: to be seen, to be heard, in our difference and uniqueness, enacting change from within.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

Word count: 1,435


PS. My friend and Melbourne artist Elizabeth Gertsakis insightfully observes, “The philosophical arguments resonate with the vacillation of the photograph meanings/non-meanings. Spaces that implode from within to further generate the unknown which even in definition become dispersed. The photography around the border/wall is beautiful as well as tortuous as well as unspoken.”

Well said Liz 🙂

 

Footnotes

1/ Wendy Garden. “Photographic Space and the Indian Portrait Studio,” in On Space Issue Seven, Winter 2007

2/ Rob Shields. Lefebvre, Love and Struggle. London: Routledge, 1999, pp. 40-41.

3/ Ibid., pp. 79-80.

4/ Jon Stratton. The Desirable Body. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1996, p. 19

5/ Garden, Op cit.,

6/ Garden, Op cit.,

7/ A: Edward W. Soja. Thirdspace. Malden (Mass.): Blackwell, 1996, p. 57; B: Mika Hannula. “Third space – a merry-go-round of opportunity,” on the Kiasma Magazine website No. 12, Vol. 4, 2001 [Online] Cited 01/05/2016. No longer available online quoted in Marcus Bunyan. “Thirdspace,” on the Marcus Bunyan website 2021 [Online] Cited 29/11/2024

8/ Michel Foucault. “Of Other Spaces,” in Diacritics Spring 1986, p. 24

9/ Shields, Op cit., pp. 154-155

10/Alexander Trapeznik. “Introduction,” from Public History Review, Vol. 13, 2006, p. 2

11/ Wael Salah Fahmi. “Reading of Post Modern Public Spaces As Layers Of Virtual Images and Real Events,” from The 37th International Planning Congress “HONEY, I SHRUNK THE SPACE” Planning in the Information Age. Utrecht, The Netherlands, 16-20 September, 2001

12/ Jean Fisher. “Witness for the Prosecution: The Writings of Coco Fusco,” in Coco Fusco. The Bodies That Were Not Ours. London: Routledge, 2001, pp. 226-227

13/ Wael Salah Fahmi, op cit.,

14/ Marcus Bunyan. “Thirdspace,” on the Marcus Bunyan website 2021 [Online] Cited 29/11/2024


Many thankx to the Cleveland Museum of Art for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

“And do you know what “the world” is to me? Shall I show it to you in my mirror? This world: a monster of energy, without beginning, without end; a firm, iron magnitude of force that does not grow bigger or smaller, that does not expend itself but only transforms itself; as a whole, of unalterable size, a household without expenses or losses, but likewise without increase or income; enclosed by “nothingness” as by a boundary; not something blurry or wasted, not something endlessly extended, but set in a definite space as a definite force, and not a space that might be “empty” here or there, but rather a force throughout, as a play of forces and waves of forces, at the same time one and many, increasing here and at the same time decreasing there […]”


Frederick Nietzsche, The Will to Power

 

“Edward Soja employs the concept of First, Second and Thirdspace to demarcate the various spatial dimensions. For Soja Firstspace is the ‘real’, the concrete materiality of spatial forms of the world, while Secondspace interprets this reality through imagined representations of spatiality (Soja 1996: 6). Much early photography participated in perpetuating the belief that photographic space was a Firstspace. The camera lens merely passively and objectively recorded all that was placed before it. However even in the nineteenth century, many practitioners acknowledged the ability of photographs to lie or distort reality.

For Soja, Thirdspace contains both real and imagined spaces simultaneously. Thirdspace permits an intermingling of the knowable and the unknowable, the real and the imagined by the experiences, events and political choices that are shaped by the interplay between centres and peripheries (Soja, Thirdspace 1996: 31). According to Soja, Thirdspace is a place where issues of race, class and gender can be addressed simultaneously without privileging one over the other. It is a space which enables an-‘other’ way of understanding and acting to change the spatiality of human life (Soja, Thirdspace 1996: 10). Photographic space, as a Thirdspace, is a site from which to contest the dominant ideologies of Firstspace. This has important ramifications for ‘others,’ especially those disenfranchised by colonialism. It may account for the rise of photography as the preferred medium for many artists today interested in issues of identity and the colonial gaze. …

Photographic space can create a spatial reality which allows those who access it to contest, enlarge or in someway recreate their experiences of Firstspace. It never attempts to close off subjectivity or pin identity down, but rather allows fluid and transitory experiments with other ways of being that can then be carried over and inform experiences of Firstspace.”


Wendy Garden. “Photographic Space and the Indian Portrait Studio,” in On Space Issue Seven, Winter 2007

 

 

Ronald Rael (American, b. 1971) and Virginia San Fratello (American, b. 1971) with Colectivo Chopeke. 'Teeter-Totter Wall' 2019

 

Ronald Rael (American, b. 1971) and Virginia San Fratello (American, b. 1971) with Colectivo Chopeke
Teeter-Totter Wall
2019
Single-channel video with sound; 4:13 minutes
Courtesy Rael San Fratello/Ronald Rael & Virginia San Fratello
© Ronald Rael & Virginia San Fratello
Photo: Ronald Rael

 

 

About the exhibition

Picturing the Border presents photographs of the US-Mexico borderlands from the 1970s to the present taken by both border residents and outsiders. They range in subject matter from intimate domestic portraits, narratives of migration, and proof of political demonstrations to images of border crossings and clashes between migrants and the US Border Patrol. The earliest images in this exhibition form an origin story for the topicality of the US-Mexico border at present, and demonstrate that the issues of the border have been a critical point of inquiry for artists since the 1970s. Many serve as counter-narratives to the derogatory narratives of migration and Latino/as in the US that tend to circulate in the mass media.

Capitalising on the prevalent issues of the border today, Picturing the Border aims to spark vital conversations of what constitutes citizenship, as well as complex negotiations of personal identity as it relates to the border. The exhibition shows through these images that Latinx, Chicano/a, and Mexican photographers have significantly rethought what defines citizenship, nationality, family, migration, and the border beyond traditional frameworks for decades.

Text from the Cleveland Museum of Art website

 

George Rodriguez (American, b. 1937) 'Los Angeles police arrest a Chicano student protester in the neighbourhood of Boyle Heights' 1970 from the exhibition 'Picturing the Border' at the Cleveland Museum of Art, July 2024 - January 2025

 

George Rodriguez (American, b. 1937)
Los Angeles police arrest a Chicano student protester in the neighbourhood of Boyle Heights
1970
Gelatin silver print

 

Susan Meiselas (American, b. 1948) '7.30am Arrest of undocumented worker by U.S. Border Patrol in downtown San Diego, CA' 1989

 

Susan Meiselas (American, b. 1948)
7.30am Arrest of undocumented worker by U.S. Border Patrol in downtown San Diego, CA
1989
From the series Crossings
Gelatin silver print
44.5 x 73.7cm
Courtesy of and © Susan Meiselas/Magnum Photos

 

 

Photojournalism from the US-Mexico border currently emphasises stark, divisive images: walls, fences, surveillance devices, border patrols, “coyotes,” and crossing migrants. Yet some of the most compelling artwork dealing with this region attests to several generations of cross-border familial relationships, personal identities that carry markers of both countries, and hybrid cultures that meld influences from the United States, Mexico, and farther south in Latin America. This more complex work demonstrates how border residents have resisted being defined by the border and its conflicts, concentrating instead on a deterritorialised notion of home, along with a sense of self that often transcends both nationalism and gender politics.

The photographs and video works included in Picturing the Border offer a more nuanced portrayal of life in the borderlands. The exhibition positions the US-Mexico border as a cultural framework and highlights how Latinx photographers – many of whom are border residents themselves – have instead formulated alternative photographic vocabularies with regard to place, identity, and race. Photographs range in subject matter from intimate domestic portraits, extended family gatherings, and political demonstrations to images of border crossings and clashes between migrants and the US border patrol. The earliest images in this exhibition form an origin story for the topicality of the US-Mexico border at the present moment and demonstrate that the issues of the border have been a critical point of inquiry for artists since the 1970s.

The exhibition is accompanied by an important scholarly publication that brings new insights to the subject of Latinx photography and the history of the US-Mexico border. Picturing the Border has also brought about the opportunity to grow our permanent collection in this area, precipitating recent acquisitions by Laura Aguilar and the donation of an important work by Ada Trillo, who has witnessed firsthand the perils of the unbelievably extensive journey migrants have taken from Central America to the United States.

Although Cleveland is far from the southern border, stories of global migration are woven throughout the CMA’s encyclopeadic collection as well as throughout the community in Northeast Ohio. Picturing the Border puts faces on stories and brings to life the various threads that stitch together an ever-growing understanding of, and empathy for, the migrant experience.

Nadiah Rivera Fellah, Associate Curator of Contemporary Art. “Picturing the Border,” on the Cleveland Museum of Art website June 1, 2024 [Online] Cited 19/07/2024

 

Teddy Cruz (American born Guatemala, b. 1962) and Fonna Forman (American, b. 1968). Installation view of 'Radicalizing the Local: 60_Miles of Trans-Border Urban Conflict' 2008
Teddy Cruz (American born Guatemala, b. 1962) and Fonna Forman (American, b. 1968). Installation view of 'Radicalizing the Local: 60_Miles of Trans-Border Urban Conflict' 2008
Teddy Cruz (American born Guatemala, b. 1962) and Fonna Forman (American, b. 1968). Installation view of 'Radicalizing the Local: 60_Miles of Trans-Border Urban Conflict' 2008

 

Teddy Cruz (American born Guatemala, b. 1962) and Fonna Forman (American, b. 1968)
Installation view of Radicalizing the Local: 60_Miles of Trans-Border Urban Conflict
2008
Commissioned by the US Pavilion for the Venice Architecture Biennale of 2008
Prints from a digital file; dimensions variable
© Teddy Cruz + Fonna Forman
Image courtesy the Cleveland Museum of Art

 

 

Featuring more than four dozen photographs, Picturing the Border aims to spark vital conversations of what constitutes citizenship, as well as complex negotiations of personal identity as it relates to the border. Through these images the exhibition shows that Latinx, Chicano/a, and Mexican photographers have significantly rethought what defines citizenship, nationality, family, migration, and the border beyond traditional frameworks for decades.

Opening on July 21, 2024, in the Mark Schwartz and Bettina Katz Photography Gallery, this free exhibition will be on view through January 5, 2025. From intimate domestic portraits, narratives of migration, and political demonstrations to images of border crossings and clashes between migrants and the US Border Patrol, this one-of-a-kind exhibition presents photographs taken by both border residents and outsiders, many of whom are Latinx, Chicano/a, and Mexican, and tells the story of the US-Mexico borderlands from the 1970s to the present.

“Borders have long been spaces of contention,” says Nadiah Rivera Fellah, curator of contemporary art. “The mainstream media in the United States tends to present nationalistic narratives about imminent threats at the border. This reductive and divisive narrative does not often portray the identities, languages, cultures, and social ties among communities. The photographs featured in this exhibition tell a different story that can serve as a counter-narrative and timely new perspective on life in this region.”

The earliest images in Picturing the Border form an origin story for the topicality of the US-Mexico border at present and demonstrate that the issues of the border have been a critical point of inquiry for artists since the 1970s. In addition, they showcase artists who were ahead of their time in presenting ideas about spaces and exclusion as they relate to issues of the borderlands and Latinx identities in the United States.

Exhibition catalogue

A beautifully illustrated 134-page exhibition catalogue accompanies Picturing the Border by Nadiah Rivera Fellah, curator of contemporary art, with contributions from Natalie Scenters-Zapico.

The US-Mexico border has undergone dramatic changes over the past six decades, becoming increasingly industrialised, urbanised, and militarised, especially in the aftermath of 9/11 and the War on Terror. Mainstream and conservative news coverage has often reinforced or exacerbated such developments, characterising the border as out of control and describing migrants in derogatory terms, in the process fuelling xenophobic sentiment.

A foil to this reductive and dehumanising narrative, this presentation of Latinx photography offers more nuanced portrayals of life in the borderlands. Ranging from the 1970s to the 2020s, images by Louis Carlos Bernal, Graciela Iturbide, and Laura Aguilar, as well as emerging artists such as Ada Trillo, Guadalupe Rosales, and Miguel Fernández de Castro display alternative photographic vocabularies regarding place, identity, and race. With subject matter spanning from intimate domestic portraits and youth counterculture to border crossings and clashes involving the US Border Patrol, this richly illustrated volume also features scholarly essays and new work by fronteriza poet Natalie Scenters-Zapico, providing new insights on this fraught and misunderstood region.

Press release from the Cleveland Museum of Art

 

Graciela Iturbide (Mexican, b. 1942) 'Cholos, White Fence, East Los Angeles' 1986 from the exhibition 'Picturing the Border' at the Cleveland Museum of Art, July 2024 - January 2025

 

Graciela Iturbide (Mexican, b. 1942)
Cholos, White Fence, East Los Angeles
1986
Gelatin silver print
Framed: 57.5 x 42.2cm (22 5/8 x 16 5/8 in.)
Sheet: 35.2 x 27.7cm (13 7/8 x 10 7/8 in.)
Image: 32 x 21.9cm (12 5/8 x 8 5/8 in.)
The J. Paul Getty Museum, Los Angeles, Gift of Leslie and Judith Schreyer and Gabri Schreyer-Hoffman in honour of Virginia Heckert
© Graciela Iturbide

 

Graciela Iturbide’s Cholo/as series from 1986 Los Angeles is perhaps the best encapsulation of the show’s thesis. The women in Cholos, White Fence, East Los Angeles told Iturbide that they wanted to be photographed under a mural of some mariachis. In fact, these were images of Emiliano Zapata, Benito Juárez and Pancho Villa. We might as well admire their freedom from context. After all, isn’t America all about freedom?

Dan Duray. “One Fine Show: ‘Picturing the Border’ at the Cleveland Museum of Art,” on the Observer website 09/06/2024 [Online] Cited 01/11/2024

 

Graciela Iturbide (Mexican, b. 1942) 'Rosario y Boo Boo en su casa, Los Angeles' (Rosario and Boo Boo in their home, Los Angeles) 1986

 

Graciela Iturbide (Mexican, b. 1942)
Rosario y Boo Boo en su casa, Los Angeles (Rosario and Boo Boo in their home, Los Angeles)
1986
Gelatin silver print

 

 

“Without the camera you see the world one way, with it, you see the world another way. Through the lens you are composing, dreaming even, with that reality, as if through the camera you are synthesising who you are… So you make your own image, interpreting.”


Graciela Iturbide

 

 

Ada Trillo (Mexican American, b. 1976) 'Sleeping by the River, Tecun-Uman Guatemala' 2020

 

Ada Trillo (Mexican American, b. 1976)
Sleeping by the River, Tecun-Uman Guatemala
2020
Digital print
Framed: 54.4 x 79.7cm (21 7/16 x 31 3/8 in.)
Image: 50.8 x 76.2cm (20 x 30 in.)
The Cleveland Museum of Art, Gift of the Artist
© Ada Trillo

 

 

As Los Angeles is located over 100 miles north of Mexico, Iturbide’s work demonstrates that while the border is a physical space, its communities defy any single geographical boundary.

This argument echoes in photos made over 1,500 miles away by photographer Ada Trillo, who grew up on the liminal lands between El Paso, Texas, and Ciudad Juárez, Mexico. In her photobook on view in the exhibition, titled La Caravana del Diablo (2022), the artist documents three journeys: two alongside migrant people in caravans attempting to cross into Mexico on their way to the US border and a third aboard La Bestia, the infamous freight train that hundreds of thousands of Central American migrants ride each year to the north of Mexico – risking injury and death in the process. Trillo’s works are primarily populated by people from Honduras, El Salvador, and Guatemala, representing deep friendships the artist formed over days and weeks of gruelling travel. …

Trillo’s works, like those of other artists in the exhibition, capture how the border forces migrants and other communities to weave their stories within a maddening architecture of violence that is both systematic and capricious. “Many of the photographers in this show were inspired by one another,” Rivera Fellah explained. “And many have used their politically engaged photographic practices as a counter-narrative to derogatory images of the border that have circulated in the media since the 1970s and 1980s.”

Kayla Aletha Welch. “Photography Show Aims to Upend Xenophobic Border Narratives,” on the Hyperallergic website July 18, 2024 [Online] Cited 01/11/2024

 

'Ada Trillo – La Caravana del Diablo' 2021

 

Ada Trillo – La Caravana del Diablo
Hardcover/Sewn bound
192 pages/30.5 x 24.8cm
Language: English
ISBN: 978-94-91525-93-3
November 2021

 

Every day, thousands of people leave in processions from Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador via Mexico for America because of flaring violence, murder (on women) and poor economic conditions in their own country. A journey covering hundreds of kilometres, often on foot, full of fear of being arrested and sent back. Some people even ‘disappear’. Under the Trump administration, despite fierce opposition, ‘The Wall’ was built to keep these immigrants out of ‘The Northern Triangle’, making their passage into America even more perilous.

Photographer Ada Trillo considers it her mission to portray this distressing situation. In ‘La Caravana del Diablo’ she doesn’t look away but confronts us. Ada shows that each of these thousands of migrants is a human being. A human being with a family, with fear, hope and dreams.

Text from the Houston Centre for Photography website

 

 

More than three thousand kilometers of border have unified the United States and Mexico since the mid-nineteenth century. Some 8,000,000 people live, sometimes in suspense, on both shores of a division as arbitrary as it is controversial. A dividing line that has changed throughout history, affecting those who have remained on one side or the other.

This same space, mythical, liminal, polemic, has become, in the last half-century, above all, one of the most watched and controlled landscapes of the entire planet. It has also become one of the most vulnerable: millions of Mexicans, Central Americans, and many other nationalities have crossed – or tried to cross – the border.

Picturing the Border, a photographic exhibition curated by Nadiah Rivera Fellah[2] and open to the public from July 21, 2024, to January 5, 2025, at the Cleveland Museum of Art, shows other aspects of those living there. The exhibition gathers images taken between the 1970s and the present by North American and Mexican artists such as Louis Carlos Bernal, Graciela Iturbide, Laura Aguilar, Ada Trillo, Guadalupe Rosales, and Miguel Fernández de Castro. The photographs present alternative proposals for understanding and reading the border by placing the people who inhabit it in the spotlight, thus challenging fixed and stereotypical conceptions of identity and culture.

In this exhibition, as in real life, the border stands as a third space, in the same sense proposed by Homi Bhabha: that intermediate space of cultural encounters and dis-encounters from which a new site of enunciation emerges and in which the binary is deconstructed[3]. Edward Soja, in an approach similar to Bhabha’s, regarding the ‘hybridity’ of the spaces of encounters of cultures, defines the thirdspace as the place where “everything comes together… subjectivity and objectivity, the abstract and the concrete, the real and the imagined, the knowable and the unimaginable, the repetitive and the differential, structure, and agency, mind and body, consciousness and the unconscious, the disciplined and the transdisciplinary, everyday life and unending history.”[4] According to Gloria Anzaldúa, “the convergence [of Mexico and the United States] has created a shock culture, a border culture, a third country, a closed country”[5].

But, what do the exhibited photos tell us about this ‘third space,’ this ‘third hybrid country’ that exists between the United States and Mexico? That third country is occupied not only by illegal migration and drug trafficking – the primary approach from the media – but also by symbols deeply rooted in Mexican and border life, such as the Virgin of Guadalupe, the Cholo culture, the use and appropriation of iconic North American products (such as cars) by Mexican Americans, the Day of the Dead celebrations. These photos open a window for us to look, with respect and wonder, at the life that goes on in private and public spaces, often in a very different way than that imagined by those of us who are not directly associated with that geography. It also reminds us of the student and labor protests and strikes that have taken place in that region.

Damaris Puñales-Alpízar. “The Border That Unites: Picturing the Border, at the Cleveland Museum of Art,” on the CANJournal website October 29, 2024 [Online] Cited 01/11/2024

[3] See: Bhabha, Homi. The Location of Culture. Routledge, New York, 1994.
[4] See: Soja, Edward W. Thirdspace. Malden (Mass.): Blackwell, 1996, p. 57.
[5] This phrase presides over the exhibition.

 

Laura Aguilar (American, 1959–2018) 'Yrenia Cervantes' 1990

 

Laura Aguilar (American, 1959–2018)
Yrenia Cervantes
1990
Gelatin silver print
Image: 22.9 x 30.5cm (9 x 12 in.)
Paper: 27.9 x 35.6cm (11 x 14 in.)
The Cleveland Museum of Art
Karl B. Goldfield Trust
© Laura Aguilar Trust

 

Far from being a flash in the proverbial pan, the border has long incarnated questions about the arbitrary nature of insider and outsider dynamics, legality, and citizenship.

Among the works exploring these themes is the late photographer Laura Aguilar’s black-and-white portrait “Yrenia Cervantes” (1990), in which the titular Chicana muralist and artist stares at her reflection in her dresser mirror. Her bedroom is decorated in the elaborate style of an altar: It includes photos, iconography, and handmade objects. Cervantes is simultaneously of the border and beyond it – the viewer can’t easily determine to which side she belongs.

Kayla Aletha Welch. “Photography Show Aims to Upend Xenophobic Border Narratives,” on the Hyperallergic website July 18, 2024 [Online] Cited 01/11/2024

 

Louis Carlos Bernal (American, 1941-1993) 'Albert and Lynn Morales, Silver City, New Mexico' 1978

 

Louis Carlos Bernal (American, 1941-1993)
Albert and Lynn Morales, Silver City, New Mexico
1978

 

Louis Carlos Bernal (American, 1941-1993) 'La Reina de mi Vida' (The Queen of my life) 1983

 

Louis Carlos Bernal (American, 1941-1993)
La Reina de mi Vida (The Queen of my life)
1983
Gelatin silver print

 

Louis Carlos Bernal (American, 1941-1993) 'Untitled [Undocumented worker holding Huelga flag at United Farm Workers Demonstration, El Mirage, Arizona]' Negative 1978, printed 2016

 

Louis Carlos Bernal (American, 1941–1993)
Untitled [Undocumented worker holding Huelga flag at United Farm Workers Demonstration, El Mirage, Arizona]
Negative 1978, printed 2016
Digital inkjet print
40.6 x 40.6cm (16 x 16 in.)
Collection of the Center for Creative Photography, University of Arizona, Louis Carlos Bernal Archive, Courtesy of Lisa Bernal Brethour and Katrina Bernal
© Lisa Bernal Brethour and Katrina Bernal

 

Ricardo Valverde (American/Chicano, 1946-1998) 'Whittier Blvd' 1979 from the exhibition 'Picturing the Border' at the Cleveland Museum of Art, July 2024 - January 2025

 

Ricardo Valverde (American/Chicano, 1946-1998)
Whittier Blvd
1979
Gelatin silver print

 

Exhibition catalogue showing on the cover a photograph by Ricardo Valverde titled 'La Reina' (The Queen) 16th September 1976

 

Exhibition catalogue showing on the cover a photograph by Ricardo Valverde titled La Reina (The Queen) 16th September 1976

 

 

Cleveland Museum of Art
11150 East Boulevard
Cleveland, Ohio 44106

Opening hours:
Tuesdays, Thursdays, Saturdays, Sundays 10.00am – 5.00pm
Wednesdays, Fridays 10.00am – 9.00pm
Closed Mondays

Cleveland Museum of Art website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place’ at the Denver Art Museum

Exhibition dates: 10th March – 20th October, 2024

Curators: Curator of Photography, Eric Paddock, in collaboration with Kimberly Roberts, Denver Art Museum Curatorial Associate, and Lauren Thompson, Senior Interpretive Specialist

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) From the installation 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
From the installation In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)
2017-2020
Pigmented inkjet print
© and courtesy Fazal Sheikh

 

 

There are some stunning photographs in this exhibition but their “formula” is well known – aerial photographs of the blighted landscape etched by both geological and human forces (a la Edward Burtynsky, Richard Woldendorp et al) paired with objective, frontal “dead pan” portrait photographs (a la Thomas Ruff, Rineke Dijkstra et al), both forms of topographical mapping (of the land and of the face… as is the regulated presentation) – images which attempt to interrogate “the impact of uranium, coal, oil, and natural-gas extraction on the American Southwest and its Indigenous inhabitants.”

This is strong work but it begs the question: what fresh insight are these photographs giving us into the object of the photographers attention, other than the specifics of “American Southwest” and “Indigenous inhabitants” which turn out to be conceptually and visually generic? Is it necessary for everything to be new again or can work such as this stand in its own right and not just be an echo of what has come before. For the general public the work might seem fresh and new but for the informed observer this is well trodden, indeed trampled ground.

The press release states that “The project reflects on the resilience of Indigenous people in the face of threats to the culture, spirituality, and health.” I don’t feel that with these photographs. Where is the art that expresses through a partnership with the photographer the eloquent, unique voice of the Indigenous inhabitants of this ancestral landscape, its spirit and its fire?

As with any art please make up your own mind.

Dr Marcus Bunyan


Many thankx to the Denver Art Museum for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing the opening wall text

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing the opening wall text

 

Installation views of the exhibition Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place at the Denver Art Museum showing the opening wall text (below)

 

 

Thirst | Exposure | In Place presents photographs from three projects Fazal Sheikh made on the Colorado Plateau from 2017 to 2023. The portraits, landscapes, and testimonies make visible the far-reaching consequences of extractive industry and climate change.

Exposure examines the impact of uranium, coal, oil, and natural-gas extraction on the American Southwest and its Indigenous inhabitants. Sheikh partnered with Utah Dine Bikeyah – a coalition among the Hopi, Navajo, Uintah Ouray Ute, Ute Mountain Ute, and Zuni tribes – and with Indigenous elders and scientists form Princeton University to address the region’s hazardous waste and pollution left by short-sighted development and poorly remediated industrial sites. The project reflects on the resilience of Indigenous people in the face of threats to the culture, spirituality, and health.

In place evokes the enduring landscape of the Bears Ears region in Utah, while Thirst presents a selection from a new series about the Great Salt Lake, which is shrinking due to dwindling rain and snowfall. As the lake dries up, winds may carry clouds of toxic sediment from the lake bed – by-products from mining, agriculture, and urban development – across the valley and beyond.

Opening wall text from the exhibition

 

 

Denver Art Museum Talk with Fazal Sheikh March 9, 2024

Photographer Fazal Sheikh speaks about his recent work in the Four Corners region and at the Great Salt Lake, in connection with his exhibition Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place. His photographs address the consequences of industrial land use, engage questions about water use and climate change, and reflect on the ongoing relationship between people and nature. Sheikh discusses the origin of each series, his immersion in the landscapes and communities he photographed, and his collaborations with writers, scientists, and Indigenous community members that are woven throughout this work.

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'Thirst: Great Salt Lake' 2022

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'Thirst: Great Salt Lake' 2022

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'Thirst: Great Salt Lake' 2022

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'Thirst: Great Salt Lake' 2022

 

Installation view of the exhibition Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series Thirst: Great Salt Lake 2022

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) From the series 'Thirst: Great Salt Lake' November 2022

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
From the series Thirst: Great Salt Lake
November 2022
Pigmented inkjet print
© and courtesy Fazal Sheikh

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) From the series 'Thirst: Great Salt Lake' November 2022

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
From the series Thirst: Great Salt Lake
November 2022
Pigmented inkjet print
© and courtesy Fazal Sheikh

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) From the series 'Thirst: Great Salt Lake' November 2022

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
From the series Thirst: Great Salt Lake
November 2022
Pigmented inkjet print
© and courtesy Fazal Sheikh

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) From the series 'Thirst: Great Salt Lake' November 2022November 2022

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
From the series Thirst: Great Salt Lake
November 2022
Pigmented inkjet print
© and courtesy Fazal Sheikh

 

 

Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place is an exhibition created from three projects photographer Fazal Sheikh made on the Colorado Plateau from 2017 to early 2023. Sheikh’s portraits and landscapes shed light on the far-reaching consequences of extractive industry and climate change.

Born in 1965 in New York City, Sheikh creates images of displaced communities and marginalised people that prompt awareness of the world beyond the museum. The photographs in Thirst ǀ Exposure ǀ In Place expose indelible marks on the Colorado Plateau and American Southwest landscape that have been etched by both geological and human forces. Through this beautiful and sometimes frightening new work, Sheikh encourages viewers to witness the consequences of the past and imagine the shape of the future.

The exhibition presents Sheikh’s recent work in three interrelated sections: Thirst is a new series of aerial photographs that document the decline of the Great Salt Lake in northeast Utah, which is shrinking due to overconsumption and dwindling rain and snowfall. Exposure examines the impacts of uranium, coal, oil and natural-gas extraction on the American Southwest and on its Indigenous inhabitants. In Place evokes the enduring landscapes of the Bears Ears region in Utah, bringing Sheikh’s photographs together with contributions from scientists and Indigenous communities in and around Bears Ears in southeastern Utah.

Visitors will reflect upon the transformation – and often devastation – of these landscapes in the context of the past, present and future, while considering the juxtaposition of beauty and catastrophe, as well as intimate, human-scale stories and those spanning vast geological eras and changes.

Text from the Denver Art Museum website

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'Exposure' 2019 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'Exposure' 2019 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'Exposure' 2019 

 

Installation view of the exhibition Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series Exposure 2019

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) 'Mexican Hat Uranium Mill Disposal Cell, Mexican Hat, Utah, 37°8'0.88"N/109°52'28"W' From the series 'Exposure' 2017

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
Mexican Hat Uranium Mill Disposal Cell, Mexican Hat, Utah, 37°8’0.88″N/109°52’28″W
From the series Exposure 2017
Pigmented inkjet print
Yale University Art Gallery, purchased with a gift from Jane P. Watkins, M.P.H. 1979
Image courtesy and © Fazal Sheikh

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) 'Norman Sam (Diné), Lifelong Shepherd, Montezuma Creek, Aneth Chapter, Southeastern Utah' From the series 'Exposure' 2019

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
Norman Sam (Diné), Lifelong Shepherd, Montezuma Creek, Aneth Chapter, Southeastern Utah
From the series Exposure 2019
Pigmented inkjet print. Yale University Art Gallery, purchased with a gift from Jane P. Watkins, M.P.H. 1979
Image courtesy and © Fazal Sheikh

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) 'Lola Yellowman (Diné), Widow of Uranium Miner John Guy, Cane Valley–Monument Valley, Navajo Nation' From the series 'Exposure' 2019

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
Lola Yellowman (Diné), Widow of Uranium Miner John Guy, Cane Valley–Monument Valley, Navajo Nation
From the series Exposure 2019
Pigmented inkjet print
Yale University Art Gallery, purchased with a gift from Jane P. Watkins, M.P.H. 1979
Image courtesy and © Fazal Sheikh

 

Lola Yellowman’s Testimony

“The medicine men told our men not to work in the mines, that it was dangerous, but the men needed to support their families and had no choice … My husband, John Guy, worked in the mines like my father. He would arrive home during his lunch break with his clothes caked in uranium dust, and I cleaned those clothes in our home every day. The children played on the tailings pile, but no one from the company ever told us the dangers they were being exposed to.”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) 'Chapita Wells Oil and Gas Field, Uintah Range, Utah, 40°4'10"N/109°27'26"W' From the series 'Exposure' 2017

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
Chapita Wells Oil and Gas Field, Uintah Range, Utah, 40°4’10″N/109°27’26″W
From the series Exposure 2017
Pigmented inkjet print
Yale University Art Gallery, purchased with a gift from Jane P. Watkins, M.P.H. 1979
Image courtesy and © Fazal Sheikh

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) 'Jonah Yellowman (Diné), Spiritual Advisor to Utah Diné Bikéyah, Cane Valley – Monument Valley, Navajo Nation' From the series 'Exposure' 2022

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
Jonah Yellowman (Diné), Spiritual Advisor to Utah Diné Bikéyah, Cane Valley – Monument Valley, Navajo Nation
From the series Exposure 2022
Pigmented inkjet print
Image courtesy and © Fazal Sheikh

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

Installation view of the exhibition 'Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place' at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

 

Installation view of the exhibition Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place at the Denver Art Museum showing work from the series In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region), 2017-2020

 

 

The Denver Art Museum (DAM) presents Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place, an exhibition created from three projects photographer Fazal Sheikh made on the Colorado Plateau from 2017 to early 2023. Sheikh’s portraits and landscapes shed light on the far-reaching consequences of extractive industry and climate change. Thirst ǀ Exposure ǀ In Place will open March 10, 2024, and will be on view through October 20, 2024, in the museum’s Photography galleries, located on level 6 of the Martin Building, and will be included with general admission.

Born in 1965 in New York City, Sheikh creates images of displaced communities and marginalised people that prompt awareness of the world beyond the museum. The photographs in Thirst ǀ Exposure ǀ In Place expose indelible marks on the Colorado Plateau and American Southwest landscape that have been etched by both geological and human forces. Through this beautiful and sometimes frightening new work, Sheikh encourages viewers to witness the consequences of the past and imagine the shape of the future.

“Through expansive aerial shots and intimate portraits, Fazal Sheikh documents these regions and their people with solidarity and honesty,” said Christoph Heinrich, Frederick and Jan Mayer Director of the Denver Art Museum. “The Colorado Plateau is a region deeply impacted by climate change and economic development. This exhibition offers a nuanced view into the past, present and future lives of its inhabitants.”

Sheikh is best known for his deeply humane photographs of refugees and migrants displaced by war and famine. Focusing on the United States for the first time, Sheikh explores how Indigenous people and the lands they call home have been affected by industrial growth and government policy.

“The aerial photographs in this exhibition remind us of the great age and natural beauty of the Colorado Plateau,” said Eric Paddock, Curator of Photography at the DAM and curator of this exhibition for Denver. “They create an awareness of deep human and geological time and raise questions about the future of the region. In that context, Sheikh’s portraits and accompanying text affirm local communities’ need to protect their sacred spaces and encourage wider recognition of that need.”

The DAM exhibition presents Sheikh’s recent work in three interrelated sections:

Thirst is a new series of aerial photographs that document the decline of the Great Salt Lake in northeast Utah, which is shrinking due to overconsumption and dwindling rain and snowfall. As the lake dries up, winds carry clouds of toxic sediment – by-products from mining, agriculture and urban development – from the lakebed, across the valley and beyond.

Exposure examines the impacts of uranium, coal, oil and natural-gas extraction on the American Southwest and on its Indigenous inhabitants. Sheikh partnered with Utah Diné Bikéyah – a coalition among the Hopi, Navajo, Uintah Ouray Ute, Ute Mountain Ute and Zuni tribes – and with Indigenous elders and scientists from Princeton University – to address hazardous waste and pollution left across the region by short-sighted development and poorly remediated industrial sites. The project reflects on the resilience of Indigenous people in the face of threats to their culture, spirituality and health.

In Place evokes the enduring landscapes of the Bears Ears region in Utah, bringing Sheikh’s photographs together with contributions from scientists and Indigenous communities in and around Bears Ears in southeastern Utah. Visitors are surrounded by images made at a close distance and from high in the air. Sixty-three large colour photographs show the tremendous geological variety and the long cultural continuities of the Four Corners region.

Visitors will reflect upon the transformation – and often devastation – of these landscapes in the context of the past, present and future, while considering the juxtaposition of beauty and catastrophe, as well as intimate, human-scale stories and those spanning vast geological eras and changes.

Jonah Yellowman, spiritual advisor for the Utah Diné Bikéyah intertribal coalition and one of its founding members, will present an offering that represents his Navajo (Diné) spirituality and a deep connection to the land. This offering will be present in the gallery during the run of the exhibition.

Sound recordings taken from seismometer readings by University of Utah geologist Jeffrey Ralston Moore will resonate throughout the gallery space. They represent the otherwise inaudible vibrations of rock formations on the Colorado Plateau.

Taken together, the photographs and collaborations in Thirst | Exposure | In Place lay bare the indelible marks etched on the landscape by geological and human forces. Sheikh asks us to witness the consequences of what has passed and imagine what is yet to come.

Sheikh will speak about his recent work in the Four Corners region and at the Great Salt Lake, in connection with his exhibition in a lecture event at the DAM on March 9, 11am – 12pm. The lecture will take place in the Sharp Auditorium, in the lower level of the museum’s Hamilton Building. Sheikh will discuss the origin of each series, his immersion in the landscapes and communities he photographed and his collaborations with writers, scientists and Indigenous community members that are woven throughout this work. This exhibition follows the Denver Art Museum’s 2017 presentation of Common Ground: Photographs by Fazal Sheikh, 1989-2013.

Fazal Sheikh: Thirst | Exposure | In Place is organised by the Denver Art Museum. The exhibition is presented by Jane Watkins, with additional support from the donors to the Annual Fund Leadership Campaign and the residents who support the Scientific and Cultural Facilities District (SCFD). Promotional support is provided by 5280 Magazine and CBS Colorado.

The exhibition was curated in Denver by Curator of Photography, Eric Paddock, in collaboration with Kimberly Roberts, Denver Art Museum Curatorial Associate, and Lauren Thompson, Senior Interpretive Specialist.

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) From the installation 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
From the installation In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)
2017-2020
Pigmented inkjet print
© and courtesy Fazal Sheikh

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) From the installation 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
From the installation In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)
2017-2020
Pigmented inkjet print
© and courtesy Fazal Sheikh

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965) From the installation 'In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)' 2017-2020

 

Fazal Sheikh (American, b. 1965)
From the installation In Place (Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico, Four Corners Region)
2017-2020
Pigmented inkjet print
© and courtesy Fazal Sheikh

 

 

Denver Art Museum
100 W 14th Ave Pkwy,
Denver, CO 80204, United States
Phone: (720) 865-5000

Opening hours:
Open daily from 10am – 5pm, 10am – 8pm on Tuesdays

Denver Art Museum website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top